YOUNG & RUBICAM INC
424B4, 1998-11-25
ADVERTISING AGENCIES
Previous: YOUNG & RUBICAM INC, SC 13D, 1998-11-25
Next: METALLURG INC, 8-K/A, 1998-11-25




PROSPECTUS                                      FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 424(B)(4)
NOVEMBER 24, 1998                                     Registration No. 333-66883

                               10,000,000 SHARES

                              YOUNG & RUBICAM INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK
                             -------------------

     This is an offering of 10,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  par value $0.01
per share, of Young & Rubicam Inc.

     All of the 10,000,000  shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold
by the Selling  Stockholders named in this Prospectus.  Young & Rubicam will not
receive  any of the  proceeds  from the sale of shares  of  Common  Stock by the
Selling Stockholders.

     The  last  reported  sale price of the Common Stock, which is listed on the
New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  symbol  "YNR", on November 24, 1998, was
$29.63 per share. See "Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy."

     INVESTING  IN  COMMON  STOCK  INVOLVES  CERTAIN  RISKS.  SEE "RISK FACTORS"
BEGINNING  ON PAGE 9 TO READ ABOUT CERTAIN RISKS THAT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE
BUYING SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK.

     NEITHER  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY
BODY  HAS  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  OF  THESE  SECURITIES  OR  PASSED UPON THE
ADEQUACY  OR  ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                              -------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PER
                                                    SHARE           TOTAL
                                                 -----------   ---------------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>
Public offering price ........................     $ 29.50     $295,000,000
Underwriting discount ........................     $  1.18     $ 11,800,000
Proceeds to the Selling Stockholders .........     $ 28.32     $283,200,000
</TABLE>

                              -------------------
     The  underwriters  may,  under  certain  circumstances,  purchase  up to an
additional 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock from certain Selling Stockholders at
the  public  offering  price  less the  underwriting  discount,  solely to cover
over-allotments.  The Company has agreed to pay expenses incurred by the Selling
Stockholders  in  connection  with the  offering,  other  than the  underwriting
discount.

     The underwriters are severally  underwriting the shares being offered.  The
underwriters  are offering the shares when,  as and if delivered to and accepted
by them,  subject to various prior  conditions,  including their right to reject
orders in whole or in part.  The  underwriters  expect  to  deliver  the  shares
against payment in New York, New York on December 1, 1998.

                              -------------------

            Joint Global Coordinators and Joint Book-Running Managers

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.                            DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE

                              -------------------

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                          ING BARING FURMAN SELZ LLC
                                                            SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
<PAGE>
                         CERTAIN INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

       Unless  otherwise  stated,  all of the  information  in  this  Prospectus
assumes that the underwriters'  over-allotment  option is not exercised.  Unless
otherwise  stated,  all  references  to the "Company" and "Y&R" refer to Young &
Rubicam Inc., its  predecessors  and its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  including
Young & Rubicam L.P.  References  in this  Prospectus  to the years 1993,  1994,
1995, 1996 and 1997 are, unless the context otherwise requires, to the Company's
fiscal years ended December 31.

       Information regarding worldwide advertising expenditures,  historical and
projected  growth in advertising  expenditures  and comparative  rankings of the
size of Young & Rubicam Inc., its affiliates,  subsidiaries  and operating units
has  been  obtained  from  industry   sources,   principally   Advertising  Age,
McCann-Erickson  Report,  O'Dwyer's PR Services  Report,  Med Ad News and Design
Week.  All  information  regarding  comparative  size  rankings is based on 1997
billings or revenues.

       Young &  Rubicam,  Y&R,  Young & Rubicam  Advertising,  Y&R  Advertising,
Wunderman   Cato   Johnson,   WCJ,   The  Chapman   Agency,   The  Bravo  Group,
Burson-Marsteller,  Marsteller  Advertising,  Cohn & Wolfe,  Landor  Associates,
Sudler & Hennessey,  BrandAsset Valuator,  Brand Dialogue, Kang & Lee, The Media
Edge and The Mead Point Group are  trademarks of the Company.  Other  trademarks
referenced herein are trademarks of their respective legal owners.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

       Some of the statements in this Prospectus are forward-looking statements.
These forward-looking  statements include statements in the  "Business--Industry
Overview,"  "--Industry  Trends" and  "--Strategy"  sections of this  Prospectus
relating  to  trends  in  the  advertising  and  marketing  and   communications
industries,  including  anticipated  advertising  expenditures  (and the  growth
thereof) in the world's advertising markets.  These  forward-looking  statements
also  include   statements   relating  to  the  Company's   performance  in  the
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and "Business" sections of this Prospectus. In addition, we may make
forward-looking  statements in future  filings with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission,  and in written material,  press releases and oral statements issued
by or on behalf of us.  Forward-looking  statements include statements regarding
the  intent,  belief or current  expectations  of the  Company  or its  officers
(including  statements preceded by, followed by or that include  forward-looking
terminology   such  as   "may,"   "will,"   "should,"   "believes,"   "expects,"
"anticipates,"  "estimates,"  "continues"  or similar  expressions or comparable
terminology) with respect to various matters.

       It is important to note that our actual  results could differ  materially
from those anticipated in these forward-looking  statements depending on various
important  factors.  These important  factors include (i) revenues received from
clients,  including pursuant to incentive compensation arrangements entered into
by us with certain clients,  (ii) gains or losses of clients and client business
and projects, as well as changes in the marketing and communications  budgets of
clients,  (iii) the overall level of economic  activity in the principal markets
in which we conduct business and other trends affecting our financial  condition
or results of  operations,  (iv) the impact of  competition in the marketing and
communications  industry,  (v) our liquidity and financing  plans and (vi) risks
associated with the Company's efforts to comply with Year 2000 requirements.

       All   forward-looking   statements  in  this   Prospectus  are  based  on
information  available to us on the date hereof.  We do not  undertake to update
any  forward-looking  statements that may be made by or on behalf of us, in this
Prospectus  or  otherwise.  In addition,  please note that the matters set forth
under the caption "Risk Factors" constitute  cautionary  statements  identifying
important factors with respect to these  forward-looking  statements,  including
certain  risks and  uncertainties,  that could  cause  actual  results to differ
materially from those in such forward-looking statements.

                                       2

<PAGE>
                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     This summary highlights  certain  information  contained  elsewhere in this
Prospectus.  This  summary  is not  complete  and  does not  contain  all of the
information  that you should consider before  investing in the Common Stock. You
should read the entire Prospectus  carefully,  especially the risks of investing
in the Common Stock discussed under "Risk Factors."

                                  THE COMPANY

       Young & Rubicam  Inc. is the fifth  largest  consolidated  marketing  and
communications  organization  in the world.  Since our founding 75 years ago, we
have evolved from a single New  York-based  advertising  agency to a diversified
global  marketing  and  communications  company  operating  in 121  cities in 76
countries worldwide as of September 30, 1998. We operate through internationally
recognized  market leaders including Young & Rubicam  Advertising  (full-service
advertising),  Wunderman Cato Johnson  (direct  marketing and sales  promotion),
Burson-Marsteller   (perception   management  and  public   relations),   Landor
Associates  (branding  consultation  and design services) and Sudler & Hennessey
(healthcare  communications).   Revenues  in  1997  totaled  approximately  $1.4
billion, representing a compound annual growth rate of 12.9% from 1995 to 1997.

       Through multi-disciplinary, client-focused teams, we provide clients with
global access to fully integrated marketing and communications solutions.  Among
our  approximately  5,500 client  accounts  are a number of large  multinational
organizations,  including  AT&T,  Citibank,  Colgate-Palmolive,  Ford and Philip
Morris. We have maintained long-standing relationships with many of our clients;
the average length of relationship with our top 20 clients exceeds 20 years.

       Our  mission  is to be our  clients'  most  valued  business  partner  in
building,  leveraging,  protecting and managing their brands for both short-term
results and long-term growth.  Consistent with our mission, we have developed an
organizational  and management  structure  designed to meet the diverse needs of
our large  global  clients  as well as the more  specialized  needs of our other
clients. Our strategy combines this organizational and management structure with
the  pursuit of new  business  opportunities  and  continued  investment  in our
business, personnel and superior consumer knowledge.

       In late 1992, we created the Key Corporate  Account,  or KCA,  program to
enhance  the  coordination  of  services  sought by  clients  from both a global
coverage as well as an integrated solutions  perspective.  KCAs are large global
client accounts that, as a group,  contribute the greatest share of our revenues
and  profits,  and are  served  on a  multinational  basis by two or more of our
businesses.  We currently  designate 41 of our client accounts as KCAs. Revenues
from the  KCAs,  as a group,  increased  by 14.6%  in 1997,  and  accounted  for
approximately 45.5% of our consolidated revenues in 1996 and approximately 46.1%
of our  consolidated  revenues in 1997.  In order to further  strengthen  client
relationships  and  reward  us for  meeting  or  exceeding  certain  performance
targets, we are working with KCAs to adopt incentive  compensation  arrangements
that align our  compensation  with our  performance  and our  clients'  business
performance.

       As part of our client focus,  Peter A. Georgescu,  our Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer,  Edward H. Vick, our Chief Operating  Officer,  and Thomas D.
Bell, Jr., an Executive Vice President of the Company and the Chairman and Chief
Executive   Officer  of  Young  &  Rubicam   Advertising,   all  retain  ongoing
responsibilities for individual KCAs in addition to their managerial roles.

                                       3

<PAGE>
INDUSTRY TRENDS

       The marketing  and  communications  industry  encompasses a wide range of
services  used to  develop  and  deliver  messages  to both  broad and  targeted
audiences through multiple communications  channels.  Several significant trends
are  changing  the  dynamics  of  the  marketing  and  communications  industry,
including the following:

       o  GROWTH  IN  UNITED  STATES  MARKETING  AND   COMMUNICATIONS   MARKETS.
Advertising expenditures in the United States have continued to grow, increasing
from approximately $140 billion in 1993 to approximately $188 billion in 1997.

       o GROWTH IN INTERNATIONAL  MARKETING AND  COMMUNICATIONS  MARKETS.  Since
1986,  non-U.S.  advertising  expenditures  have  grown more  rapidly  than U.S.
expenditures,   and  according  to  industry   sources,   have   increased  from
approximately  44% of worldwide  expenditures  in 1986 to  approximately  53% in
1997.

       o  INVESTMENT  IN  BRAND  DEVELOPMENT.   Over  the  last  several  years,
advertisers have focused on the image or brand identity of their  organizations,
products and services in an effort to differentiate  themselves from competitors
and increase brand loyalty.

       o DEMAND FOR  INTEGRATED  SERVICE  OFFERINGS.  Demand has  increased  for
globally  integrated  marketing and  communications  solutions as companies seek
consistent   and  effective   delivery  of  their  messages   through   multiple
communications channels and across a variety of geographic markets.

       o INCREASED  EMPHASIS ON TARGETED  MARKETING.  The desire of companies to
reach  their  target   audiences  and  quantify  the   effectiveness   of  their
communications  has resulted in greater demand for customized  direct  marketing
methods,  such as database  marketing,  infomercials,  in-store  promotions  and
interactive programs.

STRATEGY

       Our strategy consists of the following key components:

       o INCREASE  PENETRATION OF KEY CORPORATE ACCOUNTS.  We believe that there
are  significant  opportunities  to  increase  our  share of the  marketing  and
communications  expenditures  of our KCAs by  leveraging  our global  network to
provide integrated services. In recent years, we have successfully increased our
share of the marketing and  communications  expenditures  of certain KCAs.  KCAs
also have increased their use of multiple  services  offered by us over the same
period.  During 1997, our 20 largest clients used the capabilities of an average
of five of our marketing and communications services.

       o DEVELOP NEW CLIENT RELATIONSHIPS. We believe that there are significant
opportunities for future revenue and profit growth by providing  services to new
clients in targeted  industry  sectors and to those clients seeking to build and
maintain  global,  regional  and local  brands.  We have  successfully  used our
integrated and global approach as an effective tool in winning new business.

       o LEVERAGE  EXISTING  GLOBAL  NETWORK.  With a  worldwide  presence in 76
countries,  we believe that we are well  positioned  to continue to benefit from
the trend towards the globalization of client marketing and communications needs
and the  consolidation  of  those  needs  with a  single  international  service
provider.

       o  CAPITALIZE  ON  EXISTING  CAPABILITIES.  We  intend  to  continue  the
development of our existing capabilities into more visible and accessible client
services.  For example,  we created our Brand Dialogue unit in 1997 by combining
the  existing  interactive  capabilities  of  Young &  Rubicam  Advertising  and
Wunderman  Cato  Johnson  in  the  United  States,  Latin  America,  Europe  and
Asia/Pacific.

                                       4

<PAGE>
       o UTILIZE SUPERIOR CONSUMER  KNOWLEDGE AND BRAND INSIGHTS.  To assist our
clients in building,  leveraging,  protecting and managing their brands, we have
developed and are maintaining extensive knowledge of consumer brand perceptions.
For  example,  we have  developed  BrandAsset  Valuator,  or BAV, a  proprietary
database that reflects the perceptions of over 95,000  consumers in 32 countries
on five continents.  We believe that BAV is the first global consumer study that
provides  an  empirically  derived  model  for how  brands  gain and lose  their
strength over time.

       o CULTIVATE CREATIVE  EXCELLENCE.  We intend to continue  emphasizing the
importance of creative  marketing and  communications.  We have created numerous
memorable  marketing and  communications  programs for clients,  including  "The
Softer  Side of Sears,"  "Everybody  Needs a Little  KFC," "It's All Within Your
Reach" for AT&T,  "The Document  Company" for Xerox and "Be All That You Can Be"
for the  United  States  Army.  We  have  also  performed  identity  and  design
assignments,   including  the  creation  of  corporate  identities,  for  Lucent
Technologies, Netscape and the 2002 Salt Lake City Olympics.

       o IMPROVE OPERATING EFFICIENCIES.  We believe that opportunities exist to
improve  operating  efficiencies  in order to expand margins and increase future
profitability.  For example,  we have  implemented  initiatives  which have both
improved  productivity  and  reduced  compensation  expense as a  percentage  of
consolidated revenues.

       o  EXPAND  CAPABILITIES  THROUGH  ACQUISITIONS.   In  order  to  add  new
capabilities,  enhance our existing capabilities and expand the geographic scope
of our  operations,  we  regularly  evaluate  and  intend to pursue  appropriate
acquisition opportunities.

       Our  principal  executive  office is located at 285 Madison  Avenue,  New
York, New York 10017, and our telephone number is (212) 210-3000.

                                       5

<PAGE>
                                 THE OFFERING

Common Stock offered.....   10,000,000 shares

Common Stock to be
     outstanding after
      the Offering.......   66,481,284 shares (1)

Dividend  Policy.........   We expect  to  declare  and pay a regular  quarterly
                            cash dividend in the first half of 1999.  See "Price
                            Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy."

Use  of  Proceeds........   We will not  receive  any of the  proceeds  from the
                            sale of Common Stock offered hereby.

New York Stock Exchange
 Symbol..................   YNR

- -----------

(1) As of the date  hereof,  the  number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding
    excludes (i) an aggregate of  27,207,069  shares  reserved for issuance upon
    the exercise of outstanding  options under the Young & Rubicam Holdings Inc.
    Management Stock Option Plan (under which no additional awards will be made)
    and the Young & Rubicam Inc. 1997 Incentive  Compensation Plan at a weighted
    average exercise price of $7.73 per share and (ii) an aggregate of 2,598,105
    shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options issued
    to certain  investors in the Company at a weighted average exercise price of
    $7.67   per   share.   See    "Management--Executive    Compensation"    and
    "Capitalization."


                                 RISK FACTORS

     For a discussion  of certain risks that you should  consider  before buying
shares of the Common Stock, see "Risk Factors."

                                       6

<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                ------------------------------------------ ------------------------------
                                                     1995          1996          1997           1997            1998
                                                ------------- ------------- -------------- -------------- ---------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues ......................................  $1,085,494    $1,222,139     $1,382,740    $   977,067     $1,095,720
Compensation expense, including
 employee benefits (1) ........................     672,026       730,261        836,150        600,767        659,449
General and administrative expenses (1)........     356,523       391,617        463,936        331,353        324,783
Recapitalization-related charges (2) ..........          --       315,397             --             --             --
Other operating charges (2) ...................      31,465        17,166         11,925             --        234,449
                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------
Operating expenses ............................   1,060,014     1,454,441      1,312,011        932,120      1,218,681
                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------
Income (loss) from operations .................      25,480      (232,302)        70,729         44,947       (122,961)
Income (loss) before extraordinary charge.              820      (238,311)       (23,938)        11,905       (108,895)
Extraordinary charge for early retirement
 of debt (net of tax benefit of $2,834)........          --            --             --             --         (4,433)
                                                 ----------    ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------
Net income (loss) .............................  $      820    $ (238,311)    $  (23,938)   $    11,905     $ (113,328)
                                                 ==========    ==========     ==========    ===========     ==========
(Loss)/earnings per share (3):
Basic:
(Loss) income before extraordinary charge                                     $    (0.51)   $     0.25      $    (1.84)
Extraordinary charge ..........................                               $       --    $        --     $    (0.08)
                                                                              ----------    -----------     ----------
Net (loss)/income .............................                               $    (0.51)   $     0.25      $    (1.92)
Diluted:
(Loss) income before extraordinary charge                                     $    (0.51)   $     0.20      $    (1.84)
Extraordinary charge ..........................                               $       --    $        --     $    (0.08)
                                                                              ----------    -----------     ----------
Net (loss)/income .............................                               $    (0.51)   $     0.20      $    (1.92)
Weighted average shares outstanding used
 to compute (3):
Basic .........................................                               46,949,355     47,109,739     58,939,274
Diluted .......................................                               46,949,355     60,313,689     58,939,274
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
 EBITDA (1)(4) ................................  $   72,972    $  147,221     $  139,375    $    86,421     $  154,549
 Net cash provided by operating activities           79,809       178,064        224,511         54,496         22,073
 Net cash used in investing activities ........     (45,821)      (76,094)       (67,142)       (46,917)       (39,260)
 Net cash used in financing activities ........     (50,025)      (12,614)       (98,667)       (53,049)       (75,444)
 Capital expenditures .........................     (42,096)      (51,792)       (51,899)       (38,930)       (34,784)
 International revenues as a % of total
   revenues (5) ...............................        54.7%         53.3%          52.2%          51.3%          48.1%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                            (UNAUDITED)
                                        -------------------
<S>                                     <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Total assets (6) ...................        $1,495,213
 Total debt (7) .....................           109,142
 Total stockholders' equity .........           101,310
</TABLE>

                                                   (footnotes on following page)

                                       7
<PAGE>
- -----------
(1) For a discussion  of charges  included in  compensation  expense,  including
    employee   benefits,   and  general   and   administrative   expenses,   see
    "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations--Results of Operations."

(2) Upon the  consummation of the initial public offering of Common Stock in May
    1998 (the  "IPO"),  9,231,105  shares of Common  Stock held in a  restricted
    stock  trust  vested  and  resulted  in   non-recurring,   non-cash  pre-tax
    compensation  charges of $234.4  million which have been  reflected as other
    operating   charges.   See  Note  7  to  the  Company's   unaudited  interim
    consolidated  financial  statements  and the notes thereto  included in this
    Prospectus (together, the "Interim Financial Statements").  For a discussion
    of Recapitalization-related  and other operating charges for the years ended
    December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, see Notes 4 and 6 to the Company's audited
    consolidated  financial  statements  and the notes thereto  included in this
    Prospectus (together, the "Annual Financial Statements").

(3) Basic  earnings  (loss) per common  share has been  computed by dividing net
    income (loss) for the  applicable  period by the weighted  average number of
    common  shares  outstanding  during the period.  Diluted  earnings per share
    reflects the dilutive effect of stock options and other stock awards granted
    to employees  under  stock-based  compensation  plans.  Diluted net loss per
    common share for the year ended  December 31, 1997 and the nine months ended
    September  30,  1998 was  computed  in the same manner as basic net loss per
    common  share  since the  inclusion  of  potential  common  shares  would be
    antidilutive.

    On May 15, 1998, the Company consummated the IPO. An aggregate of 19,090,000
    shares of Common Stock were offered to the public, of which 6,912,730 shares
    were sold by the Company and 12,177,270  shares were sold by certain selling
    stockholders.

    At  September  30,  1998,  the Company had  outstanding  options to purchase
    30,972,605  shares of Common Stock with a weighted average exercise price of
    $7.41 that could potentially  dilute basic earnings per share in the future.
    These  options were excluded  from the  computation  of diluted net loss per
    common share for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 because the effect
    would  be  antidilutive.   See  "Management  --  Executive  Compensation  --
    Management Stock Option Plan" and "--1997 ICP" and Notes 3, 15 and 21 to the
    Annual Financial Statements.

    Earnings  per  share  for 1995 and  1996  cannot  be  computed  because  the
    Company's capital structure prior to the  recapitalization of the Company in
    December 1996 consisted of both common shares and limited  partnership units
    in predecessor entities. See Note 4 to the Annual Financial Statements.

(4) EBITDA is defined as income (loss) from operations  before  depreciation and
    amortization,  other non-cash charges and Recapitalization-related  charges.
    EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial  indicator and
    is generally  consistent  with the  definition  used for  covenant  purposes
    contained in the Company's  credit  facilities;  however,  EBITDA may not be
    comparable to other  registrants'  calculation of EBITDA or similarly titled
    items.  EBITDA  should not be  considered  as an  alternative  to net income
    (loss) as a measure  of  operating  results  in  accordance  with  generally
    accepted  accounting  principles  or as an  alternative  to cash  flows as a
    measure of liquidity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations--Results of Operations." EBITDA for 1996
    and 1997 is before $11,096 and $11,925,  respectively,  of non-cash  charges
    primarily  related to  impairment  write-downs  which are  included in other
    operating  charges.  EBITDA for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 is
    before $234,449 of non-cash  compensation  charges related to the vesting of
    certain  restricted stock taken at the time of the IPO. See Notes 4 and 6 to
    the  Annual  Financial  Statements  and  Note  7 to  the  Interim  Financial
    Statements.

(5) International  revenues  include  all  revenues  earned  outside  the United
    States.

(6) Total  assets as of  September  30, 1998  include net deferred tax assets of
    $191,188  consisting  primarily of federal,  state and foreign net operating
    loss ("NOL") carryforwards.

(7) Total debt includes current and non-current loans and installment notes. See
    Notes 13 and 14 to the Annual Financial Statements.

                                       8

<PAGE>
                                 RISK FACTORS

     An  investment in the Common Stock  involves a number of risks.  You should
consider  carefully the following  information about these risks,  together with
the other  information  contained in this  Prospectus,  before  buying shares of
Common Stock.

WE HAVE RECENTLY INCURRED SUBSTANTIAL NET LOSSES

       We reported net losses of $238.3  million for 1996 and $23.9  million for
1997. In addition,  we reported a net loss of $113.3  million for the first nine
months of 1998,  including  a  non-cash  compensation  charge of $234.4  million
recorded  in  connection  with the  vesting  of  certain  restricted  stock upon
consummation of the Company's  initial public  offering  ("IPO") in May 1998. We
expect to report a net loss for the full 1998 year  resulting  from this  charge
and a $7.3 million charge for unamortized  deferred financing costs related to a
senior  secured  credit  facility that was replaced with an unsecured  revolving
credit facility in connection with the IPO.

THE MARKETING AND COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY IS HIGHLY COMPETITIVE

       The marketing and communications  industry is highly competitive,  and we
expect  it to remain  so.  Our  principal  competitors  are large  multinational
marketing and  communications  companies,  as well as numerous  smaller agencies
that  operate in one or more  countries or local  markets.  We must compete with
these other companies and agencies to maintain existing client relationships and
to obtain new clients and assignments.  Some clients,  such as U.S. governmental
agencies,  require  agencies  to compete  for  business  at  mandatory  periodic
intervals. We compete principally on the basis of the following factors:

       o creative reputation;

       o knowledge of media;

       o geographical coverage and diversity;

       o relationships with clients;

       o quality and breadth of services; and

       o financial controls.

       Recently,  traditional advertising agencies also have been competing with
major  consulting  firms  which  have  developed   practices  in  marketing  and
communications.  New competitors also include smaller  companies such as systems
integrators, database marketing and modeling companies and telemarketers,  which
offer  technological  solutions to marketing and communications  issues faced by
clients.

       When we represent a client,  we do not always handle all  advertising  or
public relations for that client. Many large multinational  companies are served
by a number of agencies  within the marketing and  communications  industry.  In
many cases,  clients'  policies on conflicts of interest or their  desires to be
served  by  multiple  agencies  result  in one or more  global  agency  networks
representing  a client only for a portion of its  marketing  and  communications
needs or only in  particular  geographic  areas.  In  addition,  the  ability of
agencies  within  marketing  and  communications  organizations  to acquire  new
clients or additional  assignments  from existing  clients may be limited by the
conflicts  policy  followed by many clients.  This  conflicts  policy  typically
prohibits  agencies from performing  similar services for competing  products or
companies.  Our principal  international  competitors are holding  companies for
more  than  one  global  advertising  agency  network.  As  a  result,  in  some
situations,  separate agency networks within these holding companies may be able
to  perform  services  for  competing  products  or for  products  of  competing
companies.  We have one global  advertising  agency  network.  Accordingly,  our
ability to compete for new  advertising  assignments  and,  to a lesser  extent,
other  marketing  and  communications  assignments,  may  be  limited  by  these
conflicts  policies.  Industry  practices  in other areas of the  marketing  and
communications   business  reflect  similar  concerns  with  respect  to  client
relationships. See "Business--Competition."

                                       9

<PAGE>

WE MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY A DOWNTURN IN THE MARKETING AND COMMUNICATIONS
   INDUSTRY, WHICH IS CYCLICAL

       The marketing and communications  industry is cyclical and as a result it
is subject to downturns  in general  economic  conditions  and changes in client
business and marketing budgets. Our prospects, business, financial condition and
results of  operations  may be  materially  adversely  affected by a downturn in
general economic conditions in one or more markets or changes in client business
and marketing budgets.

WE MAY LOSE CLIENTS DUE TO CONSOLIDATION OF ACCOUNTS WITH OTHER GLOBAL AGENCIES

       We believe that large  multinational  companies  will seek to consolidate
their  accounts  with one  organization  that can fulfill  their  marketing  and
communications  needs worldwide.  We may not continue to benefit from this trend
towards  consolidation  of global  accounts.  In  addition,  this trend  towards
consolidation  of  global  accounts   requires   companies  seeking  to  compete
effectively in the international  marketing and communications  industry to make
significant  investments.  These  investments  include  additional  offices  and
personnel  around the world and new and improved  technology  for linking  these
offices and people. We are required to make significant capital expenditures for
maintenance,  expansion  and  upgrades of the  computer  networks  that link our
international  network  of  employees  and  offices.  To  the  extent  that  our
competitors may have broader geographic scope or greater financial  resources to
invest in additional offices,  personnel or technology,  they may be better able
than us to take advantage of an opportunity  for the  consolidation  of a global
account. In those circumstances,  our prospects,  business,  financial condition
and results of operations could be adversely affected.

WE ARE INCREASINGLY DEPENDENT UPON, AND RECEIVE A SIGNIFICANT PERCENTAGE OF OUR
    REVENUES FROM, A LIMITED NUMBER OF   LARGE CLIENTS

       A relatively small number of clients contribute a significant  percentage
of our  consolidated  revenues.  In 1997,  our 20  largest  clients  contributed
approximately  40.5%  of  consolidated   revenues,  our  three  largest  clients
contributed approximately 18.6% of consolidated revenues and our largest client,
Ford Motor Company,  contributed  approximately 10.0% of consolidated  revenues.
Our  dependence  on revenues from these clients may increase in the future as we
pursue our strategy of increasing  penetration  of existing  large  clients.  In
addition,  clients'  conflicts  policies  typically  prohibit us from performing
similar services for competing products or companies.

       These major clients,  and our other clients,  may not continue to use our
services to the same extent,  or at all, in the future.  Most of our  agreements
with  U.S.-based  clients are cancelable on 90 days' notice,  and our agreements
with non-U.S.  clients  typically are  cancelable on 90 to 180 days' notice.  In
addition,  clients  generally are able to reduce  marketing  and  communications
spending or cancel projects at any time for any reason. A significant  reduction
in the marketing and communications  spending by, or the loss of one or more of,
our largest  clients,  if not replaced by new client  accounts or an increase in
business  from existing  clients,  would have a material  adverse  effect on our
prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

WE MAY LOSE EXISTING CLIENTS AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO ATTRACT NEW CLIENTS

       Our  success,  like the  success of other  marketing  and  communications
organizations,  depends on our continuing ability to attract and retain clients.
We have approximately 5,500 client accounts worldwide.  Although historically we
have  maintained  long-term  relationships  with  many of our  largest  clients,
clients may move their  advertising and other  communications  assignments  from
agency to agency,  or may divide their  assignments  among two or more agencies,
with relative ease. In addition,  in order to maintain and increase revenues, we
must obtain new  assignments  in areas of our business  that are  project-based,
such  as the  perception  management  and  public  relations  business,  and the
branding  consultation and design  business.  As is typical in the marketing and
communications   industry,   we  have  lost  or  resigned  client  accounts  and
assignments,  including  Blockbuster Video and  International  Home Foods, for a
variety of reasons,  including conflicts with newly acquired clients. We may not
be successful in replacing clients or revenues when a client significantly

                                       10

<PAGE>

reduces  the  amount of work given to Y&R.  The  failure  to  maintain  existing
clients or attract  new  clients  could  have a material  adverse  effect on our
prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

STRENGTHENING OF THE U.S. DOLLAR AGAINST OTHER MAJOR CURRENCIES COULD HAVE A
    MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON US

       Our  financial  statements  are  denominated  in U.S.  dollars.  In 1997,
operations  outside the United  States  represented  approximately  52.2% of our
revenues,  and in the first nine  months of 1998  operations  outside the United
States represented  approximately 48.1% of our revenues.  Currency  fluctuations
may give  rise to  translation  gains or losses  when  financial  statements  of
foreign   operating  units  are  translated  into  U.S.   dollars.   Significant
strengthening  of the U.S. dollar against other major foreign  currencies  could
have a material  adverse  effect on our  results  of  operations.  With  limited
exceptions,  we do  not  actively  hedge  our  foreign  currency  exposure.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK MAY DECLINE DUE TO SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR
   FUTURE  SALE

       Following the Offering,  we will have  66,481,284  shares of Common Stock
outstanding.  Of these, 31,603,969 shares will be freely transferable by persons
other  than   "affiliates"  of  the  Company  without   restriction  or  further
registration  under the  Securities  Act. The remaining  34,877,315  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock will be  "restricted  securities"  within the meaning of
Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act or  securities  issued and sold  pursuant to
Regulation S under the Securities Act and subject to transfer restrictions.

       Following the Offering and subject to certain 120-day lock-up  agreements
described  herein,  Hellman & Friedman  Capital  Partners III, L.P., H&F Orchard
Partners III, L.P. and H&F International Partners III, L.P.  (collectively,  the
"H&F  Investors")  and two  investors  unaffiliated  with the Company  will have
demand  and  piggyback  registration  rights  with  respect to an  aggregate  of
17,098,359  shares of Common Stock and shares  subject to currently  exercisable
options.  In addition,  subject to these lock-up agreements those shares will be
eligible for sale in the public market without registration under the Securities
Act,  subject  to  compliance  with the  resale  volume  limitations  and  other
restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

       Following the Offering, an aggregate of 36,027,549 shares of Common Stock
and shares  subject  to vested  options  held by  Management  Investors  will be
eligible for sale in the public market without registration under the Securities
Act,  subject,  in certain  instances,  to compliance with the resale and volume
limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Of this
amount,  35,129,065  shares and shares subject to vested options will be subject
to certain  120-day lock up  agreements  described  herein or held in a deferral
trust and not transferable prior to the expiration of this 120-day period. 

       Future  sales  of  the  Common  Stock,  or the perception that such sales
could  occur,  could  adversely  affect  prevailing market prices for the Common
Stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."

WE ARE CONTROLLED BY OUR PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS, INCLUDING MANAGEMENT
    STOCKHOLDERS

       A  substantial  percentage  of our  Common  Stock is owned by  Management
Investors and by the H&F Investors.  See  "Management." All Common Stock held at
any time by  Management  Investors is required to be deposited in a voting trust
(the  "Management  Voting  Trust") that is  controlled by seven members of Y&R's
senior  management,  in their  capacities  as  voting  trustees.  Following  the
Offering,  this trust will hold  voting  power over  approximately  45.7% of the
outstanding  shares of Common Stock (assuming the exercise of all vested options
held by Management  Investors).  As a result, this voting trust will continue to
be able to exercise  substantial  control over any matters requiring the vote of
stockholders,  including the election of Directors, which could delay or prevent
a change in control of the Company.  Furthermore, the vote of Peter A. Georgescu
(or any other person duly elected Chief Executive  Officer of Y&R with the prior
approval  of the  voting  trust)  will bind the voting  trust  unless he (or his
successor) is outvoted by five of the other voting trustees.  As a result of the
foregoing, Peter A. Georgescu 

                                       11

<PAGE>
(or his successor) will be able to exercise a significant degree of control over
business decisions affecting Y&R. This voting trust will terminate no later than
May 15, 2000. See  "Description of Capital  Stock--The  Management  Voting Trust
Agreement."  In the event that,  following the  termination of the voting trust,
management of the Company continues to own collectively a significant percentage
of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  management acting together would be
able to  exercise  a  significant  degree of  control  over  business  decisions
affecting Y&R.

       Following  the  Offering,  the H&F  Investors  will  beneficially  own an
aggregate  of  approximately  24.4% of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock
(assuming  the exercise of all vested  options they hold).  As a result of their
stock ownership, the H&F Investors will continue to be able to influence matters
requiring the vote of  stockholders,  including  the election of  Directors.  In
addition,  pursuant to a stockholders' agreement entered into in connection with
the IPO,  the H&F  Investors  have the right to  nominate  and have  elected two
members of the  Company's  Board of Directors  (the "Board") for so long as they
continue to hold, in the aggregate,  at least 10% of the Outstanding  Shares (as
defined in the stockholders' agreement), and one member of the Board for so long
as they  continue  to hold,  in the  aggregate,  at least 5% of the  Outstanding
Shares.  Should the Management  Voting Trust and the H&F Investors act together,
they would be able to elect the members of the Board and exercise a  controlling
influence  over the  business  and  affairs of the  Company.  In  addition,  the
Management Voting Trust and the H&F Investors could,  acting together,  delay or
prevent a change in control  of the  Company.  See "--We Are  Subject To Certain
Anti-Takeover  Effects" and  "Description  of Capital  Stock--The  Stockholders'
Agreement."

OUR COMPETITIVE POSITION DEPENDS ON OUR ABILITY TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN KEY
   PERSONNEL

       Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends on retaining the
services  of our  senior  management.  The loss of the  services  of one or more
members  of  senior  management  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company.  In addition,  our success has been, and is expected to continue to be,
highly  dependent upon the skills of our creative,  research,  media and account
personnel  and practice  group  specialists,  and their  relationships  with our
clients.  Employees  generally are not subject to employment  contracts and are,
therefore,  typically  able to move  within the  industry  with  relative  ease.
Although the  agreement  establishing  the  Management  Voting Trust and certain
stock  option  and  restricted  stock  agreements  contain  non-competition  and
non-solicitation  covenants,  these covenants may not be effective in helping us
retain  qualified  personnel.  We may be  adversely  affected  by the failure to
retain qualified personnel.

       If we were  unable to  continue  to  attract  and retain  additional  key
personnel,  or if we were  unable  to  retain  and  motivate  our  existing  key
personnel,  our  prospects,   business,   financial  condition  and  results  of
operations  would  be  materially  adversely  affected.   See  "Management"  and
"Description of Capital Stock--The Management Voting Trust Agreement."

WE ARE EXPOSED TO RISKS FROM OPERATING A MULTINATIONAL BUSINESS

       We  conduct  business  in various  developing  countries  in Asia,  Latin
America,  Eastern Europe and Africa,  where the systems and bodies of commercial
law and trade  practices are  evolving.  Commercial  laws in such  countries are
often  vague,   arbitrary,   contradictory,   inconsistently   administered  and
retroactively  applied.  Under these  circumstances,  it is difficult  for us to
determine with certainty at all times the exact requirements of such local laws.
If we  consistently  were unable to remain in compliance with local laws in such
developing countries,  it could have a material adverse impact on our prospects,
business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the global
nature of our  operations  poses various  challenges to our  management  and our
financial,  accounting and other systems which, if not satisfactorily met, could
have a material adverse impact on our prospects,  business,  financial condition
and  results  of  operations.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Results of Operations."

                                       12

<PAGE>
OUR ACQUISITION STRATEGY EXPOSES US TO RISKS

       Our business strategy includes increasing our share of clients' marketing
expenditures by adding to or enhancing our existing marketing and communications
capabilities,  and expanding our geographic  reach.  We intend to implement this
strategy in part by making acquisitions. We may not be successful in identifying
appropriate  acquisition  candidates  or  consummating   acquisitions  on  terms
satisfactory  to us. In addition,  we may not be successful in  integrating  any
newly acquired  companies into our existing  global  network.  We may use Common
Stock  (which  could result in dilution to  purchasers  of Common  Stock) or may
incur indebtedness (which may be long-term),  expend cash or use any combination
of Common Stock,  indebtedness and cash for all or part of the  consideration to
be  paid  in  future   acquisitions.   While  we  regularly  evaluate  potential
acquisition  opportunities,  we  have  no  present  commitments,  agreements  or
understandings with respect to any material acquisition.

WE MAY INCUR LIABILITY TO THIRD PARTIES

       From  time to  time,  we may be,  or may be  joined  as, a  defendant  in
litigation brought against our clients by third parties,  including our clients'
competitors,  governmental or regulatory bodies or consumers.  These litigations
could include claims alleging that:

        o   advertising  claims made with  respect to our  client's  products or
            services are false, deceptive or misleading;

        o   our clients' products are defective or injurious; or

        o   marketing  and  communications  materials  created  for our  clients
            infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties.

       If,  in such  circumstances,  we are not  insured  under the terms of our
insurance policies or are not indemnified under the terms of our agreements with
clients (or this  indemnification  is  unavailable)  for these claims,  then the
damages,  costs,  expenses or  attorneys'  fees arising from any of these claims
could have an adverse effect on our prospects,  business,  results of operations
and  financial  condition.  In addition,  our contracts  with clients  generally
require us to  indemnify  clients for claims  brought by  competitors  or others
claiming that  advertisements or other  communications  infringe on intellectual
property rights. Although we maintain an insurance program,  including insurance
for advertising  agency  liability,  this insurance may not be available,  or if
available  may not be sufficient  to cover any claim,  if a significant  adverse
claim is made.

OUR COMPUTER SYSTEMS, AND THOSE OF OTHERS ON WHOM WE RELY, MAY NOT
     ACHIEVE YEAR 2000 READINESS

       We are  working to resolve the  potential  impact of the year 2000 on the
ability of our computer  systems to accurately  process  information  with dates
later  than  December  31,  1999,  or  to  process  date-sensitive   information
accurately  beyond the year 1999 (referred to as the "Year 2000" issue).  We are
in the process of  modifying or replacing  all affected  systems for  compliance
with the Year 2000 issue and are also  monitoring  the adequacy of the processes
and progress of vendors of systems and applications  that may be affected by the
Year 2000 issue. We are dependent in part on computer  systems and  applications
owned and operated by others,  particularly  with respect to such critical tasks
as accounting,  billing and buying, planning and paying for media, as well as on
our own  computer  systems.  While we  believe  our  process is  designed  to be
successful,   because  of  the  complexity  of  the  Year  2000  issue  and  the
interdependence   of   organizations   using  computer   systems,   we  may  not
satisfactorily  complete our Year 2000 program in a timely fashion. In addition,
others with whom we interact and on whom we rely may not satisfactorily complete
their own Year 2000  programs  in a timely  fashion.  Failure to  satisfactorily
address  the Year  2000  issue  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on our
prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

       The costs of our Year 2000  compliance  program have not been  determined
but we do not expect such costs to be material.  However, we may experience cost
overruns and delays as we replace or modify systems, which could have a material
adverse effect on our prospects,  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.  We have not yet determined the extent of contingency  planning that
may  be  required.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Year 2000 Compliance."

                                       13

<PAGE>

THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK WILL FLUCTUATE, AND COULD FLUCTUATE
   SIGNIFICANTLY

       The market price of the Common Stock will fluctuate,  and could fluctuate
significantly,  in  response  to  various  factors  and  events,  including  the
following:

        o   the liquidity of the market for the Common Stock;

        o   differences  between the  Company's  actual  financial  or operating
            results and those expected by investors and analysts;

        o   changes in analysts' recommendations or projections;

        o   changes in marketing and communications budgets of clients;

        o   new  statutes  or  regulations  or  changes  in  interpretations  of
            existing statutes and regulations affecting the Company's business;

        o   changes in general economic or market conditions; and

        o   broad market fluctuations.

WE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS

       Certain   provisions  of  Y&R's  Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of
Incorporation  (the "Charter") and Amended and Restated By-Laws (the "By-Laws"),
and of the Delaware General  Corporation Law (the "DGCL"),  may delay,  deter or
prevent a change in control of the  Company  not  approved  by the Board.  These
provisions include:

        o   a classified Board;

        o   a  requirement  that no action  required or permitted to be taken at
            any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a
            meeting;

        o   a requirement  that special  meetings of stockholders be called only
            by the Chairman of the Board or the Board;

        o   advance   notice   requirements   for   stockholder   proposals  and
            nominations;

        o   limitations on the ability of stockholders to amend, alter or repeal
            certain provisions of the Charter and the By-Laws;

        o   authorization  for the Board to issue without  stockholder  approval
            preferred stock with such terms as the Board may determine; and

        o   authorization for the Board to consider the interests of clients and
            other customers,  creditors,  employees and other  constituencies of
            the Company and its  subsidiaries and the effect upon communities in
            which the Company and its  subsidiaries  do business,  in evaluating
            proposed corporate transactions.

       With certain exceptions,  Section 203 of the DGCL ("Section 203") imposes
certain  restrictions  on mergers and other  business  combinations  between the
Company and any holder of 15% or more of the Company's  Common Stock (other than
the H&F Investors and their permitted  transferees,  who have been exempted from
these restrictions by the Board).

       In  addition,  the  Company has  adopted a  stockholder  rights plan (the
"Rights  Plan") under which each holder of Common Stock receives  rights.  Under
the Rights Plan, if any person acquires  beneficial  ownership of 15% or more of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock (with certain  exceptions,  including the
Management Voting Trust),  that person will become an "Acquiring  Person".  As a
result,  holders  of  rights  (other  than  the  Acquiring  Person  and  certain
transferees  and related  persons) will be entitled to purchase shares of Common
Stock at one-half  their market price.  In general,  the H&F Investors and their
permitted  transferees will not become an "Acquiring Person" unless they acquire
beneficial  ownership  of  additional  shares  of  Common  Stock  under  certain
circumstances.  While the Rights Plan is designed to protect stockholders in the
event of an unsolicited  offer and other takeover  tactics which, in the opinion
of the Board,  could  impair the  Company's  ability  to  represent  stockholder
interests,  the provisions of the Rights Plan may render an unsolicited takeover
of the Company more  difficult  or less likely to occur or might  prevent such a
takeover. See "Description of Capital Stock--Rights Plan."


       These provisions of the Charter and the By-Laws,  the DGCL and the Rights
Plan, together with the control of 45.7% of the 

                                       14

<PAGE>

outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  by  the  Management  Voting  Trust  upon
consummation  of the Offering  (assuming the exercise of all vested options held
by Management  Investors) could discourage potential  acquisition  proposals and
could  delay or  prevent a change  in  control  of the  Company,  although  such
proposals, if made, might be considered desirable by a majority of the Company's
stockholders.  These  provisions  also  could make it more  difficult  for third
parties  to remove  and  replace  the  members  of the  Board.  Moreover,  these
provisions could diminish the  opportunities for a stockholder to participate in
certain tender offers,  including tender offers at prices above the then-current
market price of the Common Stock,  and may also inhibit  increases in the market
price  of  the  Common  Stock  that  could  result  from  takeover  attempts  or
speculation.  In addition,  options issued to employees of the Company under the
1997 Incentive Compensation Plan contain change in control provisions that could
have the effect of delaying,  deterring or preventing a change in control of the
Company.  See  "Management--Executive  Compensation--1997  ICP--Acceleration  of
Vesting" and  "Description  of Capital  Stock--Anti-Takeover  Effects of Certain
Provisions of the Charter, the By-Laws, the Rights Plan and Delaware Law."

                                       15

<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY

GENERAL

       Since our founding 75 years ago by John Orr Young, an account  executive,
and Raymond Rubicam, a copywriter,  we have evolved from a single New York-based
advertising   agency  to  a  diversified  global  marketing  and  communications
organization.  In our early  years,  we grew our core  advertising  business  by
either  opening  additional  offices in the  United  States  and  abroad,  or by
acquiring established local agencies and fully integrating them into the Company
under the Y&R  name.  By the  early  1970s,  we had  established  a  network  of
approximately 40 Young & Rubicam Advertising agency offices in the United States
and 22 other countries.

       In 1973, we began to expand our capabilities  beyond traditional  general
advertising  by  acquiring  well-established  leaders  in  other  marketing  and
communications disciplines. We began this diversification by acquiring Wunderman
Ricotta & Kline (the  predecessor to Wunderman  Worldwide),  a direct  marketing
firm, and Sudler & Hennessey, a healthcare  communications  specialist. In 1976,
we added the sales  promotion firm,  Cato Johnson  Associates,  which was merged
with Wunderman Worldwide in 1992 to form Wunderman Cato Johnson. We continued to
diversify by acquiring  Burson-Marsteller,  a public relations company,  in 1979
and Landor  Associates,  a branding  consultation  and strategic design firm, in
1989. We have been successful in integrating  the diverse  capabilities of these
companies,  which we believe  enables us to better serve clients'  marketing and
communications needs on a global basis.

       In   December   1996,   Y&R   consummated   a    recapitalization    (the
"Recapitalization"),  which is  described  more  fully  in Note 4 to the  Annual
Financial Statements.

THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

       On May 15, 1998,  we  consummated  the IPO of an aggregate of  19,090,000
shares of Common  Stock.  Of the total number of shares,  6,912,730  shares were
sold  by the  Company  and  12,177,270  shares  were  sold  by  certain  selling
stockholders.  Net proceeds to the Company were  approximately  $158.6  million,
after deducting  underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses paid by the
Company  in  connection  with the IPO.  We used the net  proceeds  from the IPO,
together with approximately $155 million of borrowings under a new $400 million,
five-year  unsecured  multicurrency  revolving  credit facility (the "New Credit
Facility"),  to repay all of the outstanding  borrowings under our then-existing
$700 million senior secured credit facility (the "Prior Credit Facilities").

       Upon   consummation  of  the  IPO,   9,231,105  shares  of  common  stock
("Restricted  Stock") held in a trust (the "Restricted Stock Trust") pursuant to
the Young & Rubicam Holdings Inc.  Restricted Stock Plan vested to employees and
resulted in  non-recurring,  non-cash,  pre-tax  compensation  charges of $234.4
million  which  have  been  reflected  as  "other  operating   charges"  in  our
consolidated  statement of  operations  for the nine months ended  September 30,
1998. As of October 30, 1998 an aggregate of 517,065  shares of such  Restricted
Stock remain in accounts  established for the award recipients in the Restricted
Stock Trust with their distribution subject to certain additional conditions set
forth in the award agreements.  We repurchased  1,855,845 shares of Common Stock
held in the Restricted Stock Trust effective upon the consummation of the IPO.

                                       16

<PAGE>
                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of
Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders.

                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

       The Common Stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the
symbol "YNR" since May 12, 1998. The following table sets forth the low and high
sales prices of the Common  Stock for the quarters  indicated as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          LOW         HIGH
                                                       ---------   ----------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>
1998
Second Quarter (beginning May 12, 1998) ............   $26 1/2      $33 1/16
Third Quarter ......................................   $28 3/8      $35  7/8
Fourth Quarter (through November 24, 1998) .........   $19 3/4      $31  1/4
</TABLE> 

- -------------

       On November 24, 1998,  the closing  price of the Common Stock as reported
on the New York Stock  Exchange was $29.63.  As of October 30, 1998,  there were
approximately 1,237 holders of record of shares of Common Stock.

       Since the consummation of the  Recapitalization in December 1996, we have
not declared or paid any cash or other dividends on our Common Stock (other than
a stock split paid in  connection  with the IPO). We expect to declare and pay a
regular  quarterly  cash  dividend  beginning  in the  first  half of 1999.  The
decision whether to apply legally available funds to the payment of dividends on
the Common Stock will be made at the  discretion  of the Board of Directors  and
will depend upon,  among other  factors,  our results of  operations,  financial
condition, capital requirements and contractual restrictions pursuant to the New
Credit  Facility.  The  New  Credit  Facility  contains  certain  financial  and
operating restrictions and covenant requirements and permits the payment of cash
dividends  except  in  the  event  of a  continuing  default  under  the  credit
agreement.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

                                       17

<PAGE>
                                CAPITALIZATION
               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

     The  following  table sets forth the Company's  consolidated  cash and cash
equivalents,  current  portion  of  installment  notes  and  loans  payable  and
capitalization as of September 30, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                                         -------------------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................     $   71,181
                                                                                             ==========
Current portion of installment notes and loans payable .................................     $   38,273
                                                                                             ==========
Long-term debt:
 Installment notes payable .............................................................     $      400
 Loans payable .........................................................................         70,469
                                                                                             ----------
 Total long-term debt ..................................................................         70,869
                                                                                             ----------
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred Stock:
   Money Market Preferred Stock--cumulative variable dividend; liquidating value of
    $115.00 per share; one-tenth of one vote per share; 50,000 shares authorized; 87
    shares issued and outstanding ......................................................             --
   Cumulative Participating Junior Preferred Stock--$ dividend; liquidating value of
    $1.00 per share; 100 votes per share; 2,500,000 shares authorized; no shares issued
    and outstanding ....................................................................             --
   Common Stock, $.01 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized; 66,215,842 shares
    issued and outstanding (1) .........................................................            706
 Capital surplus .......................................................................        940,954
 Accumulated deficit ...................................................................       (785,552)
 Cumulative translation adjustment .....................................................        (13,650)
 Pension liability adjustment ..........................................................           (706)
 Common stock in treasury ..............................................................        (40,442)
                                                                                             ----------
      Total stockholders' equity .......................................................        101,310
                                                                                             ----------
      Total capitalization .............................................................     $  172,179
                                                                                             ==========
</TABLE>
- ----------

(1) Excludes 30,972,605 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
    outstanding at a weighted  average  exercise price of $7.41 at September 30,
    1998. Of the  10,000,000  shares of Common Stock offered  hereby,  1,047,166
    shares will be issued upon the exercise of options  with a weighted  average
    exercise price of $3.28. See "Management--Executive Compensation."


                                       18
<PAGE>
                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

       The following selected  consolidated  balance sheet data and consolidated
statement of operations data as of and for the years 1993 through 1997 have been
derived from the Company's  audited annual  consolidated  financial  statements,
including the consolidated  balance sheets at December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the
related  consolidated  statements of operations  and of cash flows for the three
years ended December 31, 1997 and the notes thereto appearing  elsewhere in this
Prospectus (the "Annual Financial Statements").

       The following  selected  consolidated  balance sheet data as of September
30, 1998 and consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended
September  30,  1997 and 1998 have been  derived  from the  Company's  unaudited
interim consolidated  financial  statements,  including the consolidated balance
sheet  at  September  30,  1998  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of
operations  and of cash flows for the nine months ended  September  30, 1997 and
1998 and the notes thereto appearing  elsewhere in this Prospectus (the "Interim
Financial Statements").

       The  selected  consolidated financial data set forth below should be read
in  conjunction  with,  and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the
Annual  Financial  Statements  and  the  Interim  Financial Statements appearing
elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

                                       19

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1993          1994          1995          1996           1997
                                                ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ---------------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues .....................................  $ 905,770    $   959,275   $1,085,494    $1,222,139     $1,382,740
 Compensation expense, including
  employee benefits (1) .......................    583,723        594,322      672,026       730,261        836,150
 General and administrative expenses (1).......    312,083        323,087      356,523       391,617        463,936
 Recapitalization-related charges (2) .........         --             --           --       315,397             --
 Other operating (income) charges (2) .........    (11,714)         4,507       31,465        17,166         11,925
                                                 ---------    -----------   ----------    ----------     ----------
 Operating expenses ...........................    884,092        921,916    1,060,014     1,454,441      1,312,011
                                                 ---------    -----------   ----------    ----------     ----------
 Income (loss) from operations ................     21,678         37,359       25,480      (232,302)        70,729
 Interest income ..............................     10,646         12,100        9,866        10,269          8,454
 Interest expense .............................    (17,958)       (23,027)     (27,441)      (28,584)       (42,879)
 Other income .................................         --             --           --            --             --
                                                 ---------    -----------   ----------    ----------     ----------
 Income (loss) before income taxes ............     14,366         26,432        7,905      (250,617)        36,304
 Income tax provision (benefit) ...............      8,583         12,998        9,130       (20,611)        58,290
                                                 ---------    -----------   ----------    ----------     ----------
                                                     5,783         13,434       (1,225)     (230,006)       (21,986)
 Equity in net income (loss) of
  unconsolidated companies ....................        102          4,740        5,197        (9,837)           342
 Minority interest in net (income) loss of
  consolidated subsidiaries ...................     (1,271)        (2,742)      (3,152)        1,532         (2,294)
                                                 ---------    -----------   ----------    ----------     ----------
 Income after taxes and before accounting
  changes and extraordinary charges ...........      4,614         15,432          820      (238,311)       (23,938)
 Extraordinary charge for early retirement
  of debt (net of tax benefit of $2,834) ......         --             --           --            --             --
 Cumulative effect of accounting changes
  (net of tax benefit of $3,400) ..............     (5,100)            --           --            --             --
                                                 ---------    -----------   ----------    ----------     ----------
 Net (loss) income ............................  $    (486)   $    15,432   $      820    $ (238,311)    $  (23,938)
                                                 =========    ===========   ==========    ==========     ==========
 (Loss)/earnings per share (3):
 Basic:
 (Loss) income before extraordinary
  charge ......................................                                                          $    (0.51)
 Extraordinary charge .........................                                                          $       --
                                                                                                         ----------
 Net (loss)/income ............................                                                          $    (0.51)
 Diluted:
 (Loss) income before extraordinary
  charge ......................................                                                          $    (0.51)
 Extraordinary charge .........................                                                          $       --
                                                                                                         ----------
 Net (loss)/income ............................                                                          $    (0.51)
 Weighted average shares outstanding used
  to compute (3):
 Basic ........................................                                                          46,949,355
 Diluted ......................................                                                          46,949,355
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
 EBITDA (1)(4) ................................  $  59,282    $    77,662   $   72,972    $  147,221     $  139,375
 Net cash provided by operating activities .        15,426         43,314       79,809       178,064        224,511
 Net cash used in investing activities ........    (34,226)       (49,941)     (45,821)      (76,094)       (67,142)
 Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities ..................................     41,644        (30,705)     (50,025)      (12,614)       (98,667)
 Capital expenditures .........................    (25,241)       (33,196)     (42,096)      (51,792)       (51,899)
 International revenues as a % of total
  revenues (5) ................................       51.7%          53.6%        54.7%         53.3%         52.2  %

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1993           1994         1995          1996           1997
                                                ----------    -----------   ----------    ----------     ----------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>        
 BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital (deficit) (6) ................  $ 100,519    $    72,651   $   27,827    $ (196,509)    $ (106,169)
 Total assets (7) .............................    998,808      1,118,846    1,226,581     1,598,812      1,528,019
 Total debt (8) ...............................    197,929        256,032      230,831       267,238        351,051
 Mandatorily Redeemable Equity
  Securities (9) ..............................         --             --           --       363,264        508,471
 Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .........    123,661         69,982      (55,485)     (480,033)      (661,714)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                ---------------------------------
                                                     1997             1998
                                                -------------- ------------------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues .....................................  $   977,067     $ 1,095,720
 Compensation expense, including
  employee benefits (1) .......................      600,767        659,449
 General and administrative expenses (1).......      331,353        324,783
 Recapitalization-related charges (2) .........           --             --
 Other operating (income) charges (2) .........           --        234,449
                                                 -----------     -----------
 Operating expenses ...........................      932,120      1,218,681
                                                 -----------     -----------
 Income (loss) from operations ................       44,947       (122,961)
 Interest income ..............................        4,655          6,129
 Interest expense .............................      (33,235)       (19,144)
 Other income .................................           --          2,200
                                                 -----------     -----------
 Income (loss) before income taxes ............       16,367       (133,776)
 Income tax provision (benefit) ...............        7,855        (22,291)
                                                 -----------     -----------
                                                       8,512       (111,485)
 Equity in net income (loss) of
  unconsolidated companies ....................        4,091          3,194
 Minority interest in net (income) loss of
  consolidated subsidiaries ...................         (698)          (604)
                                                 -----------     -----------
 Income after taxes and before accounting
  changes and extraordinary charges ...........       11,905       (108,895)
 Extraordinary charge for early retirement
  of debt (net of tax benefit of $2,834) ......           --         (4,433)
 Cumulative effect of accounting changes
  (net of tax benefit of $3,400) ..............           --             --
                                                 -----------     -----------
 Net (loss) income ............................  $    11,905     $  (113,328)
                                                 ===========     ===========
 (Loss)/earnings per share (3):
 Basic:
 (Loss) income before extraordinary
  charge ......................................  $      0.25     $     (1.84)
 Extraordinary charge .........................  $        --     $     (0.08)
                                                 -----------     -----------
 Net (loss)/income ............................  $      0.25     $     (1.92)
 Diluted:
 (Loss) income before extraordinary
  charge ......................................  $      0.20     $     (1.84)
 Extraordinary charge .........................  $        --     $     (0.08)
                                                 -----------     -----------
 Net (loss)/income ............................  $      0.20     $     (1.92)
 Weighted average shares outstanding used
  to compute (3):
 Basic ........................................   47,109,739      58,939,274
 Diluted ......................................   60,313,689      58,939,274
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
 EBITDA (1)(4) ................................  $    86,421     $   154,549
 Net cash provided by operating activities .          54,496          22,073
 Net cash used in investing activities ........      (46,917)        (39,260)
 Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities ..................................      (53,049)        (75,444)
 Capital expenditures .........................      (38,930)        (34,784)
 International revenues as a % of total
  revenues (5) ................................         51.3%           48.1%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   1998
                                                               -------------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>         
 BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital (deficit) (6) ................                $  (147,887)
 Total assets (7) .............................                  1,495,213
 Total debt (8) ...............................                    109,142
 Mandatorily Redeemable Equity
  Securities (9) ..............................                         --
 Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .........                    101,310

</TABLE>

                                                   (footnotes on following page)

                                       20
<PAGE>
- ----------
(1) For a discussion  of charges  included in  compensation  expense,  including
    employee   benefits,   and  general   and   administrative   expenses,   see
    "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations--Results of Operations."

(2) Upon the consummation of the IPO, 9,231,105 shares of Common Stock held in a
    restricted  stock  trust  vested and  resulted  in  non-recurring,  non-cash
    pre-tax  compensation charges of $234.4 million which have been reflected as
    other operating charges. See Note 7 to the Interim Financial Statements. For
    a discussion of Recapitalization-related and other operating charges for the
    years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1996 and 1997,  see Notes 4 and 6 to the
    Annual Financial Statements.

(3) Basic  earnings  (loss) per common  share has been  computed by dividing net
    income (loss) for the  applicable  period by the weighted  average number of
    common  shares  outstanding  during the period.  Diluted  earnings per share
    reflects the dilutive effect of stock options and other stock awards granted
    to employees  under  stock-based  compensation  plans.  Diluted net loss per
    common share for the year ended  December 31, 1997 and the nine months ended
    September  30,  1998 was  computed  in the same manner as basic net loss per
    common  share  because the  inclusion of  potential  common  shares would be
    antidilutive.

    On May 15, 1998, the Company consummated the IPO. An aggregate of 19,090,000
    shares of Common Stock were offered to the public, of which 6,912,730 shares
    were sold by the Company and 12,177,270  shares were sold by certain selling
    stockholders.

    At  September  30,  1998,  the Company had  outstanding  options to purchase
    30,972,605  shares of Common Stock with a weighted average exercise price of
    $7.41 that could potentially  dilute basic earnings per share in the future.
    These  options were excluded  from the  computation  of diluted net loss per
    common share for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 because the effect
    would be antidilutive.  See "Management--Executive  Compensation--Management
    Stock  Option  Plan" and  "--1997  ICP" and Notes 3, 15 and 21 to the Annual
    Financial Statements.

    Earnings  per  share  for 1995 and  1996  cannot  be  computed  because  the
    Company's capital structure prior to the Recapitalization  consisted of both
    common shares and limited  partnership  units in predecessor  entities.  See
    Note 4 to the Annual Financial Statements.

(4) EBITDA is defined as income (loss) from operations,  before depreciation and
    amortization,  other non-cash charges and Recapitalization-related  charges.
    EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial  indicator and
    is generally  consistent  with the  definition  used for  covenant  purposes
    contained in the Company's  credit  facilities;  however,  EBITDA may not be
    comparable to other  registrants'  calculation of EBITDA or similarly titled
    items.  EBITDA  should not be  considered  as an  alternative  to net income
    (loss) as a measure  of  operating  results  in  accordance  with  generally
    accepted  accounting  principles  or as an  alternative  to cash  flows as a
    measure of liquidity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations--Results of Operations." EBITDA for 1996
    and 1997 is before $11,096 and $11,925,  respectively,  of non-cash  charges
    primarily  related to  impairment  write-downs  which are  included in other
    operating  charges.  EBITDA for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 is
    before $234,449 of non-cash  compensation  charges related to the vesting of
    certain  restricted stock taken at the time of the IPO. See Notes 4 and 6 to
    the  Annual  Financial  Statements  and  Note  7 to  the  Interim  Financial
    Statements.

(5) International  revenues  include  all  revenues  earned  outside  the United
    States.

(6) Working capital  balances are  significantly  impacted by the seasonal media
    spending  patterns of advertisers,  including the timing of payments made to
    media and other suppliers on behalf of clients as well as the timing of cash
    collections from clients to fund such  expenditures.  Additionally,  working
    capital deficit as of December 31, 1996 includes  approximately  $161,700 of
    accruals  related to the  Recapitalization  which were paid in 1997  through
    long-term borrowings. See the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and Note
    4 to the Annual Financial Statements.

(7) Total  assets as of  September  30, 1998  include net deferred tax assets of
    $191,188   consisting   primarily   of   federal,   state  and  foreign  NOL
    carryforwards.

(8) Total debt includes current and non-current loans and installment notes. See
    Notes 13 and 14 to the Annual Financial Statements.

(9) From the date of consummation of the  Recapitalization  and through the date
    of  consummation  of the  IPO,  all  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock,
    exclusive of shares of Common Stock held in the Restricted Stock Trust, were
    redeemable,   subject  to  certain  restrictions,   at  the  option  of  the
    stockholder. Accordingly, all such shares of Common Stock have been recorded
    at their redemption  values and classified as Mandatorily  Redeemable Equity
    Securities in the Company's  historical  balance sheets at December 31, 1996
    and  1997,  respectively.  See  Notes 2, 15 and 16 to the  Annual  Financial
    Statements.

                                       21

<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  discussion  should be read in  conjunction  with the Annual
Financial Statements and the Interim Financial Statements.

OVERVIEW

       Y&R is the fifth largest marketing and communications organization in the
world,  with  integrated  services in  advertising,  direct  marketing and sales
promotion, perception management and public relations, branding consultation and
design services, and healthcare communications.  Our revenues were approximately
$1.4 billion in 1997,  having grown at a compound annual rate of 12.9% from 1995
to 1997.

       Our revenues  consist  principally of commissions and fees received by us
from our clients.  Commissions  are derived using a negotiated  percentage of an
advertiser's media and production  spending through Y&R. Fees are based on hours
spent and costs incurred by agency staff plus a negotiated mark-up. We recognize
commission  revenue  primarily when media  placements  appear on television,  on
radio or in print, and when labor and production costs are billed.  We recognize
fee revenue when services are rendered.

       We have also implemented incentive compensation arrangements with several
of our clients that we believe further  strengthen our client  relationships and
reward us for superior performance.  These incentive arrangements create a range
of  compensation  that  could  result in either  higher  or lower  revenues  and
operating  margins  than  a more  traditional  commission  or  fee  arrangement.
Incentive  levels  are  determined  with  reference  to agreed  upon  operating,
performance and other  benchmarks,  with respect to both clients'  businesses as
well as our  performance.  Although  incentive  arrangements  did not materially
impact our  revenues in 1997 or the first nine months of 1998,  we believe  that
additional  clients  may  request  that  we  institute  incentive   compensation
arrangements in the future.

       Our revenues are diversified across geographic  regions,  various sectors
of the economy and among many clients.  In 1997, we derived  approximately 47.8%
of our revenues from our U.S.  operations,  with approximately 34.2% coming from
our European  operations and the remainder divided among our operations in Latin
America,  Australia/New  Zealand,  Asia,  Canada and  Africa.  In the first nine
months of 1998,  we derived  approximately  51.9% of our revenues  from our U.S.
operations and approximately  33.9% came from our European  operations.  For the
years 1995,  1996 and 1997,  and for the first nine months of 1998,  our revenue
from any one country  (other  than the United  States) did not exceed 10% of our
consolidated revenues. The United Kingdom,  Germany, Brazil, France,  Australia,
the Netherlands,  Italy, Canada and Switzerland represent the largest sources of
our  revenues  by country  (other  than the United  States).  See Note 10 to the
Annual  Financial  Statements.  We  represent  clients  in  various  industries,
including  automotive,  consumer packaged goods,  financial  services,  food and
beverage,   government  services  and   telecommunications.   Our  revenues  are
diversified across our approximately 5,500 client accounts.  Our largest client,
Ford Motor Company,  accounted for approximately  10.0% of our revenues in 1997,
and our top 20 clients  accounted  for  approximately  40.5% of our  revenues in
1997.

       We have two  principal  categories  of operating  expenses:  compensation
expense  and  general  and  administrative  expenses.  Our  largest  expense  is
compensation,  which  includes the salaries,  bonuses and benefits of all of our
employees,  as  well  as  fees  paid  to  freelance  contractors.   General  and
administrative expenses principally consist of facilities' costs,  depreciation,
amortization, new business costs, travel expenses and professional fees.

       From the time of our  founding  until 1996,  we were wholly  owned by our
employees. As further described in Note 4 to the Annual Financial Statements, in
December  1996,  we  consummated  the  Recapitalization,  which  resulted in the
recording of a pre-tax charge of $315.4 million in 1996. In connection  with the
Recapitalization,  the Company  allocated  certain shares of Restricted Stock to
employees  that vested at the time of the IPO. On May 15, 1998,  we  consummated
the IPO of an aggregate of 19,090,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 6,912,730
shares were sold by the

                                       22

<PAGE>

Company and 12,177,270 shares were sold by certain selling stockholders. We used
the net proceeds to the Company, which aggregated  approximately $158.6 million,
together  with  approximately  $155 million of  borrowings  under the New Credit
Facility,  to repay all of the  outstanding  borrowings  under the Prior  Credit
Facilities.

       The  vesting  of  9,231,105  shares  of  Restricted  Stock  allocated  to
employees gave rise to non-recurring,  non-cash, pre-tax compensation charges of
$234.4 million  ($169.8  million net of the related tax benefit).  These charges
have been reflected as "other operating charges" in our consolidated  statements
of operations  for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998.  See Note 7 to the
Interim Financial Statements.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following  table sets forth,  for the three months ended  September 30,
1997  and  September  30,  1998,   certain  items  derived  from  the  Company's
consolidated statements of operations and the percentages of revenue represented
by such items. Totals may not add due to rounding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 % OF                          % OF
                                                                  1997         REVENUES         1998         REVENUES
                                                              ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------
                                                                               (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues ..................................................   $  333.4        100.0%        $  375.4       100.0%
Compensation expense, including employee benefits .........      206.7         62.0%           227.2        60.5%
General and administrative expense ........................      131.0         39.3%           106.1        28.3%
                                                              --------        -----         --------       -----
Income (loss) from operations .............................       (4.3)        (1.3)%           42.2        11.2%
Net (loss) income .........................................   $   (5.7)        (1.7)%       $   24.3         6.5%
                                                              ========        =====         ========       =====
EBITDA ....................................................   $   10.1          3.0%        $   56.9        15.2%
                                                              ========        =====         ========       =====
</TABLE>

          ------------------------------------------------------------

THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED
      SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

       Revenues for the third  quarter of 1998  increased by $42.0  million,  or
12.6%, to $375.4 million compared to the third quarter of 1997. The increase was
primarily  due to new business  (including  business from new clients and higher
revenue from existing  clients).  United States  revenues  increased by 17.1% to
$195.8  million for the third  quarter of 1998  compared to the third quarter of
1997.  International  revenues increased by 8.1% to $179.6 million for the third
quarter of 1998 compared to the third  quarter of 1997.  Excluding the effect of
the  strengthening  (on average) of the U.S. dollar against foreign  currencies,
total   revenues  for  the  third  quarter  of  1998   increased  by  14.0%  and
international revenues increased by 10.9% compared to the third quarter of 1997.

       Compensation  expense  increased  by $20.5  million,  or 9.9%,  to $227.2
million for the third  quarter of 1998  compared  to the third  quarter of 1997.
This  increase was  primarily  attributable  to  additional  staffing to support
business  growth  and to salary  increases.  Excluding  the  effect  of  foreign
currency  fluctuations,  compensation expense increased by 11.3% compared to the
third quarter of 1997.

       General and administrative expenses decreased by $25.0 million, or 19.0%,
to $106.1 million for the third quarter of 1998 compared to the third quarter of
1997.  This  decrease  was  primarily  due to the  inclusion  in 1997 of a $25.5
million  write-off of accounts  receivable,  costs billable to clients and other
capitalized costs with respect to the operations of  Burson-Marsteller in Europe
and Asia in the third quarter of 1997.  The  write-offs in Europe were primarily
related to  Burson-Marsteller's  implementation of a new management  information
system in 1997 which  resulted  in  delayed  and  inaccurate  billing of certain
clients and  necessitated  the creation of additional  reserves against accounts
receivable  and  costs  billable  to  clients.   The  write-offs  in  Asia  were
attributable to the Company's evaluation of Burson-Marsteller's recent operating
performance in Asia and the determination that Burson-Marsteller was unlikely to
collect certain accounts receivable and costs billable to clients.

                                       23

<PAGE>
Excluding the effect of foreign currency  fluctuations and the Burson-Marsteller
write-off, general and administrative expenses increased by 1.9% compared to the
third quarter of 1997.

       Income from  operations  was $42.2  million for the third quarter of 1998
compared to a loss from  operations  of $4.3  million  for the third  quarter of
1997, an increase of $46.5 million,  primarily due to the 1997 Burson-Marsteller
write-off  described  above.  Excluding  the 1997  Burson-Marsteller  write-off,
income from  operations  increased by $21.0 million,  or 98.8%,  compared to the
third  quarter of 1997.  Income  from  operations  in the third  quarter of 1998
included $14.7 million of depreciation and amortization. As a result, EBITDA for
the third quarter of 1998 was $56.9 million. 

       Net  interest  expense  decreased by $8.1 million to $2.8 million for the
third quarter of 1998 compared to the third quarter of 1997. The decline was due
to lower average  borrowing levels and lower average  borrowing rates during the
third quarter of 1998 compared to the third quarter of 1997.

       Income  tax  expense  was $15.9  million  for the third  quarter  of 1998
compared to an income tax benefit of $7.8 million for the third quarter of 1997.
The effective income tax rates were 40.5% and 51.1%, respectively, for the third
quarter of 1998 and 1997.  Such  decrease  in the  effective  tax rate  resulted
primarily from lower foreign taxes on the Company's  foreign  operations as well
as a  reduction  in the  effective  rate at which  state  and local  taxes  were
provided on domestic income.

       Net income for the third quarter of 1998 was $24.3 million  compared to a
net loss of $5.7 million for the third quarter of 1997.  Excluding the after-tax
effect of the Burson-Marsteller write-off, net income increased by $16.7 million
compared to the third quarter of 1997.

     The  following  table sets forth,  for the nine months ended  September 30,
1997  and  September  30,  1998,   certain  items  derived  from  the  Company's
consolidated statements of operations and the percentages of revenue represented
by such items. Totals may not add due to rounding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               % OF                          % OF
                                                                  1997       REVENUES         1998         REVENUES
                                                              -----------   ----------   -------------   -----------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>
Revenues ..................................................   $ 977.1       100.0%       $ 1,095.7        100.0%
Compensation expense, including employee benefits .........     600.8        61.5%           659.4         60.2%
General and administrative expense ........................     331.4        33.9%           324.8         29.6%
Other operating charges ...................................        --         0.0%           234.4         21.4%
                                                              -------       -----        ---------        -----
Income (loss) from operations .............................      44.9         4.6%          (123.0)       (11.2%)
Net income (loss) .........................................   $  11.9         1.2%       $  (113.3)       (10.3%)
                                                              -------       -----        ---------        -----
EBITDA ....................................................   $  86.4         8.8%       $   154.5         14.1%
                                                              =======       =====        =========        =====
</TABLE>

       -----------------------------------------------------------------

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
      30, 1998

       Revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 increased by $118.7
million,  or 12.1%,  to  $1,095.7  million  compared  to the nine  months  ended
September 30, 1997.  The increase was  primarily due to new business  (including
business  from new clients and higher  revenue from  existing  clients).  United
States  revenues  increased by 19.3% to $568.2 million for the nine months ended
September  30, 1998  compared  to the nine  months  ended  September  30,  1997.
International  revenues  increased by 5.3% to $527.5 million for the nine months
ended  September 30, 1998 compared to the nine months ended  September 30, 1997.
Excluding  the  effect of the  strengthening  (on  average)  of the U.S.  dollar
against foreign  currencies,  total revenues for the nine months ended September
30,  1998  increased  by 15.1% and  international  revenues  increased  by 11.0%
compared to the nine months ended September 30, 1997.

       Compensation  expense  increased  by $58.7  million,  or 9.8%,  to $659.4
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 compared to the nine months
ended September 30, 1997. This increase was primarily attributable to additional
staffing  to support  business  growth and to salary  increases.  Excluding  the
effect of foreign currency

                                       24

<PAGE>
fluctuations,  compensation  expense  increased  by 12.7%  compared  to the nine
months ended September 30, 1997.

       General and administrative  expenses decreased by $6.6 million,  or 2.0%,
to $324.8  million for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 compared to the
nine months ended  September  30, 1997.  This  decrease was primarily due to the
inclusion in 1997 of a $25.5  million  write-off of accounts  receivable,  costs
billable to clients and other  capitalized  costs with respect to the operations
of  Burson-Marsteller  in Europe and Asia offset in 1998 by additional operating
expenses to support new business  growth.  The  Burson-Marsteller  write-offs in
Europe  were  primarily  related  to  its  implementation  of a  new  management
information  system in 1997 which resulted in delayed and inaccurate  billing of
certain clients and  necessitated  the creation of additional  reserves  against
accounts  receivable and costs billable to clients.  The write-offs in Asia were
attributable to the Company's evaluation of Burson-Marsteller's recent operating
performance in Asia and the determination that Burson-Marsteller was unlikely to
collect certain accounts receivable and costs billable to clients. Excluding the
effect of foreign  currency  fluctuations and the  Burson-Marsteller  write-off,
general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  by 9.7%  compared to the nine
months ended September 30, 1997.

       Effective upon the consummation of the IPO, the Company  recognized other
operating charges of $234.4 million.  These other operating charges consisted of
non-recurring,  non-cash  compensation  charges  resulting  from the  vesting of
shares of Restricted Stock allocated to employees. As a result of these charges,
the Company expects to incur a net loss for the year ending December 31, 1998.

       Loss  from  operations  was  $123.0  million  for the nine  months  ended
September 30, 1998  compared to income from  operations of $44.9 million for the
nine months ended  September 30, 1997, a decrease of $167.9  million,  primarily
due to the other  operating  charges  described  above  partially  offset by the
effect of the 1997  Burson-Marsteller  write-off.  Excluding the other operating
charges and the Burson-Marsteller write-off, income from operations increased by
$41.0 million,  or 58.2%,  compared to the nine months ended September 30, 1997.
Income from  operations  in the nine months ended  September  30, 1998  included
$43.1  million of  depreciation  and  amortization  and $234.4  million of other
operating charges,  as described above. As a result,  EBITDA for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998, was $154.5 million.

       Net interest expense  (interest expense net of interest income) decreased
by $15.6 million to $13.0  million for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998
compared to the nine months ended  September  30,  1997.  The decline was due to
lower average borrowing levels and lower average borrowing rates during the nine
months ended  September 30, 1998 compared to the nine months ended September 30,
1997.

       The Company  recognized  an income tax  benefit of $22.3  million for the
nine months  ended  September  30,  1998  compared to income tax expense of $7.9
million for the nine months ended  September  30,  1997.  Included in 1998 is an
income tax benefit of $64.6 million  attributable to the other operating charges
of $234.4 million  described above and reflects the anticipated  federal,  state
and foreign tax effect of such other operating  charges after  consideration  of
valuation  allowance  amounts for certain  non-U.S.  deductions.  The  effective
income tax rate was a benefit of 16.7% for the nine months ended  September  30,
1998.  Excluding  the benefit  derived  from the other  operating  charges,  the
effective  tax rate was 42.0% for the nine months  ended  September  30, 1998, a
decrease from the 48.0%  effective tax rate for the nine months ended  September
30, 1997.  Such  decrease  resulted  primarily  from lower  foreign taxes on the
Company's  foreign  operations as well as a reduction in the  effective  rate at
which state and local taxes were provided on domestic income.

       The Company incurred an extraordinary  charge of $4.4 million in the nine
months ended September 30, 1998,  which is net of a tax benefit of approximately
$2.8  million,  due to the write-off of  unamortized  deferred  financing  costs
related to the Prior Credit Facilities.

       Net loss for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 was $113.3 million
compared to net income of $11.9 million for the nine months ended  September 30,
1997.  Excluding  the  after-tax  effect of the  other  operating  charges,  the
Burson-Marsteller  write-off and the extraordinary  charge, net income increased
by $35.8 million compared to the nine months ended September 30, 1997.

                                       25

<PAGE>
     The  following  table sets forth,  for the years ended  December  31, 1995,
December  31,  1996 and  December  31,  1997,  certain  items  derived  from the
Company's  consolidated  statements of operations and the percentages of revenue
represented by such items. Totals may not add due to rounding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              % OF                      % OF                       % OF
                                                  1995      REVENUES       1996       REVENUES        1997       REVENUES
                                             ------------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------- -----------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Revenues ................................... $ 1,085.5     100.0%     $ 1,222.1      100.0%      $ 1,382.7      100.0%
Compensation expense, including employee
 benefits ..................................     672.0      61.9%         730.3       59.8%          836.2       60.5%
General and administrative expense .........     356.5      32.8%         391.6       32.0%          463.9       33.6%
Recapitalization-related charges ...........        --       0.0%         315.4       25.8%             --        0.0%
Other operating charges ....................      31.5       2.9%          17.2        1.4%           11.9        0.9%
                                             ---------     -----      ---------      -----       ---------      -----
Income (loss) from operations ..............      25.5       2.3%        (232.3)     (19.0%)          70.7        5.1%
Net income (loss) .......................... $     0.8       0.1%     $  (238.3)     (19.5%)     $   (23.9)      (1.7%)
                                             =========     =====      =========      =====       =========      =====
EBITDA ..................................... $    73.0       6.7%     $   147.2       12.0%      $   139.4       10.1%
                                             =========     =====      =========      =====       =========      =====
</TABLE>

       -----------------------------------------------------------------

1996 COMPARED TO 1997

       Consolidated  worldwide  revenues for 1997 increased by 13.1% to $1,382.7
million  from  $1,222.1  million in 1996.  Consolidated  U.S.  revenues for 1997
increased by 15.8% to $661.3 million from $571.1  million in 1996.  Consolidated
international revenues for 1997 increased by 10.8% to $721.4 million from $651.0
million in 1996. Of the  worldwide  revenue  increase,  13.6% was due to organic
growth  (including  net new business gains and higher net revenues from existing
clients)  and  3.0%  was  due  to  the  acquisition  of  majority  interests  in
investments  previously  accounted for under the equity  method.  Such increases
were partially offset by a 3.5% decline related to a strengthening  (on average)
of the U.S. dollar against foreign  currencies.  New business was generated from
new  client  accounts  such as  Campbell's  Soup,  Citibank,  Merck  and  United
Airlines.

       Compensation  expense for 1997  increased by 14.5% to $836.2 million from
$730.3 million in 1996.  Compensation expense for 1997 increased as a percentage
of revenues to 60.5% from 59.8% in 1996. The growth in compensation  expense was
generally in line with revenue  growth and also included a $12.3 million  charge
primarily for deferred compensation awards granted to senior executives in 1997.

       General and administrative expenses for 1997 increased by 18.5% to $463.9
million  from  $391.6  million  in 1996.  General  and  administrative  expenses
increased as a percentage  of revenues to 33.6% in 1997 from 32.0% in 1996.  The
higher  rate of  growth in  general  and  administrative  expenses  compared  to
revenues was primarily  attributable  to a $25.5  million  write-off of accounts
receivable,  costs billable to clients and other  capitalized  costs recorded in
1997 with respect to the operations of Burson-Marsteller in Europe and Asia. The
write-offs   in   Europe   were   primarily   related   to   Burson-Marsteller's
implementation of a new management  information system in 1997 which resulted in
delayed and inaccurate  billing of certain clients and necessitated the creation
of  additional  reserves  against  accounts  receivable  and costs  billable  to
clients. The write-offs in Asia were attributable to the Company's evaluation of
Burson-Marsteller's  recent operating  performance in Asia and the determination
that  Burson-Marsteller  was unlikely to collect certain accounts receivable and
costs  billable to  clients.  As a result of its  analysis of the  circumstances
which led to these  write-offs,  the  Company  has made  management  changes  at
Burson-Marsteller  in  Europe  and Asia  and  implemented  additional  financial
control and reporting requirements for these operations, including strengthening
controls and procedures regarding regional billing and collection practices.

       In 1997, the Company had income from operations of $70.7 million compared
to a loss  from  operations  of $232.3  million  in 1996,  primarily  due to the
Recapitalization-related charges of $315.4 million. Income from

                                       26

<PAGE>
operations in 1997 included $56.7 million of depreciation  and  amortization and
$11.9  million  of other  operating  charges  for asset  impairment  write-downs
principally  related to certain operations in the United States,  Africa,  Latin
America and Europe. As a result, EBITDA for 1997 was $139.4 million.

       Net interest expense increased by $16.1 million in 1997 compared to 1996.
The increase was primarily due to higher average  borrowing  levels in 1997 as a
result of the Recapitalization in December 1996.

       The effective income tax rate for 1997 was 160.6%. The primary difference
between  the  U.S.  statutory  tax  rate and  Y&R's  effective  tax rate in 1997
resulted from  incremental  foreign taxes arising from losses outside the United
States which provided  little or no tax benefit.  The effective  income tax rate
for  1996  was a  benefit  of  8.2%.  This  reflects  the tax  benefit  from the
Recapitalization-related  charges  partially  offset by foreign  income taxed at
rates greater than the U.S.  statutory rate. See Note 9 to the Annual  Financial
Statements.

       Net income of unconsolidated  companies was $0.3 million in 1997 compared
to a loss of $9.8  million  in 1996.  A $9.3  million  charge  to write  down an
Australian equity investment was recorded in 1996.

       Minority interest in net loss of consolidated subsidiaries increased $3.8
million in 1997 compared to 1996,  primarily  reflecting  the minority  interest
share of  charges  for  asset  impairment  write-downs  relating  to an  Italian
operation in 1996.

       Net loss for 1997 was  $23.9  million  compared  to a net loss of  $238.3
million in 1996,  primarily as a result of charges  recorded in connection  with
the Recapitalization.

1996 COMPARED TO 1995

       Consolidated  worldwide  revenues for 1996 increased by 12.6% to $1,222.1
million  from  $1,085.5  million in 1995.  Consolidated  U.S.  revenues for 1996
increased by 16.0% to $571.1 million from $492.3  million in 1995.  Consolidated
international  revenues for 1996 increased by 9.7% to $651.0 million from $593.2
million in 1995. Of the worldwide  revenue  increase,  12.9% was attributable to
organic  growth  (including  net new business gains and higher net revenues from
existing clients) and 0.7% was due to businesses  acquired.  Such increases were
partially  offset by a 1.0% decline related to a  strengthening  (on average) of
the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies.  New business was generated from new
client  accounts  such as  Blockbuster  Video,  Equal,  Ericsson,  H&R Block and
Novell.

       Compensation  expense for 1996  increased by 8.7% to $730.3  million from
$672.0  million in 1995.  Compensation  expense  decreased  as a  percentage  of
revenues to 59.8% in 1996 from 61.9% in 1995. Such decrease  primarily  reflects
productivity improvements resulting from selected staff reductions in connection
with a productivity  improvement  plan  implemented by the Company at the end of
1995.

       General and administrative  expenses for 1996 increased by 9.8% to $391.6
million  from  $356.5  million  in 1995.  General  and  administrative  expenses
decreased  as a  percentage  of  revenues  to 32.0% in 1996 from  32.8% in 1995,
primarily due to improved cost controls.

       Recapitalization-related  expenses  of $315.4  million  were  incurred in
1996, primarily related to the cancellation of the Company's former equity-based
compensation  and  stock  option  plans.  See  Note  4 to the  Annual  Financial
Statements.

       In 1996, the Company recorded a $17.2 million charge for asset impairment
write-downs  for certain  European and Latin American  operations.  In 1995, the
Company  recorded a  restructuring  charge of $24.4 million in connection with a
productivity improvement plan and charges of $7.1 million,  primarily to dispose
of certain non-strategic European agencies.

       In 1996,  the  Company  had a loss  from  operations  of  $232.3  million
compared  to income  from  operations  of $25.5  million in 1995.  The loss from
operations of $232.3 million in 1996 included $53.0 million of depreciation  and
amortization,  $315.4  million  of  Recapitalization-related  charges  and $11.1
million of  non-cash,  non-recurring  operating  charges  principally  for asset
impairment  write-downs for certain operations in Europe and Latin America. As a
result, EBITDA for 1996 was $147.2 million.

                                       27

<PAGE>
       Net interest expense  increased by $0.7 million in 1996 compared to 1995.
The increase was primarily due to $2.9 million in prepayment  penalties relating
to the repayment,  in connection with the  Recapitalization,  of $100 million of
7.01%  senior  notes and $40  million of 8.75%  senior  notes.  Excluding  these
prepayment  penalties,  net interest  expense in 1996  decreased by $2.2 million
versus 1995,  resulting  from lower average  interest  rates combined with lower
average borrowing levels in 1996. See Note 4 to the Annual Financial Statements.

       The  effective  income  tax rate for 1996  was a  benefit  of 8.2%.  This
reflects  the tax benefit  for the  Recapitalization-related  charges  partially
offset by foreign  income taxed at rates greater than the U.S.  statutory  rate.
The  effective  income  tax rate for 1995 was  115.5%.  The  primary  difference
between the  statutory  tax rate and Y&R's  effective  tax rate in 1995 resulted
from foreign  income taxed at rates greater than the U.S.  statutory  rate.  See
Note 9 to the Annual Financial Statements.

       Net loss of unconsolidated companies was $9.8 million in 1996 compared to
income  of $5.2  million  in  1995.  A $9.3  million  charge  to  write  down an
Australian equity investment as well as lower earnings reported by the Company's
joint ventures with Dentsu, Inc. contributed to the net loss in 1996.

       Minority interest in net loss of consolidated subsidiaries decreased $4.7
million in 1996  compared to 1995,  reflecting  the minority  interest  share of
charges for asset  impairment  write-downs  relating to an Italian  operation in
1996.

       Net loss for 1996 was  $238.3  million  compared  to net  income  of $0.8
million in 1995,  primarily as a result of charges  recorded in connection  with
the Recapitalization.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

       The  Company  historically  has  financed  its working  capital,  capital
expenditures,  acquisitions  and equity  repurchases  from cash  generated  from
operations and third-party borrowings. Quarterly and annual operating cash flows
are   significantly   impacted  by  the  seasonal  media  spending  patterns  of
advertisers,  including the timing of payments made to media and other suppliers
on behalf of clients as well as the timing of cash  collections  from clients to
fund such  expenditures.  The Company's practice is to bill and collect from its
clients in sufficient time to pay the amounts due the media.

SEPTEMBER 30, 1998

       Cash and cash  equivalents  were $71.2  million  at  September  30,  1998
compared to $160.3  million at December 31, 1997.  Cash was used during the nine
months ended September 30, 1998 primarily to repay long-term debt, including the
prepayment of approximately $19.0 million of certain non-negotiable subordinated
payment   obligations  to  former   employee   stockholders,   and  for  capital
expenditures and Common Stock repurchases.

       At  September  30,  1998,  the Company had $70.5  million in  outstanding
indebtedness  under the New Credit  Facility.  The  Company  expects to fund its
payments of principal and interest under the New Credit  Facility with cash from
operations.

       On May 15,  1998,  the Company  consummated  the IPO. Net proceeds to the
Company  were  $158.6  million,   after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and
commissions  and expenses  paid by the Company in  connection  with the IPO. The
Company  used the net  proceeds  from the IPO  together  with  $155  million  of
borrowings  under  the New  Credit  Facility  to  repay  all of the  outstanding
borrowings under the Prior Credit Facilities.

       Capital  expenditures  were  $34.8  million  for the  nine  months  ended
September 30, 1998. The Company estimates that its capital  expenditures in 1998
will be  approximately  $70  million  for  information  technology  and  certain
leasehold improvements.

       On August 4, 1998,  the Company  announced  that the Board had approved a
plan to  repurchase  up to  2,000,000  shares of Common  Stock over the next two
years.  Through  September 30, 1998, the Company  repurchased  712,800 shares of
Common Stock for an aggregate of $21.9 million. On October 13, 1998, the Company
announced  that the Board had  approved  a new  repurchase  program  of up to an
additional  6,000,000  shares of Common  Stock  over the next two  years.  As of
November 24, 1998, approximately 1,689,000 shares of Common Stock have been 

                                       28

<PAGE>
repurchased  at an  average  cost  of  $26.63  per  share.  The  shares  may  be
repurchased  by the  Company  from time to time in the open market or in private
transactions, possibly including transactions with employees.

       The  Company's  net deferred tax assets at September 30, 1998 were $191.2
million  consisting  primarily of federal,  state and foreign net operating loss
carryforwards.  Consequently,  the Company  expects a reduction in the amount of
cash taxes paid on a worldwide  basis in future years.  The  consummation of the
IPO gave  rise to a  non-recurring,  non-cash,  pre-tax  compensation  charge of
$234.4  million,  which  resulted in  additional  tax benefits to the Company of
$64.6 million.

       The Company expects to declare and pay a regular  quarterly cash dividend
beginning in the first half of 1999. However, any determination to pay dividends
will be at the  discretion  of the  Board  and will  depend  upon,  among  other
factors,  the Company's  results of  operations,  financial  condition,  capital
requirements and contractual  restrictions  pursuant to the New Credit Facility.
The New Credit Facility  contains certain  financial and operating  restrictions
and covenant  requirements,  and permits the payment of cash dividends except in
the event of a continuing default under the credit agreement.

       The Company believes that cash provided by operations and funds available
under the New Credit  Facility will be sufficient to meet its  anticipated  cash
requirements as presently contemplated.

DECEMBER 31, 1997

       Cash and cash  equivalents  at December  31, 1997  increased  by 45.5% to
$160.3  million from $110.2  million at December 31, 1996. For 1997, the Company
generated  operating  cash flows of $224.5  million  which  represented  a 26.1%
increase  in  operating  cash  flows  versus  1996.  The  Company   achieved  an
improvement  in net cash  flow  from  operating  activities  due,  in  part,  to
increased focus on cash flow management, including improvements in the timing of
billings and the relationship  between the collection of accounts receivable and
the payment of  obligations to media and other  suppliers.  Operating cash flows
and  third-party  borrowings  were used for  capital  expenditures,  acquisition
requirements and equity repurchases.

       Investing   activities  in  1997  included   $51.9  million  for  capital
expenditures  and $11.3  million  for  acquisitions.  The  majority  of  capital
expenditures in 1997 were for technology-related  purchases, while the remaining
expenditures were for leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment. The $11.3
million for  acquisitions  primarily  consisted of increases in  investments  in
equity affiliates in the United States,  Europe, Latin America and Australia/New
Zealand.

       In December 1996, Y&R consummated the  Recapitalization.  Pursuant to the
Recapitalization,  all of the Company's  outstanding  equity and  equity-related
units  and  options  to  purchase  such  units  were  either  acquired  for cash
consideration  or canceled and exchanged for new equity  interests or options to
purchase new equity interests. The Recapitalization was financed by $242 million
contributed by the Recapitalization  Investors and by borrowings under the Prior
Credit Facilities.  The Prior Credit Facilities  consisted of a six and one-half
year $400 million term loan and a six and one-half  year $300 million  revolving
credit facility. As a result of the timing of Recapitalization-related payments,
net cash used in financing  activities  increased  from $12.6 million in 1996 to
$98.7 million in 1997.

       At December 31, 1997,  the Company had  approximately  $330.6  million in
outstanding  indebtedness under the Prior Credit Facilities.  As required by the
Prior  Credit  Facilities,  the Company  entered  into  interest  rate  exchange
agreements  with  off-balance  sheet  risk in order to reduce  its  exposure  to
changes in interest  rates on its variable rate  long-term  debt. As of December
31, 1997,  the Company had obtained  interest rate  protection  agreements  with
respect to $275 million of indebtedness, which effectively changed the Company's
interest rate under the Prior Credit  Facilities to fixed rate  borrowings.  The
interest rate protection agreements mature at various times through 2001.

                                       29

<PAGE>

       The Company's  consolidated  financial statements are denominated in U.S.
dollars.  In  1997,  Y&R  derived  approximately  52.2%  of  its  revenues  from
operations outside of the United States.  Currency fluctuations may give rise to
translation gains or losses when financial statements of foreign operating units
are translated into U.S. dollars.  Significant  strengthening of the U.S. dollar
against other major foreign  currencies  could have a material adverse effect on
Y&R's results of  operations.  Most of the Company's  revenues are billed in the
same currency as the costs  incurred to support the revenues,  thereby  reducing
exposure to currency fluctuations.  The Company typically does not hedge foreign
currency  profits  into U.S.  dollars,  believing  that over time the costs of a
hedging  program  would  outweigh any benefit of greater  predictability  in the
Company's U.S.  dollar-denominated  profits.  However,  the Company  selectively
hedges some positions where management believes it is economically beneficial to
do so,  and bases  its  foreign  subsidiary  capitalization,  debt and  dividend
policies on minimizing  currency risk. The Company also seeks,  through  pricing
and other means, to anticipate and avoid economic currency losses.

SEASONALITY

       The Company's  revenues  generally  reflect the media buying  patterns of
advertisers and are concentrated in the second and fourth quarters of the year.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

       The Company is working to resolve the  potential  impact of the year 2000
on  the  ability  of  the  Company's  computer  systems  to  accurately  process
information   with  dates  later  than   December  31,   1999,   or  to  process
date-sensitive information accurately after the turn of the century (referred to
as the "Year 2000"  issue).  The  Company has  completed  an  assessment  of its
computer  systems and is in the process of modifying  or replacing  all affected
systems for compliance with the Year 2000 issue.  While the Company  believes it
has  made  substantial   progress  in  resolving  any  Year  2000  issues,   the
modifications and testing necessary to fully validate  readiness are still being
conducted.  The Company is also  monitoring  the adequacy of the  processes  and
progress of third-party vendors of systems and applications that may be affected
by the Year 2000 issue. Y&R is dependent in part on third-party computer systems
and   applications,   particularly  with  respect  to  such  critical  tasks  as
accounting, billing and buying, planning and paying for media, as well as on its
own computer systems. The Company is in the process of obtaining assurances from
such vendors that their systems are or are becoming Year 2000 compliant.

       While Y&R believes its process is designed to be  successful,  because of
the complexity of the Year 2000 issue and the  interdependence  of organizations
using computer  systems,  it is possible that Y&R's  efforts,  or those of third
parties  with whom Y&R  interacts,  will not be  satisfactorily  completed  in a
timely fashion. Failure to satisfactorily address the Year 2000 issue could have
a material adverse effect on Y&R's prospects,  business, financial condition and
results of operations.

       The costs of Y&R's Year 2000 project have not yet been determined but are
not expected to be material.  However,  there can be no assurance  that Y&R will
not experience cost overruns or delays in connection with its plan for replacing
or  modifying  systems,  which  could  have a material  adverse  effect on Y&R's
prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

       The Company has not yet  determined  the extent of  contingency  planning
that may be required.

IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

       For a discussion of the impact of recently issued  accounting  standards,
see  Note  2 to the  Annual  Financial  Statements  and  Note  4 to the  Interim
Financial Statements.

                                       30
<PAGE>
                                   BUSINESS

GENERAL

       Young & Rubicam  Inc. is the fifth  largest  consolidated  marketing  and
communications  organization  in the world.  Since our founding 75 years ago, we
have evolved from a single New  York-based  advertising  agency to a diversified
global  marketing  and  communications  company  operating  in 121  cities in 76
countries worldwide as of September 30, 1998. We operate through internationally
recognized  market leaders including Young & Rubicam  Advertising  (full-service
advertising),  Wunderman Cato Johnson  (direct  marketing and sales  promotion),
Burson-Marsteller   (perception   management  and  public   relations),   Landor
Associates  (branding  consultation  and design services) and Sudler & Hennessey
(healthcare  communications),  along with smaller complementary  business units,
including The Bravo Group (multi-cultural  marketing and communications),  Brand
Dialogue (digital interactive branding and digital commerce), The Chapman Agency
(direct  marketing)  and The Media Edge (media  planning,  buying and  placement
services). Our revenues in 1997 totaled approximately $1.4 billion, having grown
at a compound annual rate of 12.9% from 1995 to 1997.

       Through multi-disciplinary, client-focused teams, we provide clients with
global access to fully integrated marketing and communications solutions.  Among
our  approximately  5,500 client  accounts  are a number of large  multinational
organizations,  including  AT&T,  Citibank,  Colgate-Palmolive,  Ford and Philip
Morris. We have maintained long-standing relationships with many of our clients;
the average length of relationship with our top 20 clients exceeds 20 years.

       Our  mission  is to be our  clients'  most  valued  business  partner  in
building,  leveraging,  protecting and managing their brands for both short-term
results and long-term growth.  Consistent with our mission, we have developed an
organizational  and management  structure  designed to meet the diverse needs of
our large  global  clients  as well as the more  specialized  needs of our other
clients. Our strategy combines this organizational and management structure with
the  pursuit of new  business  opportunities  and  continued  investment  in our
business,  personnel and superior consumer knowledge. We further seek to fulfill
our mission by providing  clients with superior  creative services and extensive
research  capabilities,  including  access to Y&R's  proprietary  research tool,
BrandAsset Valuator.

       In late 1992, we created the Key Corporate  Account,  or KCA,  program to
enhance  the  coordination  of  services  sought by  clients  from both a global
coverage as well as an integrated solutions  perspective.  KCAs are large global
client accounts that, as a group,  contribute the greatest share of our revenues
and  profits,  and are  served  on a  multinational  basis by two or more of our
businesses.  We currently  designate 41 of our client accounts as KCAs. Revenues
from the  KCAs,  as a group,  increased  by 14.6%  in 1997,  and  accounted  for
approximately 45.5% of our consolidated revenues in 1996 and approximately 46.1%
of our  consolidated  revenues in 1997.  In order to further  strengthen  client
relationships  and  reward  us for  meeting  or  exceeding  certain  performance
targets, we are working with KCAs to adopt incentive  compensation  arrangements
that align our  compensation  with our  performance  and our  clients'  business
performance.

       As part of our client focus,  Peter A. Georgescu,  our Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer,  Edward H. Vick, our Chief Operating  Officer,  and Thomas D.
Bell, Jr., an Executive Vice President of the Company and the Chairman and Chief
Executive   Officer  of  Young  &  Rubicam   Advertising,   all  retain  ongoing
responsibilities for individual KCAs in addition to their managerial roles.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

       The marketing  and  communications  industry  encompasses a wide range of
services  used to  develop  and  deliver  messages  to both  broad and  targeted
audiences  through  multiple  communication   channels.  The  industry  includes
traditional  advertising  services as well as other marketing and communications
services  such as  direct  marketing  and  sales  promotion,  public  relations,
branding  consultation  and  design  services,  new  media  marketing  and other
specialized services.

       Traditional  advertising services include the development and planning of
marketing and branding campaigns; the creative design and

                                       31

<PAGE>

production of advertisements;  the planning and buying of time and/or space in a
variety of media, including broadcast and cable television,  radio,  newspapers,
general  interest/specialty  magazines,  billboards  and the  Internet;  and the
provision  of  consumer,  product  and other  market  research  to clients on an
ongoing basis. According to industry sources, growth in advertising expenditures
has  accelerated in recent years  following the economic  recession in the early
1990s, and worldwide advertising expenditures totaled approximately $398 billion
in 1997.  Industry  sources have predicted that worldwide  advertising  spending
will grow approximately 5.3% in 1998 to $419 billion.

       Direct  marketing  and  sales  promotion  incorporate  a broad  range  of
services,  including  direct  mail and direct  response  television  advertising
(using  toll-free  800  numbers),  inbound and outbound  telemarketing  database
marketing and online marketing.  Sales promotion  includes the planning,  design
and  implementation  of merchandising and sales promotions as well as design and
implementation  of  targeted  interactive   campaigns.   Industry  sources  have
estimated a growth rate in 1998 of  approximately  10% for both direct marketing
and sales promotion.

       Perception  management and public  relations  address  clients'  external
corporate or brand  positioning,  public image and  relations  with key external
constituencies.  Functions  provided by public relations firms include corporate
communications,  public affairs, lobbying, crisis management,  issue advertising
and internal, consumer grassroots communications.

       Branding  consultation and design services  encompass a range of services
to create,  build and  revitalize  clients'  brands.  Among these  services  are
corporate  identity,  package  design,  retail design and branded  environments,
verbal branding and nomenclature  systems,  corporate literature and interactive
branding.

       New media marketing services include interactive  marketing campaigns and
strategic consulting services, the design of Internet websites, banners and home
pages, the development of corporate intranets and digital commerce applications.

INDUSTRY TRENDS

       Several significant trends are changing the dynamics of the marketing and
communications industries, including the following:

o GROWTH IN UNITED STATES  MARKETING AND  COMMUNICATIONS  MARKETS.  According to
industry sources,  advertising  expenditures in the United States have continued
to grow,  increasing from  approximately  $140 billion in 1993 to  approximately
$188 billion in 1997.  In 1998,  advertising  expenditures  are  estimated to be
approximately  $200 billion.  In industries  such as  telecommunications,  where
regulatory  developments  have encouraged  increased  competition among industry
participants, a growing number of companies have sought to establish and enhance
their brand images through comprehensive marketing and communications  programs.
In the healthcare industry, recent regulatory changes that eased restrictions on
direct-to-consumer communications by pharmaceutical companies have also resulted
in significant additional marketing and communications expenditures.

o  GROWTH  OF   INTERNATIONAL   MARKETING  AND   COMMUNICATIONS   MARKETS.   The
globalization   of  markets  and  the   deregulation   of  certain   sectors  of
international   markets  have  led  to  growth  in  demand  for   marketing  and
communications  services by large  corporate  clients.  An increasing  number of
companies  are  expanding  globally  and,  where they deem it  appropriate,  are
seeking  consistent  brand  images  and  market  positions  for  their  products
throughout the world. At the same time,  however,  companies continue to rely on
their marketing and  communications  advisors to tailor their regional and local
marketing approach to the demands,  tastes and desires of the local marketplace.
As  international  markets  have  expanded,  particularly  the  markets  in  the
Asia/Pacific and Latin American regions, non-U.S.  advertising expenditures have
grown more  rapidly  than U.S.  expenditures.  According  to  industry  sources,
non-U.S.  advertising  expenditures  have  increased from  approximately  44% of
worldwide expenditures in 1986 to approximately 53% in 1997.

o INVESTMENT IN BRAND DEVELOPMENT.  In the 1980s, many advertisers focused their
marketing   campaigns  on  promotional   advertising   that   emphasized   price
competition, often reducing

                                       32

<PAGE>
brand loyalty. Over the last several years, however, advertisers have focused on
the image or brand identity of their organizations,  products and services in an
effort to differentiate  themselves from competitors and increase brand loyalty.
This emphasis on brand  development has increased the demand for the delivery of
consistent  messages  and,  as a result,  companies  are seeking  marketing  and
communications  organizations  which  are able to  coordinate  resources  across
multiple disciplines, geographies and media.

o DEMAND FOR INTEGRATED  SERVICE  OFFERINGS.  Increasingly,  certain clients are
turning  to  large  marketing  and   communications   organizations  to  provide
integrated  services  across  multiple  disciplines.  Such  clients  are seeking
integrated  services to ensure a  consistent  brand  presence  and  maximize the
effectiveness  of their  messages  around the  world,  better  coordinate  their
marketing  activities and simplify and strengthen their relationships with their
marketing partners. The demand for  globally-integrated  services has led to the
creation of a small number of global  marketing  and  communications  companies,
including  Y&R,  which  strive to  provide  their  clients  with a full range of
services  in each of the  local  markets  in which  their  clients  operate.  In
addition,  a  substantial  number  of  clients  continue  to  require  access to
specialized service providers. Y&R has over 20 years of experience in organizing
its companies to address this client need.

o INCREASED  EMPHASIS ON TARGETED  MARKETING.  The desire of  companies to reach
their target audiences and quantify the  effectiveness  of their  communications
has resulted in greater demand for customized direct marketing methods,  such as
database marketing, infomercials,  in-store promotions and interactive programs.
These techniques enable companies to quantify the success of their campaigns and
monitor the return on investment of their  marketing  expenditures  through such
mechanisms  as  response  rate  tracking.  The  desire to create  more  targeted
marketing  has been  enhanced by the  emergence of new media which  permits more
interactive  methods  of  customizing  and  delivering   messages.   In  certain
developing  economies,  the technology  infrastructure is improving,  indicating
increased potential for database marketing and communications.

STRATEGY

       Our strategy consists of the following key components:

o INCREASE  PENETRATION  OF KEY  CORPORATE  ACCOUNTS.  We believe that there are
significant   opportunities   to  increase  our  share  of  KCA   marketing  and
communications   expenditures  by  leveraging  our  global  network  to  provide
integrated  services to KCAs.  We have  successfully  increased our share of the
marketing  and  communications  expenditures  of certain  KCAs over the past few
years. For example,  we have significantly  expanded our relationship with Ford,
winning new  assignments  in Brazil,  Germany,  Canada and the United States for
Young & Rubicam Advertising, Wunderman Cato Johnson, Landor Associates and Brand
Dialogue.  KCAs also have increased their use of multiple services offered by us
over the same  period.  During 1997,  our 20 largest  clients used an average of
five of our marketing and communications services.

We have  implemented  a team concept for certain KCAs that utilize  advertising,
direct marketing and other marketing and communications  services offered by us.
Each client team  aligns Y&R  employees  from  separate  disciplines  within the
Company  around KCAs and offers  incentives  to these  employees  to provide the
highest  quality  service to the  client  without  regard to Y&R's own  internal
corporate  structure.  In  addition,  we seek to  improve  KCA  satisfaction  by
retaining  independent  consultants to conduct  third-party  audits with clients
which measure our  performance  on a variety of criteria.  We intend to use this
objective information to identify strengths, weaknesses and opportunities within
KCA relationships.

o DEVELOP  NEW  CLIENT  RELATIONSHIPS.  We believe  that  there are  significant
opportunities for future revenue and profit growth by providing  services to new
clients in targeted  industry  sectors and to those clients seeking to build and
maintain  global,  regional  and local  brands.  We have  successfully  used our
integrated and global approach as an effective tool in winning new business. Our
win of the global  Citibank  account in August 1997  exemplifies  the success of
this strategy. We believe that the acquisition of this new business

                                       33

<PAGE>

was due, in part, to our ability to coordinate  advertising and direct marketing
activities for Citibank around the world. We believe that Citibank  consolidated
its  advertising and direct  marketing  accounts with us in order to establish a
consistent brand identity around the world. In addition to Citibank,  during the
last 24 months, we have won new business from clients including Campbell's Soup,
Sony and United Airlines, each of whom were designated as KCAs.

o LEVERAGE  EXISTING GLOBAL NETWORK.  With a worldwide  presence in 76 countries
(including 14 countries where we are represented by non-equity affiliations with
local  partners),  we believe that we are well positioned to continue to benefit
from the trend towards the globalization of client marketing and  communications
needs and the consolidation of those needs with a single  international  service
provider. For example, in late 1995,  Colgate-Palmolive  consolidated its global
advertising  with Y&R, and in May 1998,  Groupe Danone  consolidated  the global
advertising  for  its  Fresh  Dairy  Products  division  with  Young  &  Rubicam
Advertising.

o CAPITALIZE ON EXISTING CAPABILITIES.  We intend to continue the development of
our existing capabilities into more visible and accessible client services.  For
example,  in 1997,  we launched our Brand  Dialogue unit to serve our clients in
the areas of  digital  interactive  branding  and  digital  commerce  and in the
development and  implementation  of various  interactive  strategies,  including
website  design,  creation and production.  To create this  integrated  unit, we
combined the existing  interactive  capabilities of Young & Rubicam  Advertising
and  Wunderman  Cato Johnson in the United  States,  Latin  America,  Europe and
Asia/Pacific. We believe that Brand Dialogue represents a growth opportunity for
us,  and  we  intend  to  make  significant  investments  in  new  and  emerging
technologies to capitalize on this opportunity.

In July 1997,  we  consolidated  the United  States media  planning,  buying and
placement  capabilities of Young & Rubicam  Advertising,  Wunderman Cato Johnson
and The Media Edge (a media  company we  acquired  in 1996) under The Media Edge
name.  With this  consolidation,  we created a major United States media agency,
thereby enhancing our ability to negotiate  effectively and secure discounts for
media  purchases on behalf of our clients.  In September  1998, we announced the
global launch of The Media Edge brand worldwide.  We believe that The Media Edge
will provide a variety of media  alternatives in various markets to existing and
future  clients.  We plan to continue to identify  and  leverage  strengths  and
capabilities that can provide further differentiation for us and that can evolve
into businesses that generate incremental revenues and profits.

o UTILIZE SUPERIOR CONSUMER KNOWLEDGE AND BRAND INSIGHTS.  To assist our clients
in building, leveraging, protecting and managing their brands, we have developed
and are maintaining extensive knowledge of consumer brand perceptions.  In 1994,
we launched  BrandAsset  Valuator  ("BAV"),  a proprietary  database of consumer
perceptions for building and managing brands.  In its first two phases,  in 1994
and the  second  half of  1997,  the  BAV  project  involved  the  gathering  of
information  on  approximately  10,000  brands,  including  over 9,000 local and
regional  brands and 550 global  brands.  BAV provides an  understanding  of how
consumers  evaluate  brands,  how  brands  evolve  over time and how  brands are
managed  successfully.  We believe  that BAV, in which we have made  significant
investments  over the past five years,  is the first global  consumer study that
provides  an  empirically  derived  model  for how  brands  gain and lose  their
strength.  We further  believe that BAV, which reflects the  perceptions of over
95,000 consumers in 32 countries in the Americas,  Europe,  Asia,  Australia and
Africa,  is the most  extensive  database  of  information  concerning  consumer
perceptions of brands.  Management  believes that Y&R's  comprehensive  research
capabilities,  including BAV, have become a significant factor in attracting new
clients and winning new assignments from existing  clients.  We plan to continue
to invest in BAV, and believe that knowledge of consumers' changing  perceptions
of brands will continue to provide us with a significant competitive advantage.

o  CULTIVATE  CREATIVE  EXCELLENCE.   We  intend  to  continue  emphasizing  the
importance of creative marketing and communications. Our creative leadership has
been recognized over the years through the receipt of various  industry  awards,
including Cannes Lions and Clio Awards for

                                       34

<PAGE>

excellence in television  and print  advertising,  EFFIES  (awards for effective
advertising)  and a number of other  awards  for  direct  marketing  and  design
services.  We also have created numerous memorable  marketing and communications
programs for clients,  including "The Softer Side of Sears,"  "Everybody Needs a
Little KFC," "It's All Within Your Reach" for AT&T,  "The Document  Company" for
Xerox,  and "Be All  That You Can Be" for the  United  States  Army,  as well as
identity and design assignments, including the creation of corporate identities,
for Lucent Technologies, Netscape and the 2002 Salt Lake City Olympics.

o IMPROVE OPERATING EFFICIENCIES. We believe that opportunities exist to further
improve  operating  efficiencies  in order to expand margins and increase future
profitability.  For example,  we have  implemented  initiatives  which have both
improved  productivity  and  reduced  compensation  expense as a  percentage  of
consolidated revenues.

o EXPAND CAPABILITIES  THROUGH  ACQUISITIONS.  In order to add new capabilities,
enhance  our  existing  capabilities  and  expand  the  geographic  scope of our
operations,  we regularly evaluate and intend to pursue appropriate  acquisition
opportunities.  We believe that  significant  opportunities  exist to expand our
businesses.  Historically,  in order to expand  capabilities  beyond traditional
advertising,  we have acquired  well-established  leaders in other marketing and
communications  disciplines.  More  recently,  we have  acquired  smaller  niche
agencies or  companies to enhance  existing  capabilities  or expand  geographic
coverage.

OPERATIONS

       The following  section contains a brief description of the Company's main
service offerings.

       YOUNG & RUBICAM  ADVERTISING.  Young & Rubicam  Advertising is one of the
world's leading full-service consumer advertising  agencies,  offering expertise
in creative development,  consumer research and marketing,  and media buying and
planning. In 1997, Young & Rubicam Advertising was ranked by industry sources as
the seventh largest advertising agency based in the United States.

       Young & Rubicam Advertising has had a number of recent new business wins.
In May 1998,  Group Danone awarded the advertising for its worldwide Fresh Dairy
Products  division  to Young & Rubicam  Advertising.  In August  1997,  Citibank
consolidated its worldwide  advertising and direct marketing  business with Y&R.
In addition,  since 1995,  Young & Rubicam  Advertising  has won substantial new
business from  Campbell's  Soup,  Colgate-Palmolive,  Ericsson,  Sony and United
Airlines.  In June 1997,  Young & Rubicam  Advertising  extended  its  long-term
relationship  with the United  States  Army,  an  account  which is subject to a
government-mandated  review every five years.  In October 1997,  Young & Rubicam
Advertising  won the assignment to develop a campaign for Census 2000, the first
unified, paid advertising campaign undertaken by the United States Bureau of the
Census.  Young & Rubicam Advertising also continues to expand relationships with
existing clients,  including creating AT&T's corporate  branding  campaign,  and
together with Wunderman  Cato Johnson,  developing the campaign for the launches
of Sears' Home Services Division, the Navigator sport-utility vehicle for Ford's
Lincoln-Mercury  division  in the  United  States  and the Puma,  Ka and  Galaxy
automobiles for Ford in selected international markets.

       Young & Rubicam  Advertising  has long been  involved  in various  public
interest and public service efforts.  Young & Rubicam Advertising handles public
service  accounts for The National  Urban League,  The United Negro College Fund
and, through its work with the Ad Council,  has launched a series of programs to
benefit  children  throughout  the  United  States  and,  separately,  to assist
battered women.

       Young  &  Rubicam  Advertising  operates  in 86  cities  in 61  countries
worldwide,  in the  Americas,  Europe and  Africa.  Young & Rubicam  Advertising
services  clients  through  the  Dentsu,  Young &  Rubicam  Partnerships  across
Asia/Pacific.

       DENTSU,  YOUNG &  RUBICAM  PARTNERSHIPS.  The  Dentsu,  Young  &  Rubicam
Partnerships  ("DY&R") are a network of full-service  advertising  agencies that
provide  Young & Rubicam  Advertising  with access to major  markets  across the
Asia/Pacific region. DY&R was created as a joint venture between Y&R and Dentsu,
Inc.  ("Dentsu") in 1991. In 1997, Dentsu ranked as the fourth largest marketing
and  communications  organization  in the world and the  largest  marketing  and
communications

                                       35

<PAGE>

organization based in Asia/Pacific.  DY&R is a series of local ventures in which
Y&R typically has a 50% interest, and is jointly managed and operated by Y&R and
Dentsu.  To maximize  local brand equity and minimize  conflicts,  DY&R operates
under different  brand names and management in each of its three  regions--Asia,
Australia/New  Zealand and the United  States.  DY&R  primarily  services  major
clients of Dentsu and Y&R in Asia,  including  Y&R's KCAs,  but also has its own
local clients in each region.  In  Asia/Pacific,  DY&R has recently won regional
business  from  Fuji and  Citibank  and has been  awarded  additional  work from
Cadbury-Schweppes,  Ericsson,  Ford and Sony, in specific markets. DY&R operates
in 23 cities in 14 countries across Asia/Pacific and the United States, where it
operates as The Lord Group.

       WUNDERMAN  CATO  JOHNSON.  Wunderman  Cato Johnson  ("WCJ") is one of the
world's  leading   behavior-driven   marketing  and  communications   companies.
Behavior-driven  marketing and  communications are designed to assist clients in
producing  immediate sales and building brand and customer equity. WCJ addresses
its clients'  marketing  objectives  through direct marketing,  sales promotion,
television commercials and infomercials, customer loyalty programs, relationship
marketing  programs,   database   development  and  management,   merchandising,
entertainment and sports marketing, lead generation and new product launches.

       WCJ focuses on converting  "consumers" to "customers" and mass markets to
individual  relationships.  WCJ  seeks  to  motivate  behavior  by  focusing  on
identifying  and  acquiring the most  valuable  customer  prospects for clients,
building  loyalty among its clients' most profitable  customers and managing the
customer's interactions with the brand, the trade and the sales force.

       WCJ provides services to KCAs such as AT&T, DuPont, Ford, Sony, Taco Bell
and the United States Postal Service.  Recent new business  projects include the
creation of a global promotion for Ericsson,  and, together with Young & Rubicam
Advertising,  the launches of the Sears Home Services Division and the Navigator
for Ford's Lincoln-Mercury division.

       WCJ was  created  by the 1992  merger of  Wunderman  Worldwide,  a direct
marketing company acquired by Y&R in 1973, and Cato Johnson Associates,  a sales
promotion  company  acquired  by Y&R in 1976.  Headquartered  in New  York,  WCJ
operates in 47 cities in 31  countries  worldwide.  WCJ also has major  database
facilities in Europe and Latin America.

       BURSON-MARSTELLER.  Burson-Marsteller  is  one  of  the  world's  leading
international  perception  management,   public  relations  and  public  affairs
companies.   It  provides  a  comprehensive   range  of  perception   management
capabilities  to its clients,  including  issues  analysis,  crisis  management,
consumer and business marketing and research, corporate communications, investor
relations and public affairs advocacy.  The perception management process begins
with a statement of the desired business results and then identifies current and
targeted  perceptions,  as well as  different  approaches  to create the desired
mindset with key audiences.

       Burson-Marsteller  believes  a  shift  is  occurring  in  the  perception
management and public relations field, away from a focus on executional delivery
based upon a client's specific  instructions and towards a more consultative and
interactive  relationship.  To that  end,  in 1996 and  1997,  Burson-Marsteller
implemented  a  client-focused  practice  structure in the United  States.  This
client-focused  practice  structure  has  replaced  the  traditional  geographic
organizational   model  in  the  United  States  and  helps  ensure  the  firm's
professional  client teams have the experience  and insight  required to provide
clients with the in-depth  capabilities  and  knowledge to meet their needs.  In
Europe and Asia,  Burson-Marsteller  intends to maintain a primarily  geographic
organizational   model  and  to  implement,   where  feasible,   elements  of  a
client-focused practice structure.  Burson-Marsteller's  functional and industry
practice areas currently include corporate, healthcare,  marketing, advertising,
media, public affairs, strategic consulting and technology.  Burson-Marsteller's
resources include three kinds of specialists:

       o industry specialists who are experienced in specific fields;

                                       36

<PAGE>
       o    practice  specialists  who are  experienced  in specific  perception
            management, public relations and public affairs disciplines; and

       o    creative and media specialists who are skilled in using a variety of
            techniques  and  different  technologies  to deliver  messages  with
            impact.

       Burson-Marsteller  serves  as  counselor  to a  diverse  body of  clients
ranging  from  major  corporations,   business   associations  and  professional
organizations  to governmental  bodies and non-profit  institutions.  During the
last 18 months,  Burson-Marsteller  has undertaken  significant  assignments for
Qualcomm,  Sun Microsystems  and Unilever.  In addition,  Burson-Marsteller  has
expanded and strengthened  relationships  with existing clients such as Andersen
Consulting, Johnson & Johnson and Philip Morris.

       Burson-Marsteller  was  founded in 1953 and was  acquired by Y&R in 1979.
Burson-Marsteller  is  headquartered in New York and operates in 49 cities in 33
countries around the world. The Burson-Marsteller network also includes:

       o    Black,  Kelly,  Scruggs & Healey Inc., a lobbying and public affairs
            firm based in Washington D.C.;

       o    Marsteller    Advertising,    which    specializes   in   corporate,
            business-to-business and issues advertising campaigns,  with offices
            in New York, Chicago, Pittsburgh and London; and

        o   The Mead Point Group, a small strategic consulting firm.

       LANDOR  ASSOCIATES.  Landor  Associates  ("Landor") is one of the world's
leading  branding  consultancies  and strategic  design firms.  Landor  creates,
builds and  revitalizes  clients'  brands and helps  position  these  brands for
continued  success.  Landor's branding and identity  consultants,  designers and
researchers work with clients on a full range of branding and identity projects,
including  corporate  identity,  packaging and brand  identity  systems,  retail
design  and  branded  environments,  interactive  branding  and  design,  verbal
branding and nomenclature systems,  corporate  literature,  brand extensions and
new brand development.

       Landor has broad international experience across various industries,  and
clients  include  automobile  manufacturers,  banks and financial  institutions,
commercial  airlines,   communications  and  information   companies,   consumer
products,  entertainment industry concerns, hotels, major industrials,  packaged
goods companies and petroleum retailers.

       Landor has gained  substantial  new business  momentum during the last 24
months,  and has  been  awarded  corporate  identity  assignments  for  Andersen
Consulting,  Delta  Airlines,  Lucent  Technologies  and the 2002 Salt Lake City
Olympics; brand identity assignments for Walt Disney; package design assignments
for Frito-Lay;  and branded environment assignments for Taco Bell, Pizza Hut and
Shell. In addition,  Landor has expanded  relationships  with existing  clients.
During  1996,  Landor was  retained by Coors Beer (as sole  supplier)  to design
packaging,  and  more  recently  this  assignment  expanded  to  include  verbal
branding.  In addition,  during the last 12 months, Landor worked to develop the
name and  corporate  identity  for  Visteon,  a Ford  subsidiary  that  supplies
component parts to the automotive industry.

       Landor was  founded in 1941 and was  acquired  by Y&R in 1989.  Landor is
headquartered  in San  Francisco  and  operates  in 15  cities  in 11  countries
worldwide,  including  multidisciplinary  consulting  and design  studios in New
York, Seattle, Mexico City, Hamburg, London, Paris, Hong Kong and Tokyo.

       SUDLER &  HENNESSEY.  Sudler &  Hennessey  ("S&H") is one of the  world's
leading healthcare  communications  firms,  developing strategic promotional and
educational  programs  for a wide  spectrum of  healthcare  brands.  S&H creates
advertising,  direct  marketing and sales  promotion  programs for  prescription
drugs and  over-the-counter  medications.  In addition,  S&H provides  strategic
consultancy  and  communications  support in the areas of managed care,  medical
devices and equipment,  nutrition,  veterinary  medicine and general healthcare.
Communications  programs produced by S&H on behalf of its largely pharmaceutical
industry client base are directed to a wide range of healthcare professionals as
well as patients and their support networks.

       S&H's   medical   education   division,   IntraMed,  develops  continuing
educational

                                       37

<PAGE>

programming  on behalf of its  pharmaceutical  and consumer care clients.  These
educational   efforts   bring   credible   third-party   support  to  healthcare
professionals as well as patient educational communications.

       The healthcare  communications  industry  experienced  significant growth
during 1997, due both to a dramatic  increase in  direct-to-consumer  healthcare
communications  and numerous new product  introductions.  S&H has capitalized on
this  growth,  winning  significant  new  business  around the world,  including
product launch assignments from Abbott Laboratories, Merck, Roche and Zeneca.

       S&H  was  founded  in  1941  and  was  acquired  by Y&R in  1973.  S&H is
headquartered  in New York and  operates in 15 cities in 10  countries  in North
America, Europe and Asia/Pacific.

       COHN & WOLFE.  Cohn & Wolfe is a full-service  public relations firm that
provides creative,  results-driven  services to its clients.  Cohn & Wolfe helps
its clients establish and communicate  corporate and brand identity,  launch new
products and expand sales. Areas of expertise include consumer marketing, sports
publicity and issues management,  as well as healthcare,  information technology
and  business-to-business  communications.  Current clients  include  Coca-Cola,
Deloitte Consulting, Eli Lilly, NEC, SmithKline Beecham, Sony, the United States
Army and the United States Postal Service.

       Cohn & Wolfe was founded in 1970 and was acquired by Burson-Marsteller in
1984. Cohn & Wolfe operates in 12 cities in 7 countries in North America, Europe
and Australia.

       OTHER  CAPABILITIES.  Brand  Dialogue  specializes in digital interactive
branding and digital commerce. Brand Dialogue's primary offerings consist of:

       o    web  advertising,  including the design,  creation and production of
            websites,   banners,   home  pages  and  comprehensive   interactive
            campaigns;

       o    digital commerce applications;

       o    the development of corporate intranets to improve communications and
            productivity within and among a defined set of users; and

       o    interactive marketing consulting services.

       Brand  Dialogue has obtained new  business  from both  existing  KCAs and
other clients, as well as new clients. During the last 12 months, Brand Dialogue
won  notable  and  varied  assignments  from  clients  such as  AT&T,  Citibank,
Ericsson, Ford, Geocities, Sony and Xerox.

       The  Bravo  Group   ("Bravo")   creates   multi-cultural   marketing  and
communications  programs targeted to the fast-growing  U.S. Hispanic  community.
Bravo's  multi-disciplinary  services include  advertising,  promotion and event
marketing,  public  relations,  research and direct  marketing.  Bravo  provides
services for selected KCAs  including  American Home  Products-Whitehall,  AT&T,
Campbell's Soup, Clorox, Kraft and the United States Postal Service. The Company
expanded its multi-cultural marketing and communications capabilities in October
1998 with its  acquisition  of Kang & Lee,  an agency  that  provides a range of
advertising programs within the Asian community in the United States. Kang & Lee
has an established relationship with AT&T.

       The Chapman Agency  ("Chapman") is a specialized  direct marketing agency
that provides a range of services  outside the United  States,  primarily to the
financial services industry. Chapman focuses on communications designed to build
individual  relationships with individual customers,  and works with its clients
to maximize customer profitability and build enduring brands over time.

       The Media Edge provides  integrated media planning,  buying and placement
services for both Young & Rubicam  Advertising  and WCJ. In addition,  The Media
Edge provides planning and buying of both traditional and direct response media.
Management  believes that The Media Edge is positioned to act as an  independent
full-service  media  provider,  offering a range of  media-related  services  to
clients other than those of Young & Rubicam  Advertising  and WCJ, as well as to
smaller  independent  advertising and communications  agencies.  We believe that
these capabilities will enable The Media Edge to take advantage of opportunities
presented by the trend of clients  separating media  responsibility  assignments
from other advertising services. During the last

                                       38

<PAGE>

12 months,  The Media Edge won significant  new business,  including a number of
agency of record assignments (a preferred media provider  designation) and media
research and  modeling  assignments,  from  clients  such as  Monsanto,  Ore-Ida
(Heinz), Revlon and Sears.

COMPETITION

       The marketing and communications  industry is highly competitive,  and we
expect it to remain so. Our principal  competitors  in the  advertising,  direct
marketing and perception  management and public  relations  businesses are large
multinational  marketing  and  communications  companies,  as well  as  numerous
smaller  agencies  that  operate  only in the  United  States  or in one or more
countries  or local  markets.  We must compete  with these other  companies  and
agencies to maintain existing client relationships and to obtain new clients and
assignments.  Some clients, such as U.S. governmental agencies, require agencies
to compete for business at mandatory periodic intervals.  We compete principally
on the basis of the following factors:

       o creative reputation;

       o knowledge of media;

       o quality and breadth of services;

       o geographical coverage and diversity;

       o relationships with clients; and

       o financial controls.

       Recently,  traditional advertising agencies also have been competing with
major  consulting  firms  which  have  developed   practices  in  marketing  and
communications.  New competitors also include smaller  companies such as systems
integrators, database marketing and modeling companies and telemarketers,  which
offer  technological  solutions to marketing and communications  issues faced by
clients.  In  addition,  the trend  towards  consolidation  of  global  accounts
requires companies seeking to compete effectively in the international marketing
and communications industry to make significant  investments.  These investments
include  additional  offices and personnel around the world and new and improved
technology for linking these offices and people.

       United States clients  typically may cancel  contracts with agencies upon
90 days' notice,  and non-U.S.  clients typically also may cancel contracts with
agencies on 90 to 180 days' notice. However, we believe that clients may find it
increasingly  difficult to terminate  relationships with agencies that represent
their  brands  on a global  basis  because  of the  complexity  of  coordinating
creative,  media and non-media services.  In addition,  clients generally remain
able to move from one agency to another with relative ease. As is typical in the
marketing and communications  industry, we have lost or resigned client accounts
and assignments, including Blockbuster Video and International Home Foods, for a
variety of reasons,  including  conflicts with newly acquired clients.  Although
typically we have replaced these losses with new clients and assignments, we may
not be  successful  in  replacing  clients  that may leave  Y&R or in  replacing
revenues when a client significantly reduces the amount of work given to Y&R.

       When we represent a client,  we do not always handle all  advertising  or
public relations for that client. Many large multinational  companies are served
by a number of agencies  within the marketing and  communications  industry.  In
many cases,  clients'  policies on conflicts of interest or desires to be served
by multiple agencies result in one or more global agency networks representing a
client only for a portion of its marketing and  communications  needs or only in
particular  geographic  areas.  In  addition,  the  ability of  agencies  within
marketing and communications  organizations to acquire new clients or additional
assignments  from  existing  clients  may be  limited  by the  conflicts  policy
followed by many clients.  This conflicts  policy typically  prohibits  agencies
from  performing  similar  services for  competing  products or  companies.  Our
principal  international  competitors  are holding  companies  for more than one
global  advertising  agency network.  As a result, in some situations,  separate
agency networks within these holding  companies may be able to perform  services
for  competing  products or for  products of  competing  companies.  We have one
global advertising agency network.  Accordingly,  our ability to compete for new
advertising   assignments   and,  to  a  lesser  extent,   other  marketing  and
communications assignments, may be limited by these conflicts policies.

                                       39

<PAGE>

Industry practices in other areas of the marketing and  communications  business
reflect similar concerns with respect to client relationships.

REGULATION

       The regulation of advertising  takes several forms. The primary source of
governmental  regulation in the United  States is the Federal  Trade  Commission
("FTC") which is charged with  administering  the Federal Trade  Commission  Act
(the "FTC Act").  The FTC Act covers a wide range of practices  involving false,
misleading  and unfair  advertising.  In the event of violations of federal laws
and regulations,  the FTC may seek cease and desist orders,  may impose monetary
penalties   and  may  require  other   remedies.   The  Federal  Food  and  Drug
Administration,  the Federal  Communications  Commission and other agencies also
have regulatory  authority that affects the advertising  business.  In addition,
many state and local  governments have adopted statutes and regulations  similar
in scope to the FTC Act and the regulations thereunder.

       Self-regulatory  activities  have become  significant in the  advertising
business.  The Council of Better  Business  Bureaus  has  created  the  National
Advertising Division and the National Advertising Review Board, which review and
process possible violations of proper business conduct through advertising.  The
national  television  networks and various other media have also adopted  strict
and extensive  regulations  governing the advertising  that they will accept for
broadcast or  publication.  Trade  associations  in certain  industries  publish
advertising  guidelines  for their  members and, in addition,  various  consumer
groups have been and continue to be powerful  advocates of increased  regulation
of advertising.

       Advertising  is also subject to  regulation  in countries  other than the
United  States in which we and our  affiliates  do business.  We have  developed
internal review procedures to help ensure that our work product, as well as that
of our affiliates,  is in compliance with standards of accuracy, fair disclosure
and ethical proprieties, including those established by federal, state and local
laws and regulations and the pre-clearance procedures of the broadcast media.

       In  addition,  as an  international  organization  we are  subject to the
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the "FCPA").  The FCPA imposes civil and criminal
fines and penalties on companies and individuals  that violate its  anti-bribery
and other provisions.

EMPLOYEES

       We have approximately  13,000 employees  (including  part-time employees)
worldwide.  None of our U.S.  employees  are  covered by  collective  bargaining
agreements. We believe that our relations with employees are good.

PRINCIPAL PROPERTIES

       We own our headquarters  office building at 285 Madison Avenue, New York,
New York. We lease other  offices and space for our  facilities in New York City
and  elsewhere  throughout  the world.  The  following  table sets forth certain
information relating to our principal properties:

                                       40

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               APPROXIMATE
                                                                                 SQUARE          LEASE
           LOCATION                                 USE                          FOOTAGE      EXPIRATION
- -----------------------------   -------------------------------------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                             <C>                                           <C>            <C>
285 Madison Avenue,             Young & Rubicam Advertising, Brand            370,000        N/A (owned)
 New York, New York              Dialogue and corporate headquarters

230 Park Avenue South,          Burson-Marsteller, Chapman, Bravo, Landor     340,500          1/22/06
 New York, New York              and WCJ

Gallus Park,                    Young & Rubicam Advertising, WCJ,             154,000          4/26/04
 Frankfurt, Germany              Burson-Marsteller and Sudler & Hennessey

825 Seventh Avenue,             The Media Edge                                111,832          1/31/01
 New York, New York

Greater London House,           Young & Rubicam Advertising, WCJ and           80,000          5/31/13
 London, U.K.                    Sudler & Hennessey

200 Renaissance Center          Young & Rubicam Advertising and WCJ            96,000         11/30/99
 Detroit, Michigan

675 Avenue of the Americas,     WCJ                                            92,500          6/30/03
 New York, New York

49-59 Avenue Andre Morizet,     Young & Rubicam Advertising and WCJ            65,000          3/30/08
 Paris, France

One South Wacker Drive,         Young & Rubicam Advertising, WCJ               63,000         11/30/99
 Chicago, Illinois               and Landor

100 First Plaza,                Young & Rubicam Advertising, WCJ,              65,000          4/30/03
 San Francisco, California       Burson-Marsteller and Bravo

1801 K Street N.W.,             Burson-Marsteller and Cohn & Wolfe             60,000         10/31/06
 Washington, D.C.

7535 Irvine Center Drive        Young & Rubicam Advertising and WCJ            53,794         12/14/09
 Irvine, California

295 Madison Avenue              Young & Rubicam Advertising                    65,821          1/22/06
 New York, New York
</TABLE>

       ------------------------------------------------------------------

       Y&R's capital  expenditures  for 1998 include  expenditures for leasehold
improvements of facilities.  When completed,  these improvements are expected to
result in a configuration of owned and leased facilities that we believe will be
adequate for our current and anticipated purposes. See "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations--Liquidity  and
Capital Resources."

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

       We are  involved  from time to time in various  claims and legal  actions
incident to our operations,  both as plaintiff and defendant.  In the opinion of
management, none of these existing claims is expected to have a material adverse
effect on the Company.

                                       41

<PAGE>
                                  MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  with respect to our
executive officers and Directors:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

              NAME                  AGE                          POSITION
- --------------------------------   -----   ----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>     <C>
Peter A. Georgescu .............    58     Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Chairman
                                           of the Board

Alan J. Sheldon ................    57     Vice Chairman and Managing Director of the
                                           Company

John P. McGarry, Jr. ...........    58     President of the Company

Edward H. Vick  ................    54     Chief Operating Officer of the Company and Director

Thomas D. Bell, Jr.  ...........    49     Executive Vice President of the Company, Chairman
                                           and Chief Executive Officer of Young & Rubicam
                                           Advertising and Director

Stephanie W. Abramson  .........    53     Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the
                                           Company

Michael J. Dolan  ..............    51     Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of the
                                           Company and Director

F. Warren Hellman ..............    64     Director

Philip U. Hammarskjold .........    33     Director

Richard S. Bodman ..............    60     Director

Alan D. Schwartz ...............    48     Director

John F. McGillicuddy ...........    67     Director
</TABLE>

          ------------------------------------------------------------

       The  business  address of each of our  executive  officers is 285 Madison
Avenue,  New York, New York 10017. The business  address of Messrs.  Hellman and
Hammarskjold  is One  Maritime  Plaza,  San  Francisco,  California  94111.  The
business  address of Mr. Schwartz is 245 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10167.
The  business  address of Mr.  Bodman is c/o AT&T  Ventures,  Chevy  Chase Metro
Building, 2 Wisconsin Circle, Suite 610, Chevy Chase,  Maryland 20815-7003.  The
business address of Mr.  McGillicuddy is 270 Park Avenue,  32nd Floor, New York,
New York 10017.

       PETER  A.  GEORGESCU  Mr. Georgescu has been Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer  of  Young &  Rubicam  Inc.  since  1994.  He has been a Director of the
Company  since  1980.  Mr. Georgescu's  career  at  Y&R  spans 34 years with top
management  experience  both  in the United States and Europe. Prior to becoming
Chairman,   Mr. Georgescu   was   President  of  the  Company  for  four  years.
Mr. Georgescu  joined Young & Rubicam New York in 1963 as a trainee and has held
various  positions  in  research,  account management and marketing in New York,
Chicago  and  Amsterdam.  Mr. Georgescu is a member of the Board of Directors of
Briggs and Stratton Company.

       ALAN  J. SHELDON Mr. Sheldon has been Vice Chairman and Managing Director
of  Young &  Rubicam  Inc.  since  July  1996. Mr. Sheldon was a Director of the
Company  from  1988  to February 1998. From 1994 to 1996, he was Chief Operating
Officer  of  Young &  Rubicam  Advertising. Mr. Sheldon was also Chief Financial
Officer  of Young & Rubicam Europe from 1993 to 1994, after serving as Executive
Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of  Young  &  Rubicam  Inc.  since 1990.
Mr. Sheldon  joined  Y&R in 1968 in Corporate Finance and subsequently served in
several  senior  positions  at  Y&R and Young & Rubicam Advertising. Mr. Sheldon
has announced that he will retire from the Company at the end of 1998.

       JOHN  P. MCGARRY, JR. Mr. McGarry has been President of the Company since
April  1996.  Prior  to  assuming his present post, he held several positions at
Y&R   including   Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Young &  Rubicam
Advertising,   President   and   Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Young &  Rubicam
Advertising  North  America,  President  and  Chief Executive Officer of Young &
Rubicam  USA,  and President of Young & Rubicam New York. Mr. McGarry joined Y&R
in 1965. Mr.

                                       42

<PAGE>

McGarry has announced that he will retire from the Company at the end of 1998.

       EDWARD  H.  VICK Mr. Vick has been Chief Operating Officer of the Company
since  November 1997 and a Director of the Company since February 1998. Mr. Vick
was  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive Officer of Young & Rubicam Advertising from
April  1996  to  September 1998. Mr. Vick joined Young & Rubicam New York as its
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  in February 1994. He began his career
with  Benton  &  Bowles and was a Senior Vice President of Ogilvy & Mather. From
1985  to  1991, he was President of Ammirati & Puris and, in 1991, was President
and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Levine,  Huntley,  Vick and Beaver. In 1992,
Mr. Vick came to Y&R as President and Chief Executive Officer of Landor.

       THOMAS  D.  BELL, JR.  Mr. Bell  has been Executive Vice President of the
Company  since  1995,  Chairman  and  Chief Executive Officer of Young & Rubicam
Advertising  since  September 1998, and a Director of the Company since February
1998.  From  1995  until  September  1998,  he was President and Chief Executive
Officer  of  Burson-Marsteller.  From  1994  to  1995,  Mr. Bell  served as Vice
Chairman  of  Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation. Prior thereto, Mr. Bell was Vice
Chairman  and  Chief  Operating  Officer of Burson-Marsteller from 1991 to 1994.
Before  initially  joining  Burson-Marsteller  in  1989,  Mr. Bell  held  senior
positions  in  business  and  government.  Mr.  Bell is a member of the Board of
Directors  of Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation, Lincoln National Corporation and
Lincoln Life & Annuity of New York.

       STEPHANIE  W. ABRAMSON Ms. Abramson has been Executive Vice President and
General  Counsel  of  the Company since 1995. Ms. Abramson was a Director of the
Company  from 1995 until February 1998. From 1980 until joining Y&R in 1995, she
was a partner with Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP.

       MICHAEL  J.  DOLAN  Mr.  Dolan has been Vice Chairman and Chief Financial
Officer  and a Director of the Company since July 1996. Prior thereto, from 1991
to  1996,  he  was  President  and Chief Executive Officer of the joint venture,
Snack  Ventures  Europe, between PepsiCo Foods International ("PFI") and General
Mills.  Mr. Dolan  also  served  PFI  as Senior Vice President, Operations. From
1987   to   1991,  Mr. Dolan  was  with  Peter  Kiewet  Sons,  Inc.  ("PKS"),  a
construction  and  mining  conglomerate.  While  at  PKS, he served as Corporate
Executive  Vice  President  for Continental Can Company when it was acquired and
restructured by PKS.

       F. WARREN  HELLMAN Mr.  Hellman has been a Director of the Company  since
December  1996.  Mr.  Hellman is Chairman of Hellman & Friedman LLC  ("Hellman &
Friedman"),  a private investment company he founded in 1984. Prior thereto, Mr.
Hellman was President and a Director of Lehman Brothers,  as well as head of its
Investment  Banking Division,  and Chairman of Lehman  Corporation (a closed-end
investment company).  Mr. Hellman serves on the Board as a representative of the
H&F Investors. Mr. Hellman is a member of the Board of Directors of Levi Strauss
& Co., Franklin  Resources,  Inc., Il Fornaio (America) Corp. and PowerBar Inc.,
as well as a number of private and venture-backed companies.

       PHILIP  U.  HAMMARSKJOLD  Mr. Hammarskjold  has  been  a  Director of the
Company  since December 1996. Mr. Hammarskjold is a Managing Director of Hellman
&  Friedman.  Prior  to joining Hellman & Friedman in 1992, Mr. Hammarskjold was
employed  by Dominquez Barry Samuel Montagu in Australia and by Morgan Stanley &
Co.  in  New  York.  Mr. Hammarskjold serves on the Board as a representative of
the  H&F  Investors.  Mr. Hammarskjold  is a member of the Board of Directors of
The Covenant Group, Inc.

       RICHARD  S.  BODMAN  Mr. Bodman  has been a Director of the Company since
April  1998.  Mr. Bodman has been Managing General Partner of AT&T Ventures, LLC
("AT&T  Ventures"),  a company which manages a venture capital pool investing in
early  stage businesses related to telecommunications and information technology
since  May  1996.  Prior  to  joining  AT&T  Ventures, from 1990 until May 1996,
Mr. Bodman  was Senior Vice President for Corporate Strategy & Development and a
member  of the Management Executive Committee of AT&T. Mr. Bodman is a member of
the  Board  of  Directors  of  Reed  Elsevier  plc, Tyco International, Inc. and
ISS Group.

       ALAN  D.  SCHWARTZ  Mr. Schwartz has been a Director of the Company since
December 1996. Mr. Schwartz is Executive Vice President and

                                       43

<PAGE>

Head  of  the  Investment  Banking  Department at Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. He is
also  a  member  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the parent company, The Bear
Stearns  Companies  Inc.  Mr. Schwartz joined Bear Stearns in 1976. Mr. Schwartz
is a member of the Board of Directors of Unique Casual Restaurants, Inc.

       JOHN  F. MCGILLICUDDY Mr. McGillicuddy has been a Director of the Company
since  May  1997.  Mr. McGillicuddy was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of  Chemical  Banking  Corporation  from  1992  to  1993  and Chairman and Chief
Executive   Officer  of  Manufacturers  Hanover  Corporation  and  Manufacturers
Hanover  Trust  Company  from  1979 to 1991. Mr. McGillicuddy is a member of the
Board  of Directors of UAL Corporation, USX Corporation and Southern Peru Copper
Corporation.

       We intend that the Board will  continue to be  comprised of a majority of
Directors who are independent of management.

       Our Board is divided into three classes,  as nearly equal in number as is
possible,  serving staggered  three-year  terms, so that the Directors'  initial
terms will expire at the annual meetings of our stockholders  held in 1999, 2000
and 2001, respectively.  At each annual meeting of our stockholders,  successors
to the class of Directors  whose term expires at that meeting will be elected to
serve for three-year terms and until their successors are elected and qualified.
Messrs. Hellman, Schwartz and Vick are Class I Directors, with terms expiring in
1999.  Messrs.  Dolan,  Georgescu and Hammarskjold are Class II Directors,  with
terms expiring in 2000.  Messrs.  Bell,  Bodman and  McGillicuddy  are Class III
Directors, with terms expiring in 2001.

       The H&F Investors have the right to nominate and elect two members of the
Board as long as they  continue  to hold in the  aggregate  at least  10% of the
Outstanding Shares (as defined in the Stockholders' Agreement) and one member of
the Board as long as they  continue to hold in the  aggregate at least 5% of the
Outstanding  Shares.  See  "Description  of  Capital  Stock--The   Stockholders'
Agreement."

       Executive  officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, the
Board.

COMMITTEES

       Our  Compensation  Committee  consists  of Messrs. Hammarskjold, Schwartz
and  Bodman,  Chairman.  The  Compensation Committee reviews the compensation of
our  officers and makes recommendations to the Board regarding such compensation
and reviews and administers our equity compensation plans.

       Our  Audit   Committee   consists  of  Messrs.   Bodman,   Schwartz   and
McGillicuddy,  Chairman.  The Audit  Committee is responsible  for reviewing any
transactions  (other  than  compensation   arrangements)  between  Y&R  and  its
executive  officers and  Directors,  the plans for and results of audits of Y&R,
and the results of any internal audits, compliance with any written policies and
procedures  and the adequacy of Y&R's systems of internal  accounting  controls.
The  Audit  Committee  also  considers  annually  the  qualifications  of  Y&R's
independent auditors.

       The Board may create such other  committees as it may determine from time
to time.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

       The Charter and the Bylaws contain provisions  indemnifying the Directors
and executive  officers of Y&R to the fullest extent  permitted by law.  Section
102(b)(7) of the DGCL provides that Delaware  corporations  may include in their
certificates of  incorporation a provision  eliminating or limiting the personal
liability of  Directors  to the  corporation  or its  stockholders  for monetary
damages for breach of their  fiduciary duty including  acts  constituting  gross
negligence,  except  under  certain  circumstances,   including  breach  of  the
Director's  duty of loyalty,  acts or  omissions  not in good faith or involving
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law or any  transaction  from
which the Director derived improper personal benefit.  The Charter provides that
Y&R's Directors are not liable to it or its  stockholders  for monetary  damages
for breach of their  fiduciary  duties,  subject to the exceptions  specified by
Delaware law.

                                       44

<PAGE>

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

       The  Company  compensates  only  those  members  of the Board who are not
employees of the Company for their participation as Directors. During 1997, Alan
D. Schwartz and John C.  McGillicuddy each received $50,000 as an annual stipend
for  serving as a member of the Board and each,  along with  Richard S.  Bodman,
will receive $50,000 in 1998. Messrs.  Hellman and Hammarskjold each waived such
fee in 1997 and have  indicated  that  they  intend  to waive it in the  future.
Out-of-pocket  expenses for  attendance at meetings of the Board are  reimbursed
for all members.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

       The following  table sets forth the  compensation  paid or accrued by the
Company  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  four  other  most  highly
compensated  executive  officers  who were  serving  as  executive  officers  on
December 31, 1997 (collectively, the "named executive officers").

                                       45

<PAGE>
                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             LONG-TERM
                                                                                        COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                                                            -------------------------------------------
                                                   ANNUAL COMPENSATION       RESTRICTED   SECURITIES
                                              -----------------------------     STOCK     UNDERLYING      ALL OTHER
         NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION           YEAR     SALARY    BONUS(1)    AWARDS(2)     OPTIONS    COMPENSATION (3)
- --------------------------------------------- ------ ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------ -----------------
<S>                                           <C>    <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Peter A. Georgescu ..........................  1997   $950,000    $598,500          --           --         $8,000
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
Young & Rubicam Inc.

Edward H. Vick ..............................  1997   $700,000    $272,250    $740,000      172,500         $8,199
Chief Operating Officer, Young & Rubicam
Inc.

John P. McGarry, Jr. ........................  1997   $730,000    $297,000          --           --         $8,000
President, Young & Rubicam Inc.

Thomas D. Bell, Jr. .........................  1997   $575,000    $168,750          --      176,550         $8,000
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
Young & Rubicam Advertising

Michael J. Dolan ............................  1997   $550,000    $198,000    $555,000      150,000         $2,190
Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer,
 Young & Rubicam Inc.

</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) The named executive  officers were awarded annual cash bonuses under the Key
    Corporation  Managers Bonus Plan,  which bonuses were generally based on the
    Company's  achievement  of  target  levels  of  operating  profit  and EBITA
    (earnings before interest, taxes and amortization),  each as defined in such
    plan,  as well as the  achievement  of  individual  objectives.  The Company
    intends  to grant  future  annual  cash  bonuses  under  the 1997  Incentive
    Compensation  Plan (the "1997 ICP") based on  substantially  similar Company
    and individual performance criteria.

(2) The total number and value of shares of  Restricted  Stock held by the named
    executive officers under the Young & Rubicam Holdings Inc.  Restricted Stock
    Plan (the "Restricted  Stock Plan") at December 31, 1997 (based on the value
    of the Common  Stock as of  December  31, 1997 as  determined  by the Board,
    based upon the valuation  opinion of an independent  investment bank, taking
    into account that prior to the IPO, the Company was privately  held and that
    the  shares  were  subject  to  contractual  transfer  restrictions)  are as
    follows:  Mr.  Georgescu--430,440  shares  ($5,308,760);  Mr.  Vick--339,405
    shares  ($4,185,995);   Mr.   McGarry--155,850   shares  ($1,922,150);   Mr.
    Bell--284,790   shares   ($3,512,410);   and   Mr.   Dolan--305,865   shares
    ($3,772,335).  The Board  accelerated the vesting of the Restricted Stock to
    the date of  consummation  of the IPO.  Accordingly,  all  Restricted  Stock
    awarded to the named  executive  officers  vested and was distributed to the
    recipients or a deferral trust, as the case may be, upon the consummation of
    the IPO.  Dividends  on  Restricted  Stock  are  paid on the  same  basis as
    ordinary dividends on the Common Stock and may be distributed to the holders
    of such  Restricted  Stock.  60,000  shares and 45,000  shares of Restricted
    Stock,  respectively,  of Messrs.  Vick and Dolan were  placed in a deferral
    trust upon vesting thereof pursuant to the Deferred  Compensation Plan. Such
    deferral trust will hold the shares prior to their  distribution  to Messrs.
    Vick and Dolan  which will  occur  with  respect to 33 1/3% of the shares on
    January 15,  2001,  with respect to an  additional  33 1/3% of the shares on
    January 15, 2002, and with respect to the remaining 33 1/3% of the shares on
    January  15,  2003.  Certain  of the named  executive  officers  voluntarily
    elected under the Deferred  Compensation Plan to have their Restricted Stock
    placed in a deferral  trust upon  vesting  thereof,  and to have such shares
    distributed  to them  from such  deferral  trust at  specified  times in the
    future.

(3) "All other  compensation"  for 1997 consisted of the Company's  contribution
    of: (i) $8,000 on behalf of each of the named executive officers (other than
    Mr. Dolan) as matching  contributions  under the Young & Rubicam  Employees'
    Savings Plan (a defined  contribution  plan) and (ii) an additional $199 and
    $2,190  on behalf  of Mr.  Vick and Mr.  Dolan,  respectively,  as  matching
    contributions  under the Company's  Education  Incentive  Plan  (pursuant to
    which U.S.  employees  may elect to have  limited  amounts of  compensation,
    together  with a  Company  match,  invested  in a  group  annuity  insurance
    contract for purposes of meeting their children's future education costs).

                                       46

<PAGE>

       During  1997,  stock  option  grants  covering  11,469,150  shares in the
aggregate were awarded to 442 employees under the Young & Rubicam  Holdings Inc.
Management Stock Option Plan (the  "Management  Stock Option Plan") and the 1997
Incentive  Compensation  Plan (the "1997 ICP" and,  together with the Management
Stock Option Plan, the "Stock Option Plans").  The option grants in 1997 for the
named executive officers are shown in the following table.

                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                 ------------------------------------------------------------   POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT
                                     NUMBER OF        PERCENT OF                                   ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
                                    SECURITIES       TOTAL OPTIONS                              STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                    UNDERLYING        GRANTED TO                                         OPTION TERM
                                      OPTIONS        EMPLOYEES IN     EXERCISE     EXPIRATION   -----------------------------
             NAME                     GRANTED         FISCAL YEAR       PRICE         DATE            5%             10%
- ------------------------------   ----------------   --------------   ----------   -----------   -------------   -------------
<S>                              <C>                <C>              <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>
Peter A. Georgescu ...........             --              --              --            --              --              --
Edward H. Vick ...............        172,500(1)          1.5%        $ 12.33      12/17/07      $1,337,973      $3,390,687
John P. McGarry, Jr. .........             --              --              --            --              --              --
Thomas D. Bell, Jr. ..........        176,550(2)          1.5%        $ 12.33      12/17/07      $1,369,387      $3,470,295
Michael J. Dolan .............        150,000(1)          1.3%        $ 12.33      12/17/07      $1,163,455      $2,948,424
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) These  represent  non-qualified  options  granted  under the 1997 ICP.  Such
    options have a ten-year term and will become  exercisable with respect to 33
    1/3% of the shares  subject to any such option on December  31,  2000,  with
    respect to an  additional  33 1/3% of such shares on  December  31, 2001 and
    with  respect to the  remaining 33 1/3% of such shares on December 31, 2002.
    These  options  will become  fully  exercisable  with respect to 100% of the
    shares  subject  thereto upon a change in control of the Company (as defined
    in the 1997 ICP) or  termination  of employment  due to death or disability.
    Upon termination of employment for any other reason, the portion of any such
    option that was not exercisable at such time will expire.

(2) This  represents a  non-qualified  option  granted  under the 1997 ICP. Such
    option has a ten-year term and will become  exercisable  nine years and nine
    months from the date of grant, unless Burson-Marsteller,  Landor Associates,
    Sudler &  Hennessey  and Cohn & Wolfe  achieve a targeted  operating  profit
    budget  commitment  for the year ending  December 31, 1998, in which case it
    will become  exercisable  with  respect to 33 1/3% of the shares  subject to
    such option on December 31, 2000,  with respect to an  additional 33 1/3% of
    such shares on December 31, 2001 and with  respect to the  remaining 33 1/3%
    of such  shares  on  December  31,  2002.  This  option  will  become  fully
    exercisable with respect to 100% of the shares subject thereto upon a change
    in control of the  Company (as  defined in the 1997 ICP) or  termination  of
    employment  due to death or disability.  Upon  termination of employment for
    any other  reason,  the portion of such option that was not  exercisable  at
    such time will expire.

                                       47

<PAGE>

     The exercise of options during 1997, number of options held and their value
at year-end for the named executive officers are shown in the following table:

                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                       AND FISCAL YEAR END OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     NUMBER OF SECURITIES              VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                   SHARES                           UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED            IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                ACQUIRED ON      VALUE            OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR END              FISCAL YEAR END
             NAME                 EXERCISE      REALIZED           EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE         EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------ ------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------- --------------------------
<S>                            <C>           <C>           <C>                                      <C>
Peter A. Georgescu ...........      --               --    --/--                                              --/--
Edward H. Vick ...............      --               --                      895,245(1)/172,500(2)       $    9,325,469/--
John P. McGarry, Jr. ......... 241,110       $1,386,383    --/--                                              --/--
Thomas D. Bell, Jr.  .........      --               --                    1,165,215(1)/176,550(3)       $   12,137,656/--
Michael J. Dolan .............      --               --                      104,340(4)/306,525(5)       $486,948/$730,422
</TABLE>

- ----------------------
(1) This represents a Rollover Option granted under the Management  Stock Option
    Plan (see "--Management Stock Option Plan").

(2) See footnote (1) to the preceding option grant table.

(3) See footnote (2) to the preceding option grant table.

(4) This  represents a Closing Option granted under the Management  Stock Option
    Plan (see "--Management Stock Option Plan").

(5) This represents (i) with respect to 150,000 shares,  a non-qualified  option
    granted  under the 1997 ICP with the terms set forth in footnote  (1) to the
    preceding  option  grant table and (ii) with  respect to 156,525  shares,  a
    Closing  Option  granted  under  the  Management   Stock  Option  Plan  (see
    "--Management Stock Option Plan").

         --------------------------------------------------------------

       MANAGEMENT  STOCK  OPTION  PLAN.  At the  time  of the  Recapitalization,
non-qualified  options to purchase shares of Common Stock were granted  pursuant
to the Management  Stock Option Plan to certain  members of management of Y&R in
consideration  of their surrender for  cancellation of all or a portion of their
outstanding  options to purchase  equity units of  predecessor  companies of Y&R
(the "Rollover Options").  As of the date hereof,  assuming  consummation of the
Offering, an aggregate of 10,607,468 Rollover Options remain outstanding.

       The Rollover Options were immediately  vested and exercisable upon grant.
Each  Rollover  Option has an exercise  price of $1.92 per share of Common Stock
subject to such Rollover  Option,  with certain limited  exceptions  outside the
United  States,  and has a term of five years with  respect to 50% of the shares
subject thereto and a term of seven years with respect to the other 50%.

       Immediately following the closing of the Recapitalization,  non-qualified
options to  purchase  shares of Common  Stock were  granted by the  Compensation
Committee  to certain key  employees  of Y&R  pursuant to the  Management  Stock
Option  Plan  (the  "Closing  Options").   As  of  the  date  hereof,   assuming
consummation  of the  Offering,  an aggregate of 5,762,091  Closing  Options and
additional options (which were granted since the Recapitalization  with the same
terms and conditions as the Closing Options  (together with the Closing Options,
the "Executive Options")) remain outstanding. 

       Each Executive Option became exercisable  immediately with respect to 40%
of the shares  subject  thereto  and will  become  exercisable  (i) on the third
anniversary of its grant date with respect to 30% of such shares and (ii) on the
fifth  anniversary  of its grant date with respect to the  remaining 30% of such
shares.  The  exercise  price for the  Executive  Options  is $7.67 per share of
Common Stock.

       Executive  Options will not be  exercisable  after the  expiration of ten
years  from the date of grant of such  Executive  Option.  Upon  termination  of
employment for any reason,  all Rollover Options and all Executive  Options that
are then  exercisable  will  remain  exercisable  for 30 days  and will  then be
canceled  if not  exercised.  All  Executive  Options  that have not yet  become
exercisable

                                       48

<PAGE>
will be canceled immediately on termination of employment.

       Among other  powers,  the  Compensation  Committee  has the  authority to
accelerate the right to exercise any or all of the Executive  Options,  provided
that with  respect to the period  during which the H&F  Investors  and six other
investors not affiliated with the Company (together with the H&F Investors,  the
"Recapitalization  Investors") own at least 20% of the  Outstanding  Shares (the
"Extended Consent Period"), such action shall only be effective with the written
consent of the Recapitalization Investors unless such acceleration involves only
the  waiver  of any  terms  or  conditions  not  expressly  provided  for by the
Management Stock Option Plan.

       The Rollover Options and Executive  Options are transferable only by will
or intestate succession and upon such a transfer the transferee must agree to be
bound by the  Management  Stock  Option Plan and to execute any other  agreement
which the Compensation Committee may prescribe.

       The   Compensation   Committee,   with  the   written   consent   of  the
Recapitalization   Investors  (during  the  Extended  Consent  Period)  and  the
Management  Voting Trust,  may at any time terminate the Management Stock Option
Plan or any Rollover  Options or Executive  Options then  outstanding.  Upon the
termination of an outstanding Rollover Option or Executive Option, Y&R would pay
cash  consideration  to the  optionholder  as set forth in the Management  Stock
Option Plan. The  Compensation  Committee may amend the Management  Stock Option
Plan and the terms and  conditions  of the  Rollover  Options and the  Executive
Options with the written consent of the  Recapitalization  Investors (during the
Extended Consent Period with respect to any amendment  accelerating the right to
exercise any or all of the Executive  Options or any other  amendment  improving
the terms of the Rollover Options or Executive  Options unless such acceleration
or amendment  involves the waiver or  amendment of any terms or  conditions  not
expressly  provided for by the Management  Stock Option Plan) and the Management
Voting  Trust.  However,  no  amendment  may  impair the rights of a holder of a
Rollover  Option  or  Executive  Option  without  such  holder's  consent.   The
Compensation  Committee  is  authorized  to  make  certain  adjustments  to  the
Management  Stock Option Plan and any outstanding  Rollover Options or Executive
Options  in the event of a change in the  capitalization  of Y&R due to  certain
corporate events specified in the Management Stock Option Plan.

       Under the  Management  Stock  Option  Plan,  upon  exercise of a Rollover
Option or Executive  Option,  the employee may pay the exercise  price either in
cash  or,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Compensation  Committee,  by (i)
delivering a number of shares of Common  Stock  already  owned by such  employee
with the  appropriate  value or (ii) a recourse  note to Y&R with such terms and
conditions as the Compensation Committee may require,  including a pledge of the
related shares.  Further,  upon exercise of a Rollover or Executive Option,  the
employee  may pay the  withholding  taxes  or  other  similar  charges  that are
incurred in connection  with such exercise  (or, if the  Compensation  Committee
consents,  the  optionholder's  estimated total taxes and charges  incurred upon
such  exercise) by the same methods and subject to the same approvals as for the
payment of the exercise  price or, in  addition,  subject to the approval of the
Compensation  Committee,  by having  Y&R  withhold  a number of shares of Common
Stock of the appropriate value from those to be distributed upon such exercise.

       The  Company  has  adopted  a new  incentive  compensation  plan that has
superseded the Management Stock Option Plan with respect to all future grants of
options. See "--1997 ICP" below.

       THE  RESTRICTED  STOCK  PLAN AND TRUST  AGREEMENT.  With  respect  to the
9,231,105 shares of Restricted  Stock granted by the  Compensation  Committee to
certain members of management of Y&R pursuant to the Restricted  Stock Plan, the
Board  elected  to  accelerate  the  vesting  to the date on  which  the IPO was
consummated.  As of the date  hereof,  an  aggregate  of 517,065  shares of such
Restricted Stock remain in accounts  established for the award recipients in the
Restricted  Stock Trust with their  distribution  subject to certain  additional
conditions set forth in the awards agreements. As a result, upon consummation of
the IPO, an aggregate of 8,714,040  shares of Restricted Stock in the Restricted
Stock Trust were distributed to the employees or to a

                                       49

<PAGE>

deferral trust pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan.

       Recipients of 1,832,235  shares of  Restricted  Stock granted in December
1997 were  required  to place  such  shares in a  deferral  trust  upon  vesting
(subject  to the  claims of the  creditors  of the  Company  in the event of its
insolvency) pursuant to the Deferred  Compensation Plan. The deferral trust will
hold the shares prior to their distribution to such recipients, which will occur
with respect to one-third of the shares on January 15, 2001,  with respect to an
additional  one-third  of the shares on January 15, 2002 and with respect to the
remaining one-third of the shares on January 15, 2003.

       Upon  termination  of  employment  for any  reason  prior to  vesting  an
employee  will  forfeit  all  unvested  Restricted  Stock  granted to him or her
without consideration on the date of such termination.

       While the Management Voting Trust Agreement is in effect,  all Restricted
Stock will be delivered to the  Management  Voting Trust and voted in accordance
with  the  provisions  of the  Management  Voting  Trust  Agreement.  After  the
Management Voting Trust Agreement is no longer in effect,  each employee who has
been  awarded  Restricted  Stock will be entitled to instruct the trustee of the
Restricted  Stock  Trust as to the  voting of the  Restricted  Stock held in his
account. Restricted Stock as to which no voting instructions are received by the
trustee or which  have not been  granted  to any  employee  will be voted by the
trustee pro rata in accordance  with the vote of the Restricted  Stock which has
been granted and with respect to which voting instructions have been given.

       Among other  powers,  the  Compensation  Committee  has the  authority to
accelerate  the vesting of all awards and the release of the related  Restricted
Stock.

       Restricted  Stock granted to an employee and held in the Restricted Stock
Trust is not  transferable and any attempt to transfer such Restricted Stock may
lead to its forfeiture without consideration.

       The  Compensation  Committee,  with the written consent of the Management
Voting Trust,  may at any time terminate the Restricted Stock Plan or any awards
of Restricted  Stock then  outstanding.  Upon the  termination of the Restricted
Stock Plan or of an  outstanding  award of Restricted  Stock,  the  Compensation
Committee may, with the written consent of the Management  Voting Trust,  either
declare  that a vesting  event has  occurred  and  release  Restricted  Stock to
employees  or cause  Y&R to pay an  amount  in cash  equal  to the  value of the
Restricted   Stock  subject  to  such  terminated  award  minus  any  applicable
withholding taxes or other similar charges.  Within two years of any termination
of the Restricted  Stock Plan, the  Compensation  Committee shall distribute any
unawarded  Restricted  Stock  remaining  in the  Restricted  Stock Trust to such
employees as it may designate.  In no event shall any Restricted Stock revert to
Y&R as a result of the termination of the Restricted  Stock Plan or any award of
Restricted Stock. The Compensation Committee may amend the Restricted Stock Plan
and the terms and conditions of any awards of Restricted  Stock with the written
consent of the  Management  Voting Trust,  provided that no amendment may impair
the rights of a holder of any such award  without  such  holder's  consent.  The
Compensation  Committee  is  authorized  to  make  certain  adjustments  to  the
Restricted  Stock Plan and any  outstanding  awards of  Restricted  Stock in the
event of a change in the  capitalization  of Y&R due to certain corporate events
specified in the Restricted Stock Plan.

       The  Company  has  adopted  a new  incentive  compensation  plan that has
amended and restated the  Restricted  Stock Plan with respect to all grants made
subsequent  to March 31, 1998.  See "--1997  ICP" below.  In order to assist the
Company and its affiliates in meeting various cash  compensation  obligations of
the Company and its affiliates,  the Company has amended the agreement governing
the Restricted Stock Trust to provide for cash distributions to be made from the
Restricted  Stock Trust to pay salaries and for the benefit of  participants  in
various annual bonus  programs as the  Compensation  Committee may direct.  Such
amendments also permit the trustee of the Restricted  Stock Trust to require the
Company to purchase  unallocated  shares of Common Stock held in the  Restricted
Stock Trust such that proceeds from the sale are  sufficient to make such salary
and  bonus  payments.  Pursuant  to  such  amendment,  the  Company  repurchased
1,855,845  unallocated shares of Common Stock in the Restricted Stock Trust upon
the consummation of the IPO.

                                       50

<PAGE>

       1997 ICP.  In December  1997,  the  Company  adopted  the 1997  Incentive
Compensation  Plan (the "1997 ICP").  The 1997 ICP has superseded the Management
Stock Option Plan and has amended and restated  the  Restricted  Stock Plan (the
Management  Stock  Option  Plan and the  Restricted  Stock  Plan  (prior to such
amendment  and  restatement),  the  "Preexisting  Plans"),  although  all awards
granted  prior to the  adoption  of the 1997 ICP,  and any grants of  Restricted
Stock made after such  adoption but on or prior to March 31,  1998,  will remain
outstanding  in  accordance  with their terms and be subject to the terms of the
Preexisting Plans.

       As of the date hereof, an aggregate of 10,837,510  non-qualified  options
granted by the  Compensation  Committee to certain  members of management of Y&R
pursuant to the 1997 ICP remain  outstanding.  Such options have exercise prices
ranging  from $12.33 per share to $31.00 per share.  9,394,275  of such  options
will expire if not exercised ten years after the date of grant and will be fully
exercisable  with  respect  to 33 1/3% of the shares  subject to such  option on
December  31,  2000,  with  respect to an  additional  33 1/3% of such shares on
December 31, 2001,  and with respect to the  remaining 33 1/3% of such shares on
December 31, 2002. Out of these options, options to purchase 949,050 and 176,550
shares of Common Stock, respectively,  granted to employees of Burson-Marsteller
will not become  exercisable  until nine years and nine  months from the date of
their grant, unless Burson-Marsteller or the group of Burson-Marsteller, Landor,
Sudler &  Hennessey  and Cohn & Wolfe,  as the case may be,  achieves a targeted
operating  profit budget  commitment  for the year ending  December 31, 1998, in
which case the vesting schedule set forth in the previous sentence will apply to
such options. All of these options will become fully exercisable with respect to
100% of the shares  subject  thereto upon a change in control of the Company (as
defined  in  the  1997  ICP)  or  termination  of  employment  due to  death  or
disability.  Upon termination of employment for any other reason, the portion of
any such option that was not exercisable at such time will expire.

       The remaining  outstanding options will expire if not exercised ten years
after the date of grant and generally will be fully  exercisable with respect to
33  1/3%  of  such  shares  on  the  third,  fourth  and  fifth   anniversaries,
respectively, of the date of grant.

       The following is a description of the material features of the 1997 ICP.

       Types of Awards.  The terms of the 1997 ICP  provide  for grants of stock
options,  stock appreciation rights ("SARs"),  restricted stock, deferred stock,
other stock-related  awards, and performance or annual incentive awards that may
be settled in cash, stock or other property ("Awards").

       Shares Subject to the 1997 ICP; Annual Per-Person Limitations.  Under the
1997 ICP, the total number of shares of Common Stock  reserved and available for
delivery to participants in connection with Awards is (i) 19,125,000,  plus (ii)
the number of shares of Common Stock subject to awards under  Preexisting  Plans
that become  available  (generally due to cancellation or forfeiture)  after the
effective  date of the 1997 ICP;  provided,  however,  that the total  number of
shares of Common Stock with respect to which  incentive  stock options  ("ISOs")
may be  granted  shall not  exceed  one  million.  Any  shares  of Common  Stock
delivered  under the 1997 ICP may consist of authorized  and unissued  shares or
treasury shares.

       The 1997 ICP  imposes  individual  limitations  on the  amount of certain
Awards in order to comply with Section 162(m) of the Internal  Revenue Code (the
"Code"). Under these limitations,  during any fiscal year the number of options,
SARs,  shares of restricted  stock,  shares of deferred stock,  shares of Common
Stock issued as a bonus or in lieu of other  obligations,  and other stock-based
Awards  granted to any one  participant  must not exceed 200,000 shares for each
type of such Award, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. In addition,
the maximum cash amount that may be earned as a final annual  incentive award or
other annual cash Award in respect of any fiscal year by any one participant and
the maximum cash amount that may be earned as a final performance award or other
cash Award in respect of a performance period other than an annual period by any
one  participant  may not exceed $10  million.  The  Company  intends for Awards
granted to "covered employees" (as 

                                       51

<PAGE>
defined in Section  162(m)) under the 1997 ICP to qualify as  "performance-based
compensation"  (as defined in Section  162(m) and  regulations  thereunder)  for
purposes of Section 162(m) to the extent such Awards may otherwise be subject to
Section 162(m).

       The Compensation Committee is authorized to adjust the number and kind of
shares subject to the aggregate share  limitations and annual  limitations under
the 1997  ICP and  subject  to  outstanding  Awards  (including  adjustments  to
exercise prices and number of shares underlying options and other affected terms
of Awards) in the event that a dividend or other distribution  (whether in cash,
shares,  or  other  property),  recapitalization,   forward  or  reverse  split,
reorganization,  merger, consolidation,  spin-off,  combination,  repurchase, or
share  exchange,  or other similar  corporate  transaction  or event affects the
Common Stock so that an adjustment is determined by the  Compensation  Committee
to be  appropriate.  The  Compensation  Committee is also  authorized  to adjust
performance  conditions  and other terms and conditions of Awards in response to
these kinds of events or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations,
or accounting  principles or in view of any other circumstances  deemed relevant
by the  Compensation  Committee,  subject  to  certain  limitations  in light of
Section 162(m) of the Code.

       Eligibility.  Executive  officers and other officers and employees of the
Company or any  affiliate,  including any such person who may also be a director
of the Company,  and each other  person who provides  services to the Company or
any  affiliate  shall be  eligible to be granted  Awards  under the 1997 ICP. An
affiliate  of the Company for this purpose  includes  any entity  required to be
aggregated  with the  Company  under  Section  414 of the Code and any 10% owned
joint venture or partnership of the Company or an affiliate.

       Administration.   The  1997  ICP  is  administered  by  the  Compensation
Committee  except to the extent  the Board  elects to  administer  the 1997 ICP.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the 1997 ICP, the Compensation  Committee
is authorized to select participants, determine the type and number of Awards to
be granted and the number of shares of Common Stock to which Awards will relate,
specify  times at which  Awards will be  exercisable  or  settleable  (including
performance  conditions  that may be  required  as a  condition  to  exercise or
settlement),  set other terms and conditions of such Awards,  prescribe forms of
Award  agreements,  interpret and specify rules and regulations  relating to the
1997 ICP, and make all other  determinations  that may be necessary or advisable
for the  administration of the 1997 ICP. The 1997 ICP provides that Compensation
Committee  members  shall  not  be  personally   liable,   and  shall  be  fully
indemnified,  in connection with any action,  determination,  or  interpretation
taken or made in good faith under the 1997 ICP.

       Stock Options and SARs. The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant
stock options,  including both ISOs that can result in potentially favorable tax
treatment to the participant and non-qualified stock options (i.e.,  options not
qualifying as ISOs), and SARs entitling the participant to receive the excess of
the fair market  value of a share of Common  Stock on the date of exercise  over
the grant price of the SAR.  The exercise  price per share  subject to an option
and the grant price of an SAR is determined by the Compensation  Committee,  but
must not be less than the fair  market  value of a share of Common  Stock on the
date of grant (except in certain cases  specified in the 1997 ICP).  The maximum
term of each  option  or SAR,  the  times at which  each  option  or SAR will be
exercisable,  and provisions requiring forfeiture of unexercised options or SARs
at or following termination of employment generally is fixed by the Compensation
Committee,  except no option or SAR may have a term exceeding ten years. Options
may be  exercised  by  payment  of the  exercise  price in cash,  Common  Stock,
outstanding  Awards, or other property (possibly  including notes or obligations
to make  payment on a deferred  basis)  having a fair market  value equal to the
exercise price, as the  Compensation  Committee may determine from time to time.
Methods of exercise and settlement and other terms of the SARs are determined by
the Compensation Committee.

       Restricted  and  Deferred Stock. The Compensation Committee is authorized
to grant restricted stock and deferred stock. Restricted

                                       52

<PAGE>

stock is a grant of Common Stock which may not be sold or disposed of, and which
may be  forfeited  in the event of certain  terminations  of  employment  and/or
failure  to  meet  certain  performance  requirements  prior  to  the  end  of a
restricted  period as specified by the  Compensation  Committee.  A  participant
granted restricted stock generally has all of the rights of a shareholder of the
Company,  including  the  right  to vote the  shares  and to  receive  dividends
thereon,  unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee. An Award of
deferred  stock confers upon a participant  the right to receive  shares or cash
(or a  combination)  at the  end of a  specified  deferral  period,  subject  to
possible  forfeiture  of the  Award in the  event  of  certain  terminations  of
employment and/or failure to meet certain performance  requirements prior to the
end of a specified  period.  Prior to  settlement,  an Award of  deferred  stock
carries  no voting or  dividend  rights or other  rights  associated  with share
ownership, although dividend equivalents may be granted, as discussed below.

       Dividend Equivalents.  The Compensation  Committee is authorized to grant
dividend  equivalents  conferring  on  participants  the right to receive  cash,
shares,  other Awards,  or other  property equal in value to dividends paid on a
specific number of shares, or other periodic payments.  Dividend equivalents may
be granted on a free-standing  basis or in connection with another Award, may be
paid currently or on a deferred basis,  and, if deferred,  may be deemed to have
been  reinvested in additional  shares,  Awards,  or other  investment  vehicles
specified by the Compensation Committee.

       Bonus  Stock and  Awards in Lieu of Cash  Obligations.  The  Compensation
Committee is authorized to grant shares as a bonus free of  restrictions,  or to
grant shares or other Awards in lieu of obligations to pay cash or deliver other
property under the 1997 ICP or other plans or compensatory arrangements, subject
to such terms as the Compensation Committee may specify.

       Other  Stock-Based  Awards.  The 1997  ICP  authorizes  the  Compensation
Committee  to grant  Awards  that are  denominated  or  payable  in,  valued  by
reference  to, or  otherwise  based on or related to shares.  Such Awards  might
include convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or
exchangeable  into  shares,  purchase  rights for shares,  Awards with value and
payment  contingent  upon  performance  of  the  Company  or any  other  factors
designated by the Compensation Committee,  and Awards valued by reference to the
book  value of shares  or the value of  securities  of, or the  performance  of,
specified  affiliates.  The  Compensation  Committee  determines  the  terms and
conditions of such Awards, including consideration to be paid to exercise Awards
in the  nature of  purchase  rights,  the period  during  which  Awards  will be
outstanding, and forfeiture conditions and restrictions on Awards.

       Performance  Awards,  Including Annual Incentive  Awards.  The right of a
participant  to exercise or receive a grant or settlement  of an Award,  and the
timing  thereof,  may be  subject to  performance  conditions  specified  by the
Compensation  Committee (measurable over performance periods of up to 10 years).
In addition,  the 1997 ICP authorizes  specific annual incentive  awards,  which
represent  a  conditional  right to receive  cash,  shares or other  Awards upon
achievement  of  preestablished  performance  goals during a specified  one-year
period.  Performance  awards and annual  incentive awards granted to persons the
Compensation  Committee  expects will, for the year in which a deduction arises,
be among the Chief  Executive  Officer  and four other most  highly  compensated
executive  officers,  will,  if so intended by the  Compensation  Committee,  be
subject to  provisions  that should  qualify  such Awards as  "performance-based
compensation"  not subject to the limitation on tax deductibility by the Company
under Code Section 162(m).

       The  performance  goals to be  achieved  as a  condition  of  payment  or
settlement of a performance  award or annual incentive award will consist of (i)
one or more business criteria and (ii) a targeted level or levels of performance
with respect to each such  business  criteria as  specified by the  Compensation
Committee.  In the case of performance  awards intended to meet the requirements
of Code  Section  162(m),  the  business  criteria  used  must  be one of  those
specified in the 1997 ICP,  although  for other  participants  the  Compensation
Committee may specify any other criteria. The business criteria specified in the
1997 ICP are: (1) earnings per share;  (2) increase in revenues;  (3) cash flow;
(4) cash

                                       53

<PAGE>

flow return on investment; (5) return on net assets, return on assets, return on
investment,  return on capital,  return on equity; (6) economic value added; (7)
operating margin;  (8) net income,  net income before taxes,  operating profits,
earnings before  interest,  taxes and  amortization,  earnings before  interest,
taxes,  depreciation and amortization;  (9) total shareholder return; (10) ratio
of staff cost to  revenues or gross  margin;  and (11) any of the above goals as
compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by
the Compensation Committee including,  but not limited to, the Standard & Poor's
500 Stock Index or a group of comparator companies.

       Subject to the requirements of the 1997 ICP, the  Compensation  Committee
will  determine  other  performance  award and  annual  incentive  award  terms,
including  the  required  levels of  performance  with  respect to the  business
criteria,  the corresponding  amounts payable upon achievement of such levels of
performance, termination and forfeiture provisions, and the form of settlement.

       Other Terms of Awards.  Awards may be settled in the form of cash, Common
Stock,  other Awards,  or other property,  in the discretion of the Compensation
Committee.  The  Compensation  Committee may require or permit  participants  to
defer the  settlement of all or part of an Award in  accordance  with such terms
and conditions as the  Compensation  Committee may establish.  The  Compensation
Committee is authorized to place cash,  shares,  or other  property in trusts or
make other  arrangements  to provide  for payment of the  Company's  obligations
under the 1997  ICP.  The  Compensation  Committee  may  condition  any  payment
relating to an Award on the  withholding of taxes and may provide that a portion
of any  shares  or  other  property  to be  distributed  will  be  withheld  (or
previously acquired shares or other property  surrendered by the participant) to
satisfy withholding and other tax obligations. Awards granted under the 1997 ICP
generally may not be pledged or otherwise  encumbered  and are not  transferable
except by will or by the laws of descent and  distribution,  or to a  designated
beneficiary upon the participant's death, except that the Compensation Committee
may, in its discretion, permit transfers for estate planning or other purposes.

       The  Compensation  Committee  may  cancel or rescind  Awards,  or require
repayment of any profits  resulting  from Awards,  if the  participant  fails to
comply with certain  restrictive  or other  covenants  set forth in the 1997 ICP
and/or an Award agreement.

       Acceleration  of  Vesting.   The  Compensation   Committee  may,  in  its
discretion,  accelerate the exercisability,  the lapsing of restrictions, or the
expiration  of deferral or vesting  periods of any Award,  and such  accelerated
exercisability,  lapse,  expiration and vesting shall occur automatically in the
case of a "change in  control"  of the  Company  except to the extent  otherwise
provided in the Award agreement.  In addition,  the  Compensation  Committee may
provide that the performance goals relating to any performance-based  award will
be deemed to have been met upon the occurrence of any "change in control."

       "Change in control" is defined in the 1997 ICP to include:

        (i)    any person (other than the Company,  certain  companies  owned by
               the  stockholders of the Company or any employee benefit plans of
               the Company)  becoming the  beneficial  owner of  securities  (x)
               representing  40% or more of the  combined  voting  power  of the
               Company's  then  outstanding  securities  and  (y) so long as the
               Management  Voting Trust is still in  existence,  representing  a
               greater  percentage of the combined voting power of the Company's
               then  outstanding  securities  than is  represented by securities
               held by the Management Voting Trust, provided, that all shares of
               Common Stock subject to vested options under the 1997 ICP and the
               Management  Stock Option Plan (not including  options which would
               vest on such  change  in  control)  are  counted  as  outstanding
               securities of the Company;

        (ii)   during a two-year period, individuals who constitute the Board at
               the start of such period,  and any new director whose election or
               nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at
               least two-thirds of the directors then in office who either were

                                       54

<PAGE>
               directors  at the  start  of such  period  or whose  election  or
               nomination was previously so approved (excluding  directors whose
               elections  were as a result of certain proxy contests or who were
               designated by any entity who had entered into a change in control
               agreement with the Company),  ceasing to constitute a majority of
               the Board;

        (iii)  the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with
               another  entity  which  would  result  in either  (A) the  voting
               securities of the Company  outstanding  immediately prior to such
               merger or consolidation failing to represent (either by remaining
               outstanding  or being  converted  into voting  securities  of the
               surviving or resulting entity) 40% or more of the combined voting
               power  of  the   surviving   or  resulting   entity   outstanding
               immediately  after such  merger or  consolidation  or (B) (I) the
               voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to
               such merger or consolidation continuing to represent at least 40%
               but less than 60% of the combined  voting power of the  surviving
               or resulting entity outstanding  immediately after such merger or
               consolidation   and  (II)  as  a  result   of  such   merger   or
               consolidation,  there  is  an  acceleration  of  the  vesting  or
               exercisability of any material amount of, or material  percentage
               of,  outstanding  stock options or other stock awards  granted by
               the  entity  with which such  merger or  consolidation  is taking
               place or any of its affiliates;

        (iv)   the  stockholders  of the Company approve a plan or agreement for
               the  sale  or  disposition  of  all or  substantially  all of the
               consolidated  assets  of  the  Company  (other  than  a  sale  or
               disposition  immediately  after  which such  assets will be owned
               directly  or  indirectly  by the  stockholders  of the Company in
               substantially  the same  proportions as their ownership of common
               stock of the Company immediately prior thereto) in which case the
               Board  shall  determine  the  effective  date  of the  change  in
               control; or

        (v)    any other event which the Board  determines,  in its  discretion,
               would  materially  alter  the  structure  of the  Company  or its
               ownership.

       A change in  control  will also be  deemed to have  occurred  immediately
prior to the  consummation  of (i) a tender offer for  securities of the Company
representing  more than 50% of the combined  voting power of the Company's  then
outstanding  securities  in which there is not  disclosed an intention to follow
the   consummation   of  the  tender   offer  with  a  merger,   reorganization,
consolidation,  share exchange or similar transaction or (ii) a tender offer for
securities of the Company  representing  any  percentage of the combined  voting
power of the Company's then  outstanding  securities in which there is disclosed
an  intention  to follow the  consummation  of the  tender  offer with a merger,
reorganization,  consolidation,  share exchange or similar  transaction in which
the value of the  consideration  to be offered for such securities is lower than
the value of the  consideration  offered for such securities in the tender offer
(as determined by the Board at the time) in order to allow holders of previously
unexercisable  options the  opportunity to  participate  therein with respect to
shares underlying such options.

       Amendment and  Termination  of the 1997 ICP. The Board may amend,  alter,
suspend,  discontinue, or terminate the 1997 ICP or the Compensation Committee's
authority to grant Awards without the consent of shareholders  or  participants,
except shareholder  approval must be obtained for any amendment or alteration if
required  by law or  regulation  or under  the rules of any  stock  exchange  or
automated  quotation  system  on which the  shares  are then  listed or  quoted.
Moreover,  participant  consent must be obtained if such action would materially
and adversely  affect the rights of a participant  under an  outstanding  Award.
Shareholder   approval  will  not  be  deemed  to  be  required  under  laws  or
regulations,  such as those relating to ISOs, that condition favorable treatment
of  participants  on such approval,  although the Board may, in its  discretion,
seek  shareholder  approval in any  circumstance in which it deems such approval
advisable. Thus, shareholder approval will not necessarily be required for

                                       55

<PAGE>
amendments that might increase the cost of the 1997 ICP or broaden  eligibility.
The  Committee  may  amend,  alter,   suspend,   discontinue  or  terminate  any
outstanding Award or Award agreement,  except as otherwise  provided in the 1997
ICP.  Participant  consent must be obtained if such action would  materially and
adversely affect the rights of a participant  under such Award.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may terminate any outstanding Award in
whole or in part,  provided that upon such  termination the Company pays to such
participant  (i) with  respect  to an option  (whether  or not  exercisable)  or
portion  thereof,  an amount in cash for each share of Common  Stock  subject to
such option or portion thereof being terminated equal to the excess,  if any, of
(a) the value at which a share of Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise
of such option  would have been valued by the Company at that time for  purposes
of determining  applicable  withholding taxes or other similar charges, over (b)
the  sum of  the  exercise  price  per  share  of  such  option  and  applicable
withholding taxes and other similar charges,  and (ii) with respect to any other
type of  Award,  an  amount  in  Common  Stock  or cash  (as  determined  by the
Compensation  Committee in its sole discretion) equal to the value of such Award
or portion thereof being terminated as of the date of termination  (assuming the
acceleration of the exercisability of such Award or portion thereof, the lapsing
of any  restrictions  on such Award or portion  thereof or the expiration of any
deferral or vesting  period of such Award or portion  thereof) as  determined by
the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

       DEFERRED  COMPENSATION  PLAN.  The  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  permits
certain members of a select group of management or highly compensated  employees
of the Company and its  affiliates  to defer  receipt of  specified  portions of
compensation  (either cash, stock or stock-based  compensation) and to have such
deferred amounts treated as if invested in specified investment vehicles, all in
accordance with the terms of the Deferred  Compensation  Plan.  Amounts deferred
under the Deferred  Compensation  Plan will be  distributed  to a participant as
soon as practicable  after the date or dates  (including  upon the occurrence of
specified events), and in such number of installments,  as may be elected by the
participant  or earlier  in the case of  retirement,  disability  or a change in
control (as defined in the 1997 ICP).  The  Deferred  Compensation  Plan will be
"unfunded." However, the Compensation Committee has authorized the creation of a
trust  to  aid  in  meeting  the  Company's   obligations   under  the  Deferred
Compensation  Plan. Such trust will be subject to the claims of the creditors of
the Company in the event of the Company's insolvency.

       CAREER  CASH  BALANCE  PLAN (THE "CCB  PLAN").  The CCB Plan is a defined
benefit  plan  available to all  employees of the Company and its  participating
affiliates.  Subject to certain  limitations,  most vested  retirement  benefits
available  under  the CCB Plan  are  insured  by the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty
Corporation.  The Company pays the full cost of the benefit  provided  under the
CCB Plan.  Eligible retired employees may begin receiving full CCB Plan benefits
at  or  after  age  60  if he or  she  had  at  least  five  years  of  service.
Alternatively  a reduced  benefit is payable  at age 55 at the  election  of the
participant.  Under the CCB Plan,  effective July 1, 1996, the Company  annually
credits to each participant's  account 3.2% of the participant's  salary. Salary
is  defined  to  include  base  salary or wages and  excludes  bonus,  overtime,
commissions  and other  special  compensation.  The Company  will credit to each
account  interest equal to the average  1-year U.S.  Treasury Bill interest rate
for the month of November  for the  previous  calendar  year,  rounded up to the
nearest tenth of a percent,  up to a maximum average of $150,000,  multiplied by
the number of benefit years (equal to 12 months of service or 2,280  hours).  If
the present value of the earned  benefit at the time of termination is less than
$3,500,  the participant  receives a lump sum distribution from the Company.  If
the earned benefit is greater than $3,500,  the cash balance  account is payable
as a lump sum in cash or as an  annuity  (under  certain  circumstances)  to the
participant for reinvestment in other qualified plans prior to retirement at the
participant's  election, or for distribution upon retirement.  CCB Plan benefits
are not reduced by Social Security benefits.  Loans cannot be taken from the CCB
Plan.

       The  estimated   annual  benefits   payable  upon  retirement  at  normal
retirement age for the named executive officers are as follows:

                                       56

<PAGE>
Mr.  Georgescu--$18,756,  Mr.  Vick--$3,384,  Mr.  McGarry--$18,756,  Mr. Bell--
$4,632, and Mr. Dolan--$1,152.

       SELECTED  EXECUTIVE  RETIREMENT  INCOME  PLAN  ("SERIP").  The SERIP is a
supplemental  executive  retirement  arrangement for selected  members of senior
management  under  separate  contracts  with the  Company.  Subject  to  certain
non-competition and non-solicitation provisions, cash payments in a fixed annual
amount varying as to each individual will be made to a participant  whose rights
have vested in accordance with his agreement when such participant's  employment
terminates or when he reaches a specified age (typically 60),  whichever  occurs
later. Payments are made for the balance of the participant's life and, if fewer
than ten annual payments are made during the participant's life, his beneficiary
will receive the balance of the payments until ten annual payments are made. The
Company's  obligations to participants  under the SERIP are subordinate in right
of payment to its obligations to senior lenders and certain other creditors.

       The   estimated   annual  benefits  payable  upon  retirement  at  normal
retirement   age   for   the   named   executive   officers   are   as  follows:
Mr. Georgescu--$1,050,000,     Mr. Vick--$300,000,     Mr. McGarry--$200,000,
Mr. Bell--none, and Mr. Dolan--none.

       EMPLOYMENT AND  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT  ARRANGEMENTS.  The Company and
Michael Dolan entered into a letter agreement, as amended, regarding Mr. Dolan's
principal  terms of  employment  with the  Company  as Vice  Chairman  and Chief
Financial  Officer.  This letter agreement  entitles Mr. Dolan to an annual base
salary and eligibility for a bonus under the Key Corporation Managers Bonus Plan
as well as to the same  perquisites and benefits under Company policies as other
employees of the same rank.

       Under the Management Voting Trust Agreement,  Y&R has agreed to give each
Management  Investor,   including  each  named  executive  officer,  six  months
severance  pay upon  termination  of  employment  for any reason  other than for
cause,  but each Management  Investor is required to waive any possible right to
more  than six  months  severance  pay (and any  claims  for  damages  under any
employment  agreement).  Upon termination of the Management Voting Trust, in the
event of termination of employment, the named executive officers may be eligible
to receive  severance  pay of up to 13 weeks base  salary  (based upon length of
service) pursuant to a severance plan previously  established for U.S. employees
of the Company.

       The Management  Voting Trust has the unqualified  right and power to vote
and to execute  consents  with respect to all shares of Common Stock held by the
Management  Voting Trust. The voting rights of the Management  Voting Trust will
be exercised by certain members of senior  management of Y&R, as voting trustees
(the "Voting Trustees").  The Voting Trustees are Peter A. Georgescu,  Stephanie
W. Abramson,  Thomas D. Bell, Jr., Michael J. Dolan, John P. McGarry,  Jr., Alan
J.  Sheldon and Edward H. Vick.  So long as Peter A.  Georgescu  (or a successor
Chief  Executive  Officer  elected  with the approval of the  Management  Voting
Trust) is a Voting Trustee,  his (or such successor's)  decision will be binding
unless he is outvoted by a super  majority of the other Voting  Trustees.  If at
any time there is no Chief Executive Officer,  or if the Chief Executive Officer
was not approved in advance by the  Management  Voting Trust, a majority vote of
the Voting Trustees will  constitute the action of the Management  Voting Trust.
The  foregoing  voting  procedures  will also  apply to the  election  of Voting
Trustees.

                                       57

<PAGE>

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

       Upon   consummation   of   the    Recapitalization,    certain   of   the
Recapitalization  Investors  were  granted  an  approval  right over a number of
specified  fundamental corporate actions, and were granted the right to nominate
and have elected three members of the Board.  After the IPO, such approval right
terminated,  and the H&F  Investors  retained  the  right to  nominate  and have
elected (i) two members of the Board for so long as such  investors  continue to
hold,  in the  aggregate,  at least 10% of the  Outstanding  Shares and (ii) one
member of the Board for so long as the H&F  Investors  continue to hold,  in the
aggregate, at least 5% of the Outstanding Shares.

       In addition,  certain of the  Recapitalization  Investors have demand and
piggyback  registration rights with respect to the Common Stock they hold. Those
Recapitalization Investors have the right to require the Company to register for
resale shares of Common Stock held by the Recapitalization Investors pursuant to
certain demand registration rights, and to have shares they hold included in any
public  offering of Common Stock made by the Company.  See "Shares  Eligible for
Future Sale."

                                       58

<PAGE>
                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

       The following table sets forth certain information  regarding  beneficial
ownership  of the Common  Stock and options to purchase  Common  Stock as of the
date hereof,  including  beneficial ownership by (i) each person who is known by
the  Company to own  beneficially  5% or more of the  outstanding  shares of the
Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's  Directors and named executive officers
and (iii) all Directors and executive  officers as a group.  The  information in
the table  below has been  calculated  in  accordance  with Rule 13d-3 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and includes shares of Common Stock
held in a deferral trust pursuant to the Deferred  Compensation  Plan. Except as
indicated  in the  footnotes to the table,  the persons  named in the table have
sole  voting and  investment  power with  respect to all shares of Common  Stock
shown as beneficially  owned by them,  subject to community  property laws where
applicable.  The  business  address  of the  Management  Voting  Trust  and  the
Company's  Directors  and  executive  officers is c/o the Company at 285 Madison
Avenue,  New York,  New York  10017.  The  address of the H&F  Investors  is c/o
Hellman & Friedman LLC, One Maritime Plaza, San Francisco, California 94111. For
information on the Selling Stockholders, see "Selling Stockholders."


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NAME                           SHARES AND VESTED OPTIONS     VESTED OPTIONS    PERCENT
- ---------------------------------------------------   ---------------------------   ---------------- ----------
<S>                                                   <C>                           <C>              <C>
Management Voting Trust (1) .......................            41,208,196           13,425,900           52.2%
Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners III, L.P..                 19,713,722            2,311,590           29.1
H&F Orchard Partners III, L.P. ....................             1,435,629              168,270            2.2
H&F International Partners III, L.P. ..............               430,044               50,400              *
Peter A. Georgescu (2) ............................             1,783,560                   --            2.7
Edward H. Vick  (2) ...............................             1,384,710              895,245            2.1
Thomas D. Bell, Jr. (2) ...........................             1,308,908            1,165,215            2.0
John P. McGarry, Jr. (2) ..........................             1,032,353                   --            1.6
Michael J. Dolan (2) ..............................               419,625              104,340              *
Richard S. Bodman .................................                 2,000                   --              *
Philip U. Hammarskjold (3) ........................                    --                   --              *
F. Warren Hellman (3) .............................                    --                   --              *
John F. McGillicuddy ..............................                13,035                   --              *
Alan D. Schwartz (4) ..............................                    --                   --              *
All directors and executive officers as a group (2)             7,277,479            2,190,885           10.6
</TABLE>                                                                       


- ----------
 *  Less than one percent.

(1) All shares of Common Stock held by Management  Investors have been deposited
    into the Management  Voting Trust, and the Management Voting Trust exercises
    sole  voting  power  over all  such  shares.  See  "Description  of  Capital
    Stock--The  Management Voting Trust Agreement."  Beneficial ownership by the
    Management  Voting Trust includes an aggregate of 4,223,025 shares of Common
    Stock held in a deferral trust pursuant to the Deferred  Compensation  Plan.
    See "Management--Executive Compensation--The Restricted Stock Plan and Trust
    Agreement."

(2) This amount does not include any of the 41,208,196 shares beneficially owned
    by the Management Voting Trust prior to the Offering in excess of the amount
    reported as beneficially owned by the stockholder, which the stockholder may
    be deemed to beneficially own as a result of such stockholder's  position as
    a Voting Trustee of the Management  Voting Trust. The stockholder  disclaims
    beneficial  ownership of any such shares in excess of the amount reported as
    beneficially owned by such stockholder.

(3) Excludes  21,579,395 shares beneficially owned by the H&F Investors prior to
    the Offering. The sole general partner of the H&F Investors is H&F Investors
    III  ("Investors  III").  The managing  general  partner of Investors III is
    Hellman & Friedman Associates III, L.P.  ("Associates III"), and the general
    partners of Associates III are H&F Management III, L.L.C.  ("Management  III
    LLC") and H&F Investors III, Inc. ("H&F Inc.").  The sole shareholder of H&F
    Inc. is The Hellman Family Revocable Trust (the "Trust").  Mr.  Hammarskjold
    is a member of  Management  III LLC.  Mr.  Hellman is a  managing  member of
    Management  III LLC,  a  director  of H&F Inc.  and a trustee  of the Trust.
    Investors III,  Associates III,  Management III LLC, H&F Inc., the Trust and
    Messrs.  Hammarskjold and Hellman exercise,  directly or indirectly,  voting
    and  investment  discretion  with  respect  to the  shares  held  by the H&F
    Investors and could be deemed to beneficially  own such shares,  but each of
    them disclaims such beneficial  ownership except to the extent of its or his
    indirect pecuniary interest in such shares.

(4) Excludes  197,720 shares held by BearTel Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of
    The Bear Stearns  Companies  Inc.,  the parent  company of Bear Stearns,  of
    which Mr. Schwartz is an executive officer.

                                       59

<PAGE>
                             SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

       The following  table sets forth the name of each Selling  Stockholder and
certain information  regarding the beneficial  ownership of the Common Stock and
options to  purchase  Common  Stock by the Selling  Stockholders  as of the date
hereof and as adjusted to reflect the sale of 10,000,000  shares of Common Stock
in the  Offering.  The  information  in the table below has been  calculated  in
accordance  with  Rule  13d-3  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended,  and includes  shares of Common Stock held in a deferral trust pursuant
to the Deferred  Compensation  Plan. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the
table, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with
respect  to all  shares of Common  Stock  shown as  beneficially  owned by them,
subject to community property laws where applicable.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP PRIOR TO                     BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP AFTER
                                                        OFFERING                                         OFFERING
                                           -----------------------------------             ------------------------------------
                                            SHARES AND                            SHARES    SHARES AND
                                              VESTED       VESTED                 BEING       VESTED       VESTED
                                              OPTIONS      OPTIONS    PERCENT    OFFERED      OPTIONS      OPTIONS     PERCENT
                                           ------------ ------------ --------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ----------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Management Voting Trust (1) ..............  41,208,196   13,425,900     52.2%   5,180,647   36,027,549   12,378,734      45.7%
Hellman & Friedman Capital
 Partners III, L.P.  .....................  19,713,722    2,311,590     29.1    4,300,347   15,413,375    2,311,590      22.4%
H&F Orchard Partners III, L.P. ...........   1,435,629      168,270      2.2      313,185    1,122,444      168,270       1.7%
H&F International Partners III, L.P. .....     430,044       50,400        *       93,816                    50,400         *
American Media Management, Inc. ..........      96,489       11,310        *       21,049       75,440       11,310         *
BearTel Corp. ............................     197,720           --        *       48,860      148,860           --         *
Stephen R. Aiello ........................     159,135       60,660        *       20,105      139,030       51,560         *
Stig Albinus .............................      39,390       16,140        *       16,140       23,250           --         *
Patricia Anastos .........................      70,800       44,310        *        2,000       68,800       44,310         *
Jean-Marc Bara ...........................     237,257           --        *       35,588      201,669           --         *
Stephen Baum .............................      96,800           --        *        2,000       94,800           --         *
Kimberly Bealle ..........................     101,355       49,995        *       10,000       91,355       49,995         *
Karel Beijen .............................       3,510           --        *        3,510           --           --         *
Theodore Bell ............................     753,810      334,065      1.1%      40,000      713,810      334,065       1.1%
Leena Bergerus-Hobinger ..................      48,795       25,575        *       45,570        3,225           --         *
Lincoln Bjorkman .........................      21,915       15,615        *       15,615        6,300           --         *
June Blocklin ............................      49,620       29,520        *       29,520       20,100           --         *
Rene Boender .............................      65,790       18,000        *       12,078       53,712       14,400         *
Bonnie Bohne .............................     101,250       23,820        *        2,430       98,820       23,820         *
Etienne Boisrond .........................     225,045           --        *       33,750      191,295           --         *
Tiemen Bosma .............................     135,000           --        *       55,000       80,000           --         *
Heinz Georg Brands .......................      32,445           --        *        9,733       22,712           --         *
Craig Branigan ...........................     232,230           --        *       28,000      204,230           --         *
Jurgen Braun .............................      71,970           --        *       71,970           --           --         *
Jane Brite ...............................     199,620           --        *       40,000      159,620           --         *
Roger Chiocchi ...........................      76,807       25,875        *       14,000       62,807       25,875         *
Ira Chynsky ..............................      84,750           --        *       16,000       68,750           --         *
Michael Claes ............................      40,230       24,360        *        5,000       35,230       24,360         *
Don Cogman ...............................     410,670      191,775        *       61,600      349,070      130,175         *
Janet Coombs .............................     146,848      104,355        *       19,327      127,521      104,355         *
David Coronna ............................      33,390       33,390        *          700       32,690       32,690         *
Jose Maria Costa .........................      75,000           --        *       15,000       60,000           --         *
Massimo Costa ............................      18,516           --        *        7,406       11,110           --         *
Michael Cozens ...........................      31,935       26,085        *        5,220       26,715       20,865         *
Brian P. Curran ..........................      52,170       52,170        *       15,651       36,519       36,519         *
Donald H. Davis ..........................      95,400       50,685        *       19,080       76,320       50,685         *
Ferdinand de Bakker ......................     166,740       63,315        *       15,000      151,740       63,315         *
Joseph E. Dedeo ..........................     670,860           --      1.0%     201,258      469,602           --         *
Lawrence Deutsch .........................      42,780       18,645        *        1,400       41,380       17,245         *
Shelley Diamond ..........................      66,570       10,875        *       10,875       55,695           --         *
</TABLE>

                                       60
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP PRIOR TO               BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP AFTER
                                           OFFERING                                  OFFERING
                               --------------------------------           ------------------------------
                                SHARES AND                        SHARES   SHARES AND
                                  VESTED      VESTED              BEING      VESTED     VESTED
                                  OPTIONS    OPTIONS   PERCENT   OFFERED    OPTIONS    OPTIONS   PERCENT
                               ------------ --------- --------- --------- ----------- --------- --------
<S>                            <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Pamela DuBose ................     76,290         --        *     20,000     56,290         --       *
Terry Dukes ..................     44,970     41,745        *      6,250     38,720     35,495       *
Daryl Elliott ................     32,385     26,085        *      5,200     27,185     20,885       *
Daisy Exposito ...............    147,210     55,740        *     31,709    115,501     24,031       *
Kevin J. Fahey ...............     21,360     17,385        *      4,500     16,860     12,885       *
Charles P. Farley ............     33,225     10,440        *      5,000     28,225     10,440       *
Peter Farnell-Watson .........     67,849         --        *     20,355     47,494         --       *
Patrick Ford .................     35,865     26,055        *      9,000     26,865     26,055       *
Richard Ford .................     58,020     54,795        *     18,000     40,020     36,795       *
Clark J. Frankel .............    130,440         --        *     26,088    104,352         --       *
Volker Franz .................     26,085     26,085        *      1,000     25,085     25,085       *
Eric Fredericks ..............    130,440         --        *     39,000     91,440         --       *
Peter Frederiksen ............     12,225      9,000        *      9,000      3,225         --       *
Leon Gazma ...................    130,785         --        *     10,000    120,785         --       *
Enrico Gervasi ...............     80,220         --        *      9,000     71,220         --       *
Oscar Gomezese ...............     17,385     17,385        *      2,000     15,385     15,385       *
Eduardo Gonzales .............     97,830         --        *     40,000     57,830         --       *
William Green ................    101,805         --        *     10,000     91,805         --       *
David E. Greene ..............     65,220         --        *     10,000     55,220         --       *
H. Irving Grousbeck ..........    192,968     22,620        *     42,096    150,872     22,620       *
Victor Gutierrez .............     36,390         --        *      6,000     30,390         --       *
Andrew Halley-Wright .........     40,350     27,060        *     37,125      3,225         --       *
Thomas R. Hansen .............     30,060     26,085        *        750     29,310     25,335       *
Peter J. Harleman ............     61,095     15,660        *     16,000     45,095     15,660       *
Fred Hawrysh .................     37,305     37,305        *     17,400     19,905     19,905       *
Stefaan Himpe ................     10,500         --        *      5,000      5,500         --       *
James W. Hood ................    203,520         --        *     35,000    168,520         --       *
Roseanne Horn ................     38,910     12,660        *     10,350     28,560     12,660       *
Peter Horovitz ...............     48,330     44,355        *      6,957     41,373     37,398       *
Richard H. Hosp ..............     54,240         --        *     20,000     34,240         --       *
Eric Garrison Hoyt ...........     91,365     83,490        *     11,900     79,465     71,590       *
Alex Hughes ..................     38,760     34,785        *     34,785      3,975         --       *
Jeff Hunt ....................     98,820     45,135        *     15,279     83,541     29,856       *
Gigliola Ibba ................    100,410     36,210        *     15,000     85,410     36,210       *
Robert Igiel .................    260,865    260,865        *     52,175    208,690    208,690       *
Barbara Jack .................    595,199    395,565        *     89,370    505,829    395,565       *
Pal Marius Jebsen ............     41,745     28,695        *     28,000     13,745     13,695       *
William B. Johnston ..........     80,185     60,000        *      6,000     74,185     60,000       *
James E. Kaplove .............     49,680     16,230        *      8,000     41,680      8,230       *
Mary Ellen Kenny .............     73,980      5,535        *      6,522     67,458      5,535       *
Edna Kissmann ................     65,220         --        *     13,000     52,220         --       *
Arthur R. Klein ..............    130,440         --        *     30,000    100,440         --       *
Jackie Koh ...................     43,035     43,035        *     15,500     27,535     27,535       *
Nina Kowalewska ..............     15,225     12,000        *     12,000      3,225         --       *
Philippe Krakowsky ...........     49,169     26,085        *      6,000     43,169     26,085       *
Ingo Krauss ..................    541,725         --        *    150,000    391,725         --       *
Stephanie Kugelman ...........    485,293     88,485        *     72,794    412,499     88,485       *
Mitchell Kurz ................  1,186,563    589,455      1.8%   356,000    830,563    589,455     1.3%
Jay Kushner ..................     79,960     42,000        *     11,000     68,960     37,000       *
Marta La Rock ................     30,060     26,085        *     10,000     20,060     16,085       *
Timothy Laing ................     39,135     39,135        *      4,135     35,000     35,000       *
Denise Leo ...................     46,845     46,230        *        675     46,170     45,555       *
Renato Arantes Loes ..........     42,360     39,135        *     39,135      3,225         --       *
Marco Lombardi ...............    125,205     20,865        *     20,000    105,205     20,865       *
Bennett R. Machtiger .........     73,950     12,000        *      7,000     66,950     12,000       *
</TABLE>


                                       61

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP PRIOR TO               BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP AFTER
                                               OFFERING                                  OFFERING
                                   --------------------------------           ------------------------------
                                    SHARES AND                        SHARES   SHARES AND
                                      VESTED      VESTED              BEING      VESTED     VESTED
                                      OPTIONS    OPTIONS   PERCENT   OFFERED    OPTIONS    OPTIONS   PERCENT
                                   ------------ --------- --------- --------- ----------- --------- --------
<S>                                <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Duncan Mackinnon .................     33,915     33,915        *      5,000     28,915     28,915       *
John F. Maltese ..................     84,915     13,575        *     16,983     67,932     13,575       *
Anthony S. Manson ................     21,030         --        *     16,305      4,725         --       *
Helmut Matthies ..................    492,090         --        *    125,000    367,090         --       *
Martin Maurice ...................     97,830         --        *     15,000     82,830         --       *
Robert M. McDuffey ...............     64,530     61,305        *     12,000     52,530     49,305       *
John P. McGarry, Jr. (2) .........  1,032,353         --      1.6%   309,706    722,647         --     1.1%
Steven M. McKenna ................    306,960    166,935        *     92,000    214,960    116,935       *
Gordon McLean ....................     47,820     47,820        *     11,955     35,865     35,865       *
Thomas McQueeney .................    175,165         --        *     34,765    140,400         --       *
Bert Meerstadt ...................     96,315         --        *      8,000     88,315         --       *
William C. Melzer ................    488,679    434,790        *     73,300    415,379    401,879       *
Diane Meskill-Spencer ............    135,975     22,140        *     22,767    113,208     22,140       *
Craig Middleton ..................    236,441     26,085        *     31,467    204,974     26,085       *
David Minear .....................    174,045    111,855        *     12,000    162,045    111,855       *
Fernan Montero ...................    940,000         --      1.4%   282,000    658,000         --     1.0%
Frans Mootz ......................    125,280         --        *     18,792    106,488         --       *
John F. Morris ...................     70,035     59,820        *     12,432     57,603     47,388       *
Bruce S. Nelson ..................     90,000         --        *      6,500     83,500         --       *
Charles G. Newton, Jr. ...........     25,560         --        *      7,560     18,000         --       *
Keith Newton .....................     26,250         --        *     26,250         --         --       *
Lori Nicholson ...................     72,555     15,660        *     11,379     61,176     15,660       *
James A. O'Malley ................     19,843     13,560        *     13,560      6,283         --       *
Steve Oroho ......................    159,626         --        *     64,988     94,638         --       *
Raymond J. O'Rourke ..............     40,140     30,105        *     10,000     30,140     30,105       *
Stewart Owen .....................    220,363    119,265        *     20,000    200,363    119,265       *
Vincent P. Parry .................     50,685     23,925        *     10,000     40,685     13,925       *
Robert S. Pastrick ...............     86,100      3,480        *     17,220     68,880         --       *
Manuel Perez .....................    203,535         --        *     32,000    171,535         --       *
Ricardo J. Perez .................     53,550     49,575        *     49,575      3,975         --       *
Diane Perlmutter .................     39,975      8,940        *      7,500     32,475      8,940       *
John Peters ......................     31,935     28,710        *     28,710      3,225         --       *
Graham Phillips ..................    117,166         --        *      4,960    112,206         --       *
Tim Pollak .......................    889,557         --      1.4%   264,000    625,557         --       *
Michael Porter ...................     32,610     32,610        *     15,610     17,000     17,000       *
William A. Power .................    260,865         --        *     50,000    210,865         --       *
Tom Pratt ........................     22,110     17,385        *     10,000     12,110      7,385       *
Brian Procter ....................      6,450         --        *      6,450         --         --       *
Joerg Puphal .....................     44,970      6,960        *     32,000     12,970      6,960       *
John E. Putnam ...................     40,410     18,345        *      9,173     31,237      9,172       *
Matthias Quadflieg ...............     10,935      1,485        *      5,475      5,460      1,485       *
Serge Rancourt ...................    161,895      9,810        *     40,000    121,895         --       *
Sheila Raviv .....................     51,240         --        *     15,000     36,240         --       *
Courtney Reeser ..................     68,910     62,610        *     12,522     56,388     50,088       *
Peter Rentschler .................     33,660     30,435        *      6,087     27,573     24,348       *
Jorg Rindlisbacher ...............     53,640         --        *      8,000     45,640         --       *
Jorge Rodriguez ..................    105,990     90,315        *      1,755    104,235     90,315       *
Edward Rodway ....................      6,450         --        *      6,450         --         --       *
Ilene Rosenthal ..................     19,315         --        *     10,000      9,315         --       *
John J. Ross .....................     55,395     52,170        *      5,000     50,395     47,170       *
Seith Rothstein ..................    169,575     71,925        *     33,915    135,660     71,925       *
Alain Rousset ....................    369,015    216,375        *     55,352    313,663    216,375       *
Michael Samet ....................    257,120     14,625        *     38,568    218,552     14,625       *
John Sanders .....................    176,385    145,275        *     20,000    156,385    125,275       *
Chris Savage .....................     67,845     54,795        *     13,050     54,795     54,795       *
</TABLE>


                                       62

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP PRIOR TO               BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP AFTER
                                          OFFERING                                  OFFERING
                              --------------------------------           ------------------------------
                               SHARES AND                        SHARES   SHARES AND
                                 VESTED      VESTED              BEING      VESTED     VESTED
                                 OPTIONS    OPTIONS   PERCENT   OFFERED    OPTIONS    OPTIONS   PERCENT
                              ------------ --------- --------- --------- ----------- --------- --------
<S>                           <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Matthew Schetlick ...........     90,485     60,870        *      7,000     83,485     60,870     *
Nico Schou ..................     13,755         --        *     13,755         --         --     *
Angelika Schug ..............     26,085     26,085        *     20,000      6,085      6,085     *
James Scielzo ...............    118,665     46,785        *     23,733     94,932     23,052     *
John F. Scruggs .............     26,085     26,085        *     26,085         --         --     *
Steve Seyferth ..............     96,510     96,510        *     10,000     86,510     86,510     *
Keith Sharp .................     88,710     10,440        *     17,742     70,968      8,352     *
Jessie Shaw .................     32,670     28,695        *      3,500     29,170     25,195     *
Alan J. Sheldon (2) .........    866,310         --      1.3%   250,000    616,310         --     *
Richard Sinreich ............     58,695         --        *     11,000     47,695         --     *
Robert Sive .................     66,180     51,645        *     12,590     53,590     50,365     *
Peter B. Slone ..............     20,865     20,865        *     10,650     10,215     10,215     *
Timothy H. Smith ............      9,225         --        *      6,000      3,225         --     *
Linda Srere .................    280,650     52,545        *     15,000    265,650     37,545     *
Christoph Stadeler ..........    116,580         --        *     23,000     93,580         --     *
Stanley Stefanski ...........    535,475    111,675        *     80,321    455,154    111,675     *
Peter Steigrad ..............     52,185     52,185        *      1,000     51,185     51,185     *
Debra Stern Marrone .........     98,655         --        *      8,000     90,655         --     *
Kathryn Stout ...............     74,085     33,810        *      7,000     67,085     26,810     *
Lars Thalen .................     30,000     10,440        *     14,000     16,000     10,440     *
Clay Timon ..................    567,256    521,745        *     36,511    530,745    521,745     *
Wayne Traub .................     63,120     39,585        *      5,500     57,620     39,585     *
Pieter Vijn .................     36,585         --        *     10,000     26,585         --     *
Marvin Waldman ..............    126,525      5,880        *     24,100    102,425      5,880     *
Mary T. Walsh ...............     37,890     33,915        *      2,000     35,890     31,915     *
Charles Webre ...............    141,090     69,570        *     13,914    127,176     55,656     *
Bruno Widmer ................    332,205         --        *     65,000    267,205         --     *
Donald D. Williams ..........     95,280         --        *     18,000     77,280         --     *
James Williams ..............    116,370     98,265        *     22,500     93,870     76,765     *
Kenneth Yagoda ..............     65,580     15,375        *      6,000     59,580     15,375     *
Michael Zeigler .............     30,060     26,085        *     23,185      6,875      2,900     *
</TABLE>

- ----------
 *  Less than one percent.

(1) Beneficial  ownership by the  Management  Voting Trust prior to the Offering
    includes an aggregate of 5,180,647  shares  (including  shares issuable upon
    the exercise of options)  offered  hereby by  Management  Investors  who are
    Selling Stockholders,  which shares are held by the Management Voting Trust.
    Other than the H&F  Investors,  American Media  Management,  Inc., H. Irving
    Grousbeck  and  BearTel  Corp.,  all  Selling  Stockholders  are  Management
    Investors who are officers, employees or former employees of the Company and
    whose shares of Common Stock are held by the  Management  Voting Trust.  See
    "Management--Executive  Officers  and  Directors."  All such shares  offered
    hereby  will  be  delivered  out  of  the   Management   Voting  Trust  upon
    consummation of the Offering.  All shares of Common Stock held by Management
    Investors  have been deposited  into the  Management  Voting Trust,  and the
    Management  Voting Trust  exercises  sole voting power over all such shares.
    See "Description of Capital  Stock--The  Management Voting Trust Agreement."
    Beneficial  ownership by the  Management  Voting Trust includes an aggregate
    4,223,025  shares of Common Stock held in a deferral  trust  pursuant to the
    Deferred  Compensation  Plan. See  "Management--Executive  Compensation--The
    Restricted Stock Plan and Trust Agreement."

(2) This amount does not include any of the 41,208,196 shares beneficially owned
    by the Management Voting Trust prior to the Offering in excess of the amount
    reported as beneficially owned by the stockholder, which the stockholder may
    be deemed to beneficially own as a result of such stockholder's  position as
    a Voting Trustee of the Management  Voting Trust. The stockholder  disclaims
    beneficial  ownership of any such shares in excess of the amount reported as
    beneficially owned by such stockholder.


                                       63
<PAGE>
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

       The Company is  authorized to issue  250,000,000  shares of Common Stock,
par  value  $0.01 per share  (the  "Common  Stock"),  and  10,000,000  shares of
Preferred  Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Preferred  Stock").  As of the
date hereof, prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Company's issued and
outstanding   capital  stock  consists  of  65,434,118   shares  of  issued  and
outstanding  Common Stock held by  approximately  1,237 holders and 87 shares of
issued and outstanding  Money Market  Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share
(the "Money  Market  Preferred  Stock") held by one holder.  Also as of the date
hereof,  prior to the  consummation  of the Offering,  an additional  30,852,340
shares of Common Stock are issuable upon exercise of outstanding options. All of
the Company's issued and outstanding capital stock has been fully paid.

       The following description of the Company's capital stock does not purport
to be complete  and is subject to and  qualified  in its entirety by the Charter
and the  By-Laws.  These  provisions  included as  exhibits to the  Registration
Statement  of which  this  Prospectus  forms a part,  and by the  provisions  of
applicable Delaware law.

       The Charter and the By-Laws contain certain  provisions that are intended
to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the  composition of the
Board and which may have the effect of  delaying,  deferring,  or  preventing  a
future  takeover  or change in control of the Company  unless  such  takeover or
change in control is approved by the Board.

COMMON STOCK

       The  holders of Common  Stock are  entitled to one vote for each share on
all matters voted on by stockholders,  and the holders of such shares,  together
with the  holders  of  shares of Money  Market  Preferred  Stock  (as  described
herein),  possess all voting  power,  except as otherwise  required by law or as
provided in the Charter. Holders of Common Stock who are employees of Y&R or its
affiliates are subject to the provisions of the Management  Voting Trust and the
Amended Stockholders'  Agreement.  See "--The Management Voting Trust Agreement"
and "The  Stockholders'  Agreement."  The  holders  of Common  Stock do not have
cumulative  voting  rights.  Holders of Common Stock do not have any  preemptive
right to  subscribe  for or  purchase  any kind or  class of  securities  of the
Company. Holders of Common Stock have no subscription,  conversion or redemption
rights, and will not be subject to further calls or assessments.  Subject to any
preferential or other rights of any  outstanding  series of Preferred Stock that
may be designated by the Board, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to such
dividends,  if any, as may be declared  from time to time by the Board.  The New
Credit Facility  permits the payment of cash dividends  except in the event of a
continuing default under the credit agreement.  See "Price Range of Common Stock
and Dividend Policy." In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the  Company,  holders of Common  Stock will be  entitled to receive on a pro
rata basis any assets of the Company  remaining  after  provision for payment of
creditors  and after  payment  of any  liquidation  preferences  to  holders  of
Preferred Stock.

PREFERRED STOCK

       The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock.
The Board has the authority to establish  and designate  series of the Preferred
Stock and, except with respect to the Money Market  Preferred  Stock, to fix the
number of shares  constituting each such series, to fix the designations and the
relative  rights,  preferences and limitations of the shares of each such series
and the  variations  in the relative  rights,  preferences  and  limitations  as
between  such  series,  and to  increase  and  decrease  the  number  of  shares
constituting each such series. See "--Authorized But Unissued Capital Stock" and
"--Anti-Takeover  Effects of Certain Provisions of the Charter, the By-Laws, the
Rights Plan and Delaware Law--Preferred Stock."

       The Charter  designates an initial series of Preferred Stock,  consisting
of 50,000 shares,  as the Money Market Preferred Stock.  Holders of Money Market
Preferred  Stock are entitled to receive,  subject to  declaration by the Board,
certain cumulative cash dividends that are payable quarterly and calculated with
reference to the interest rate for the three-month London

                                       64

<PAGE>

interbank  deposit  market.  On or after  December  12,  2001,  any Money Market
Preferred  Stock issued and outstanding for five years may, at the option of the
Board and subject to providing holders with notice of redemption, be redeemed by
the  Company  at a  redemption  price per share of  $115.00  (together  with all
accrued and unpaid dividends thereon). Redeemed Money Market Preferred Stock may
be  reissued  by the Board as  shares  of such  series or as shares of any other
series of  Preferred  Stock.  Shares  of Money  Market  Preferred  Stock are not
convertible,  have a liquidation  preference of $115.00 per share (together with
all accrued  and unpaid  dividends  thereon)  and have  voting  rights  equal to
one-tenth of one vote for each share of Money Market Preferred Stock.

       The Charter authorizes a series of Preferred Stock designated  Cumulative
Participating Junior Preferred Stock (the "Junior Preferred Stock"),  consisting
of 2,500,000  shares,  in connection  with the Rights Plan. For a description of
the  Rights  Plan and the  Junior  Preferred  Stock,  see  "--Rights  Plan"  and
"--Anti-Takeover  Effects of Certain Provisions of the Charter, the By-Laws, the
Rights Plan and Delaware Law."

AUTHORIZED BUT UNISSUED CAPITAL STOCK

       Based on the calculations  set forth above,  the Company  estimates that,
following the completion of the Offering, it will have approximately 183,518,716
shares of  authorized  but  unissued  Common  Stock  (including  an aggregate of
27,207,069  shares  reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the
Stock Option Plans and 2,598,105  shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise
of options  issued to certain of the  Recapitalization  Investors) and 9,999,913
shares of  authorized  but unissued  Preferred  Stock  (including  the 2,500,000
shares  designated as Junior  Preferred  Stock and 49,913  shares  designated as
Money  Market  Preferred  Stock).  Delaware  law  does not  require  stockholder
approval  for  the  issuance  of  authorized   shares.   However,   the  listing
requirements of the New York Stock  Exchange,  which apply so long as the Common
Stock is listed on such exchange,  require prior stockholder approval of certain
issuances,  including  issuances  of shares  bearing  voting  power  equal to or
exceeding  20% of the  pre-issuance  outstanding  voting  power or  pre-issuance
outstanding  number of shares of Common Stock.  These additional shares could be
used for a variety of corporate  purposes,  including future public offerings to
raise additional capital or to facilitate  corporate  acquisitions.  The Company
currently does not have any plans to issue additional  shares of Common Stock or
Preferred Stock other than in connection with employee  compensation  plans. See
"Management--Executive  Compensation."  One of the effects of the  existence  of
unissued and  unreserved  Common Stock and Preferred  Stock may be to enable the
Board of the Company to issue shares to persons friendly to current  management.
Such an issuance  could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain
control of the  Company by means of a merger,  tender  offer,  proxy  contest or
otherwise,  and thereby  protect the continuity of the Company's  management and
possibly  deprive the  stockholders  of the  opportunity to sell their shares of
Common Stock at prices higher than  prevailing  market prices.  Such  additional
shares also could be used to dilute the stock  ownership  of persons  seeking to
obtain  control of the Company  pursuant to the  operation  of the Rights  Plan,
which is discussed below. See "--Anti-Takeover  Effects of Certain Provisions of
the Charter, the By-Laws, the Rights Plan and Delaware Law." 

THE MANAGEMENT VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT

       Pursuant to the agreement  establishing the Management  Voting Trust (the
"Management  Voting  Trust  Agreement"),   the  Management   Investors  and  the
Restricted Stock Trust are required to deposit with the Management  Voting Trust
all  shares of Common  Stock and all  shares  of Money  Market  Preferred  Stock
acquired  by them  prior  to the  termination  of the  Management  Voting  Trust
(including  Common Stock  acquired  upon the exercise of options,  distributions
from the Restricted  Stock Trust or otherwise).  Common Stock sold in the public
market by Management  Investors and the Restricted Stock Trust will be withdrawn
from, and delivered free of, the Management Voting Trust.

       The Management  Voting Trust has the unqualified  right and power to vote
and to execute  consents  with  respect  to all  shares of Common  Stock and all
shares of Money Market

                                       65

<PAGE>

Preferred  Stock held by the Management  Voting Trust.  The voting rights of the
Management Voting Trust are exercised by certain members of senior management of
Y&R, in their  capacities as Voting  Trustees.  The current Voting  Trustees are
Peter A.  Georgescu,  Stephanie W.  Abramson,  Thomas D. Bell,  Jr.,  Michael J.
Dolan, John P. McGarry, Jr., Alan J. Sheldon and Edward H. Vick (each of whom is
currently  a  member  of the  senior  management  of  Y&R).  So long as Peter A.
Georgescu (or a successor Chief  Executive  Officer elected with the approval of
the  Management  Voting Trust) is a Voting  Trustee,  any action (i) approved in
writing or at a meeting by Peter A.  Georgescu (or such  successor)  and any two
other Voting  Trustees and (ii) any action  approved over the objection of Peter
A.  Georgescu  (or such  successor)  at a meeting of the Voting  Trustees  by an
aggregate  vote of Voting  Trustees  equal to not less than the total  number of
Voting  Trustees then in office minus two,  shall  constitute the action of, and
shall be binding upon, the Management  Voting Trust (unless there shall be fewer
than seven  Voting  Trustees  then in office,  in which  event any action  under
clause (ii) shall require the vote of all the Voting  Trustees  other than Peter
A. Georgescu (or such  successor)).  The foregoing  voting  procedures will also
apply to the election and removal of Voting  Trustees,  to proposals to increase
or  decrease  the  number  of  Voting  Trustees  and to  proposals  to amend the
foregoing voting procedures.

       The Management  Voting Trust will terminate when (i) no person (including
the Recapitalization  Investors and the Management Voting Trust) is the owner of
more than 20% of the  Outstanding  Shares,  (ii) the  number of shares of Common
Stock held by the  Management  Voting Trust is less than 10% of the  Outstanding
Shares or (iii) the Voting Trustees determine to terminate the Management Voting
Trust.  Pursuant  to an  irrevocable  unanimous  written  consent  of the Voting
Trustees,  the  Management  Voting  Trust  will  terminate  24 months  after the
consummation  of the IPO (which  occurred on May 15, 1998),  assuming no earlier
termination in accordance with its terms.

       The  Management  Voting  Trust  has  issued  and  will issue voting trust
certificates  ("Voting  Trust  Certificates")  representing the shares of Common
Stock  and  Money  Market  Preferred  Stock  deposited with it. The Voting Trust
Certificates  are  subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Amended
Stockholders' Agreement. See "--The Stockholders' Agreement."

       Y&R has  agreed to assume  all  liability  and  indemnify  and defend all
Voting Trustees and their successors,  assigns, agents and servants from any and
all losses incurred or asserted  against any Voting  Trustees  relating to their
administration  of the  Management  Voting  Trust,  unless  there is  clear  and
convincing  evidence  that  such  losses  were  proximately  caused by an act or
omission  that was not taken in good faith or not  reasonably  believed to be in
the  best  interest  of  Y&R  and  the  Management  Investors  as a  group.  See
"Management--Limitation of Liability and Indemnification."

       Under the Management  Voting Trust Agreement and certain stock option and
restricted  stock  agreements,  each of the  Management  Investors is subject to
certain   non-competition,    non-solicitation,   confidentiality   and   notice
requirements  in connection  with the  termination of such person's  employment.
They include the following:  (i) for one year after termination of employment, a
Management Investor may not work for any competitor of Y&R on the account of any
client of Y&R or any of its affiliates with whom such Management  Investor had a
direct  relationship or as to which such  Management  Investor had a significant
supervisory  responsibility or otherwise was significantly  involved at any time
during the two years prior to termination; (ii) for six months after termination
of employment,  (a) a Management  Investor with  principally  corporate type job
responsibilities   that  do  not  principally  involve  client  service  related
functions  may  not  work  for a  principal  competitor  of  Y&R  or  any of its
affiliates in any substantially similar role as that held with Y&R or any of its
affiliates  during  the two years  prior to  termination,  and (b) a  Management
Investor with principally client service related  responsibilities  may not work
for a  competitor  of Y&R or its  affiliates  on the account of any  substantial
competitor (or directly for such  competitor) of any client of Y&R or any of its
affiliates for whom such Management Investor had substantial

                                       66

<PAGE>

responsibility  during the two years  prior to  termination;  (iii) for one year
after termination of employment,  a Management  Investor may not (a) directly or
indirectly solicit or hire, or assist in the soliciting or hiring of, any person
employed by Y&R or any of its  affiliates as of the date of  termination  or any
person who was then being  recruited  by Y&R or any of its  subsidiaries  or (b)
induce any such employee to terminate his or her  employment  with Y&R or any of
its affiliates;  (iv) a Management Investor shall keep confidential  information
of Y&R, its affiliates and their clients  learned during his or her  employment;
and (v) a  Management  Investor  shall give six weeks  written  notice  prior to
voluntary termination unless a shorter period is approved by the Company.

       Y&R has agreed, under the Management Voting Trust Agreement, to give each
Management Investor six months' severance pay upon termination of employment for
any reason other than for cause (as defined),  and each  Management  Investor is
required to waive any possible right to more than six months'  severance pay (or
similar compensation) and any claims for damages under any employment agreement.

THE STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

       In connection with the Recapitalization,  the Recapitalization Investors,
the Management  Investors,  the Restricted  Stock Trust,  the Management  Voting
Trust  and Y&R  entered  into a  stockholders'  agreement  with  respect  to the
restrictions  on  transferability  of shares of Common Stock and related  Voting
Trust Certificates, and with respect to the management of Y&R. Upon consummation
of the IPO, that  stockholders'  agreement was terminated as to certain parties,
and the H&F Investors, the Management Investors, the Management Voting Trust and
Y&R entered into an amended stockholders'  agreement (the "Amended Stockholders'
Agreement").

       RIGHT TO NOMINATE DIRECTORS.  Under the Amended Stockholders'  Agreement,
the H&F Investors have the right to nominate and have elected two members of the
Board for so long as they  continue to hold, in the  aggregate,  at least 10% of
the Outstanding Shares, and one member of the Board for so long as they continue
to hold, in the aggregate,  at least 5% of the Outstanding  Shares.  Outstanding
Shares is defined in the Amended  Stockholders'  Agreement to include all shares
of Common Stock subject to vested options (not including options that would vest
on a change in control).

       TRANSFER  RESTRICTIONS.  Under  the  Amended Stockholders' Agreement, the
transfer  restrictions  described  below apply. Purported transfers in violation
of these restrictions will be null and void.

       H&F  Investors  may not  transfer  shares of  Common  Stock,  options  to
purchase Common Stock or other voting capital stock, (i) prior to termination of
the  Management  Voting  Trust  (which  will  occur  no later  than  the  second
anniversary of the  consummation of the IPO), if at least 20% of the Outstanding
Shares are then subject to the  Management  Voting Trust,  to any party who as a
result  thereof would  (together  with its  affiliates)  own a percentage of the
Outstanding  Shares  that is greater  than the  percentage  then  subject to the
Management  Voting Trust, or (ii) after the termination of the Management Voting
Trust and (A) prior to the first  anniversary of the  termination,  to any party
who as a result thereof would (together with its affiliates) own a percentage of
the  Outstanding  Shares that is greater than the greater of (1) 20% and (2) the
percentage of the Outstanding Shares subject to the Management Voting Trust upon
termination  thereof  (the  "Termination  Percentage")  less 5% and (B) from and
after the first  anniversary of the  termination of the Management  Voting Trust
until  December 12, 2002, to any party who as a result  thereof would  (together
with its affiliates) own a percentage of the Outstanding  Shares that is greater
than the greater of (1) 20% and (2) the Termination Percentage less 10%, unless,
in any such case (A) Y&R fails to arrange for the sale of such shares to a third
party for the benefit of the H&F  Investors at a price to the H&F  Investors not
less than the price  proposed to be paid by the proposed  transferee and (B) the
Management Voting Trust (or, following its termination, the Company) consents to
the proposed transfer, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

       Prior to termination of the Management Voting Trust,  proposed  transfers
of shares of Common  Stock,  options to purchase  Common  Stock or other  voting
capital stock by Management Investors (other than transfers by

                                       67

<PAGE>

will or intestate  succession)  to any party who as a result  thereof  (together
with its  affiliates)  would own more  than 20% of the  Outstanding  Shares  are
subject  to a right  of  first  refusal  by  each of Y&R and the H&F  Investors,
exercisable in that order.

CERTAIN TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

       The  following  transfer  restrictions  apply to shares  of Common  Stock
issued to Management  Investors  pursuant to  Regulation S under the  Securities
Act,  but will not apply to shares of Common Stock sold in the  Offering.  Under
the  By-Laws,  any  direct  or  indirect  sale,  transfer,  assignment,  pledge,
hypothecation  or other  encumbrance  or  disposition (a "Transfer") of legal or
beneficial  ownership  of any stock  issued and sold by the Company  pursuant to
Regulation  S under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities
Act"),  may be made only (i)  pursuant to an  effective  registration  statement
under the Securities Act or (ii) pursuant to a transaction  that is exempt from,
or not subject to, the registration  requirements of the Securities Act. Neither
the Company nor any  employee or agent of the Company  will record any  Transfer
prohibited by the  preceding  sentence,  and the purported  transferee of such a
prohibited  Transfer (the  "Purported  Transferee")  will not be recognized as a
securityholder  of the  Company  for any  purpose  whatsoever  in respect of the
security or  securities  that are the subject of the  prohibited  Transfer.  The
Purported Transferee will not be entitled,  with respect to such securities,  to
any rights of a securityholder of the Company,  including without limitation, in
the case of  securities  that are Common  Stock,  the right to vote such  Common
Stock or to receive  dividends or distributions in respect thereof,  if any. All
certificates  representing  securities subject to the transfer  restrictions set
forth in the  By-Laws  will  bear a legend  to the  effect  that the  securities
represented by such  certificates are subject to such  restrictions,  unless and
until the  Company  determines  in its sole  discretion  that such legend may be
removed consistent with applicable law.

NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

       No holder of any class of stock of the Company has any  preemptive  right
to subscribe for or purchase any kind or class of securities of the Company.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

       The transfer  agent and registrar for the Common Stock is The Bank of New
York.

RIGHTS PLAN

       The  Company  has  adopted  the  Rights  Plan and  entered  into a Rights
Agreement (the "Rights Agreement") between the Company and The Bank of New York,
as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent"). Each outstanding share of Common Stock has
attached to it one  associated  Right.  The terms of the Rights are set forth in
the Rights  Agreement.  The Charter  authorizes the Board to adopt a stockholder
rights plan such as the Rights Plan.

       Each Right entitles the registered holder under certain  circumstances to
purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share of Junior Preferred Stock
at a purchase price of $87.50, subject to adjustment (the "Purchase Price"). The
Purchase Price is payable in cash or by certified check or bank draft.

       Junior  Preferred Stock  purchasable upon exercise of the Rights will not
be  redeemable.  Each  share of Junior  Preferred  Stock will be  entitled  to a
minimum  preferential  quarterly dividend payment of $1.00 per share but will be
entitled to an aggregate  dividend of 100 times the dividend  declared per share
of Common Stock.  In the event of  liquidation,  the holders of shares of Junior
Preferred Stock will be entitled to a minimum  preferential  liquidation payment
of $1 per share,  plus an amount  equal to  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  and
distributions  thereon,  whether or not  declared,  to the date of such payment.
Each share of Junior  Preferred Stock will have 100 votes,  voting together with
the Common  Stock and the Money  Market  Preferred  Stock  and,  in the event of
certain  dividend  arrearages,  will also have the right,  voting as a class, to
elect  one  director.  In  the  event  of any  merger,  consolidation  or  other
transaction in which shares of Common Stock are exchanged,  each share of Junior
Preferred  Stock will be entitled to receive 100 times the amount  received  per
share of Common  Stock.  These rights are  protected by customary  anti-dilution
provisions.  Because of the  nature of their  dividend,  liquidation  and voting
rights,  the  value  of the  one-one-hundredth  interest  in a share  of  Junior
Preferred Stock  purchasable upon exercise of each Right should  approximate the
value of one share of Common Stock.

                                       68

<PAGE>

       Until the close of business on the Distribution  Date (as defined below),
the Rights will be evidenced by the certificates  representing  shares of Common
Stock and no separate  Right  Certificates  (as defined below) will be issued or
distributed.  All  shares of Common  Stock  issued  prior to the  earlier of the
Distribution  Date or the Expiration Date (as defined below) will be issued with
Rights.

       The term "Distribution  Date" means the earlier of (i) the tenth business
day after the  Stock  Acquisition  Date (as  defined  below)  and (ii) the tenth
business  day (or such  later  day as may be  determined  by action of the Board
prior to such time as any person becomes an Acquiring Person (as defined below))
after the date of the  commencement by any person (other than any Company Entity
(as defined  below)) of, or the first public  announcement  of the intent of any
person (other than any Company Entity) to commence (which  intention to commence
remains in effect for five business days after such  announcement),  a tender or
exchange offer the  consummation of which would result in any person becoming an
Acquiring Person.

       The term  "Stock  Acquisition  Date"  means the time and day of the first
public  announcement  (including  by the  filing  of a  report  pursuant  to the
Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person indicating that an Acquiring
Person has become such.

       The term "Acquiring Person" means:

        (i)    any  person  (other  than the H&F  Investors  and other  than any
               Permitted H&F 15%  Transferee  (as defined  below)) who or which,
               together  with all  affiliates  and  associates  of such  person,
               acquires   beneficial   ownership   (as  defined  in  the  Rights
               Agreement)  of 15% or  more of the  then  outstanding  shares  of
               Common  Stock  (other than as a result of an  Approved  Offer (as
               defined below));

        (ii)   the H&F  Investors  if, after the  Offering,  the H&F  Investors,
               together with all of their  affiliates  and  associates,  acquire
               beneficial  ownership  of any  additional  shares of Common Stock
               such  that  following  such  acquisition  (A) the  H&F  Investors
               beneficially own in excess of 15% of the then outstanding  shares
               of Common Stock and (B) if the Management Voting Trust is then in
               existence,   following   such   acquisition   the  H&F  Investors
               beneficially  own a  greater  percentage  of the  Diluted  Shares
               Outstanding (as defined below) than the percentage of the Diluted
               Shares Outstanding  subject to the Management Voting Trust at the
               time of such  acquisition (it being understood that neither sales
               by, nor termination of, the Management  Voting Trust will trigger
               this  provision  absent a subsequent  acquisition  of  beneficial
               ownership  of  additional  shares by the H&F  Investors or any of
               their affiliates or associates); or

        (iii)  any Permitted H&F 15%  Transferee  if  contemporaneously  with or
               subsequent to the transfer  from the H&F Investors  that resulted
               in such person  becoming a  Permitted  H&F 15%  Transferee,  such
               Permitted H&F 15%  Transferee,  together with all  affiliates and
               associates  of  such  Permitted  H&F  15%  Transferee,   acquires
               beneficial ownership of any additional shares.

       Notwithstanding the foregoing:

       (1) a  person  shall  not  become  an  Acquiring  Person  if such person,
              together  with  all  of its affiliates and associates, becomes the
              beneficial  owner of 15% or more (in the case of clause (i) above)
              of  the  then  outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of a
              reduction  in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding due
              to  the  repurchase  of  shares  of  Common  Stock by the Company,
              unless  and  until such time as such person purchases or otherwise
              becomes  (as  a  result  of actions taken by such person or any of
              its   affiliates  or  associates)  the  beneficial  owner  of  any
              additional shares of Common Stock; and

       (2)    the term "Acquiring  Person" shall not include any Company Entity;
              and (3) the term  "Acquiring  Person" shall not include any person
              who or which, together with all affiliates and

                                       69

<PAGE>

             associates of such person,  becomes the beneficial  owner of 15% or
             more of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (in the case of
             clause (i) above) or any additional  shares of Common Stock (in the
             case of clauses (ii) and (iii)  above) but who acquired  beneficial
             ownership of shares of Common Stock inadvertently,  and such person
             promptly  (and in any event within 10 business  days after being so
             requested by the  Company)  enters into an  irrevocable  commitment
             satisfactory  to the Board  promptly  (and in any  event  within 20
             business days or such shorter  period as shall be determined by the
             Board) to divest,  and thereafter  promptly  divests as required by
             such  commitment,  sufficient  shares of Common  Stock so that such
             person, together with all of its affiliates and associates,  ceases
             to be a  beneficial  owner of 15% or more of the  then  outstanding
             shares of Common  Stock  (in the case of clause  (i)  above) or any
             additional  shares of Common Stock (in the case of clauses (ii) and
             (iii) above).

       The term  "Company  Entity"  means any of the  Company,  any wholly owned
subsidiary of the Company,  any employee  benefit plan or employee stock plan of
the Company or any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company,  any person or entity
holding shares of Common Stock which was organized,  appointed or established by
the Company or any such wholly owned  subsidiary for or pursuant to the terms of
any such plan, the Management  Voting Trust,  the  Restricted  Stock Trust,  the
trustees under the Management  Voting Trust or the Restricted  Stock Trust,  any
affiliate or associate of the Management  Voting Trust or the  Restricted  Stock
Trust or any trustee  under  either such trust and any group that  includes  the
Management  Voting Trust,  the Restricted  Stock Trust, any trustee under either
such trust or any affiliate or associate thereof.

       The  term  "Permitted  H&F 15%  Transferee"  means  any  person  who is a
Permitted H&F Transferee (as defined below) who or which,  immediately after the
transfer  from  the H&F  Investors  that  resulted  in such  person  becoming  a
Permitted H&F  Transferee,  together with all  affiliates and associates of such
person, is the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the then outstanding shares of
Common Stock.

       The term  "Permitted  H&F  Transferee"  means any  person  that  acquires
beneficial  ownership of shares of Common Stock from the H&F Investors  pursuant
to a transfer that is either not restricted under, or occurs in compliance with,
the  transfer  restrictions  applicable  to the H&F  Investors  set forth in the
Amended Stockholders' Agreement.

       The term "Approved  Offer" means a tender offer or exchange offer for all
the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  which  is at a price  and on  terms
approved,  prior to the  acceptance  for payment of shares  under such tender or
exchange offer, by the Board.

       The term "Diluted Shares  Outstanding" as of any given time means the sum
of (a) the  number of  shares  of  Common  Stock  then  issued  and  outstanding
(including  all shares of Common Stock held in the  Restricted  Stock Trust) and
(b) the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of the (1) HFCP
Options (as defined in the Amended  Stockholders'  Agreement)  and the  Rollover
Options  and (2) all other  options,  warrants  and rights to  acquire,  and the
conversion of any securities  convertible  into,  shares of Common Stock, to the
extent such rights to acquire shares of Common Stock are then  exercisable.  For
purposes of clause (ii)(B) of the definition of "Acquiring  Person" above,  when
calculating  the percentage of the Diluted Shares  Outstanding  owned by the H&F
Investors or the Management  Voting Trust, as the case may be, the H&F Investors
or the Management  Voting Trust,  as the case may be, shall be deemed to own all
shares of Common Stock  beneficially  owned by them assuming the exercise of all
of their options,  warrants and rights to acquire, and the conversion by them of
any securities  convertible into, shares of Common Stock to the extent, but only
to the  extent,  such  rights  to  acquire  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  then
exercisable  by them.  For purposes of  calculating  the  percentage  of Diluted
Shares  Outstanding  owned by the Management Voting Trust, the Management Voting
Trust shall be deemed to own all shares of Common Stock (including all shares of
Common  Stock  required  to be  deposited  thereunder  upon  exercise  of vested
options) then subject to the Management Voting Trust.

                                       70

<PAGE>

       The Rights  Agreement  provides that,  until the  Distribution  Date, the
Rights will be  transferred  with and only with the Common  Stock.  Certificates
representing  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  prior  to  the  earlier  of the
Distribution  Date and the Expiration  Date will contain a legend  incorporating
the Rights Agreement by reference.  Until the  Distribution  Date, the surrender
for  transfer of any of the  certificates  representing  shares of Common  Stock
issued prior to the  Distribution  Date will also constitute the transfer of the
Rights associated with the Common Stock  represented by such certificate.  Until
the Distribution Date, the number of Rights associated with each share of Common
Stock will be  proportionately  adjusted in the event of any  dividend in Common
Stock on the Common Stock or subdivision, combination or reclassification of the
Common Stock. In the event that the Company  purchases or acquires any shares of
Common Stock prior to the  Distribution  Date, any Rights  associated  with such
shares of Common Stock shall be deemed  canceled and retired so that the Company
shall not be  entitled  to  exercise  any Rights  associated  with the shares of
Common Stock that are no longer  outstanding.  As soon as practicable  following
the  Distribution  Date,  separate  certificates  evidencing the Rights ("Rights
Certificates")  will be mailed to  holders  of record of Common  Stock as of the
close of business on the Distribution Date and such separate Rights Certificates
alone  will  evidence  the  Rights.  The Rights  are not  exercisable  until the
Distribution  Date.  The Rights  will expire at the close of business on May 31,
2008,  unless they have previously  expired in connection with an Approved Offer
(as  described in the Rights  Agreement) or have been  previously  exchanged for
shares of Common  Stock or have  been  previously  redeemed  by the  Company  as
described below (the date and time of the earliest of such events to occur,  the
"Expiration Date").

       Immediately upon the Stock  Acquisition  Date,  proper provision shall be
made so that each holder of a Right will  thereafter  have the right to receive,
upon exercise,  Common Stock (or, in certain  circumstances,  cash,  property or
other  securities  of the  Company)  having a  preexisting  market  value (as of
shortly before the Stock Acquisition  Date), equal to two times the then current
Purchase Price of the Right. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, following the
occurrence of the Stock Acquisition Date, all Rights that are, or (under certain
circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement) were, beneficially owned by any
Acquiring Person and certain related parties will become null and void.

       To  illustrate  the rights  described in the  preceding  paragraph,  at a
Purchase Price of $87.50 per Right,  each Right not owned by an Acquiring Person
(or by certain  related  parties)  following an event set forth in the preceding
paragraph   would  entitle  its  holder  to  purchase  Common  Stock  (or  other
consideration,  as noted above) with a  preexisting  market value of $175.00 for
$87.50.  Assuming that the Common Stock has a preexisting market value of $25.00
per share at such time,  the holder of each Right  would be entitled to purchase
seven shares of Common Stock for $87.50.

       In the event that, at any time following the Stock  Acquisition Date, (i)
the Company is acquired in a merger or other business consolidation transaction,
(ii) the  Company is the  surviving  corporation  in a merger or other  business
consolidation  with any person and the Common Stock is changed into or exchanged
for stock or other  securities of any other person or cash or any other property
(other than, in the case of any  transaction  described in (i) or (ii), a merger
or  consolidation  that  would  result in all of the  voting  securities  of the
Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent all of the
voting   securities  of  the  Company  or  such  surviving  entity   outstanding
immediately  after such merger or  consolidation  and holders of such securities
not having changed as a result of such merger or  consolidation) or (iii) 50% or
more of the  Company's  assets or  earning  power is sold or  transferred,  each
holder of a Right (except Rights that  previously  have been voided as set forth
above) shall thereafter have the right to receive,  upon exercise,  common stock
of the  acquiring  company  having a market  value  equal to two  times the then
current Purchase Price of the Right.

       The  Purchase  Price  payable,  and the  fraction  of a share  of  Junior
Preferred Stock or other securities or property  issuable,  upon exercise of the
Rights are subject to  adjustment  from time to time to prevent  dilution (i) in
the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision,

                                       71

<PAGE>
combination or  reclassification  of, the Junior  Preferred  Stock (prior to the
Distribution  Date) or the Common Stock, (ii) if holders of the Junior Preferred
Stock are granted  certain rights or warrants to subscribe for Junior  Preferred
Stock or  convertible  securities  at less than the current  market price of the
Junior  Preferred Stock, or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the Junior
Preferred  Stock of  evidences  of  indebtedness  or assets  (excluding  regular
quarterly cash dividends below certain levels or dividends  payable in shares of
Junior Preferred Stock) or of subscription  rights or warrants (other than those
referred to above).

       With certain  exceptions,  no  adjustment  in the Purchase  Price will be
required  until  cumulative  adjustments  amount to at least 1% of the  Purchase
Price.  In  addition,  to the extent that the Company  does not have  sufficient
shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights  following the Stock
Acquisition  Date,  the Company may,  under  certain  circumstances,  reduce the
Purchase  Price.  No  fractional  shares of Junior  Preferred  Stock (other than
fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth) will be issued and,
in lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of
the Junior Preferred Stock or the Common Stock on the last trading date prior to
the date of exercise.

       At any time until the Stock  Acquisition Date, the Company may redeem the
Rights in whole,  but not in part,  at a price of $0.01  per Right  (payable  in
cash, shares of Common Stock or other  consideration  deemed  appropriate by the
Board).  Immediately  upon the action of the Board  ordering  redemption  of the
Rights,  the Rights will  terminate and thereafter the only right of the holders
of Rights will be to receive the $0.01  redemption  price.  In addition,  at any
time after the Stock  Acquisition  Date,  the Board may elect to exchange all or
part of the then-outstanding and exercisable Rights (other than Rights that have
become null and void as described  above) for one share of Company Common Stock.
Both the redemption price and the exchange rate are subject to adjustment.

       Until a Right is exercised,  the holder  thereof,  as such,  will have no
rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right
to vote or to receive  dividends.  While the distribution of the Rights will not
be taxable to stockholders or to the Company,  stockholders may,  depending upon
the circumstances,  recognize taxable income in the event that the Rights become
exercisable for Common Stock (or other  consideration) or for common stock of an
acquiring company as set forth above.

       Any of the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by the Board
prior to the Stock  Acquisition  Date.  After the Stock  Acquisition  Date,  the
provisions of the Rights  Agreement may be amended by the Board in order to cure
any ambiguity,  to correct any defects or inconsistencies,  to make changes that
do not  adversely  affect the  interests  of holders  of Rights  (excluding  the
interests  of any  Acquiring  Person) or to shorten or lengthen  any time period
under the Rights Agreement;  provided,  however, that no amendment to adjust the
time period governing  redemption or to modify the ability (or inability) of the
Board to redeem the Rights may be made when the Rights are not redeemable.

       As long as the Rights are attached to the Common Stock,  the Company will
issue one Right for each share of Common Stock issued prior to the  Distribution
Date so that all such shares will have attached Rights. Two million five hundred
thousand  shares of Junior  Preferred  Stock  initially  have been  reserved for
issuance upon exercise of the Rights.

       The  Rights  have  certain  anti-takeover  effects.  See "--Anti-Takeover
Effects  of  Certain Provisions of the Charter, the By-Laws, the Rights Plan and
Delaware Law."

       The foregoing  summary of certain terms of the Rights is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the Rights  Agreement,  which is filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CHARTER, THE BY-LAWS, THE
   RIGHTS PLAN AND DELAWARE LAW

       The Charter,  the By-Laws,  the Rights Plan and the DGCL contain  certain
provisions  that could make more  difficult  the  acquisition  of control of the
Company by means of a tender offer,  open market  purchases,  a proxy contest or
otherwise.  Set forth below is a description of these provisions in the Charter,
the By-Laws,

                                       72

<PAGE>
the Rights Plan and the DGCL. The following description is intended as a summary
only and is qualified  in its entirety by reference to the Charter,  the By-Laws
and the Rights Agreement,  which have been filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement  of  which  this  Prospectus  forms  a  part,  and to the  DGCL.  Upon
consummation   of  the  Offering,   the   Management   Voting  Trust  will  hold
approximately  45.7% of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock  (assuming  the
exercise  of all vested  options  held by  Management  Investors),  which  could
discourage potential  acquisition  proposals and could delay or prevent a change
in control of the Company.  See  "Description of Capital  Stock--The  Management
Voting Trust Agreement." 

       CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS; REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. The Charter provides
that the number of Directors  will be not less than five nor more than  fifteen,
with the  exact  number of  Directors  to be  determined  from time to time by a
majority of the entire Board.  The Directors will be divided into three classes,
as nearly equal in number as is possible,  serving staggered three-year terms so
that Directors' initial terms will expire at the annual meeting of the Company's
stockholders held in 1999, 2000 and 2001,  respectively.  Starting with the 1999
annual  meeting of the Company's  stockholders,  one class of Directors  will be
elected each year for a three-year term. See "Management."

       The  Company  believes  that a  classified  Board will help to assure the
continuity and stability of the Board and the Company's business  strategies and
policies,  since a  majority  of the  Directors  at any given time will have had
prior experience as Directors of the Company.  The Company believes that this in
turn will  permit the Board to  represent  more  effectively  the  interests  of
stockholders.

       With a classified  Board, at least two annual  meetings of  stockholders,
instead of one,  will  generally be required to effect a change in a majority of
the members of the Board. As a result,  the  classification  of the Board of the
Company may discourage proxy contests for the election of Directors, unsolicited
tender offers or purchases of a substantial block of the Common Stock because it
could  prevent an acquirer from  obtaining  control of the Board in a relatively
short  period of time.  In  addition,  pursuant to the DGCL and the  Charter,  a
Director  may be  removed  only for  cause and only by the  affirmative  vote of
holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock entitled
to vote thereon.  As a result, a classified Board delays stockholders who do not
agree with the policies of the Board from replacing  Directors,  unless they can
demonstrate  that the  Directors  should be  removed  for cause and  obtain  the
requisite  vote. Such a delay may help ensure that the Board, if confronted with
a proxy  contest  or an  unsolicited  proposal  for an  extraordinary  corporate
transaction,  will have  sufficient  time to review the proposal and appropriate
alternatives to the proposal and to act in what it believes is the best interest
of the Company's stockholders.

       FILLING VACANCIES ON THE BOARD. The Charter provides that, subject to the
rights of holders of any shares of  Preferred  Stock,  any  vacancy in the Board
that results from an increase in the number of Directors may be filled only by a
majority of the Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present. The
Charter provides that any other vacancy in the Board may be filled by a majority
of the  Directors  then in  office,  even if less than a quorum,  or by the sole
remaining Director.  Accordingly, these provisions could temporarily prevent any
stockholder from obtaining majority representation on the Board by enlarging the
Board and filling the new Directorships with its own nominees.

       WRITTEN  CONSENTS  AND SPECIAL  MEETINGS.  The Charter  provides  that no
action  required or  permitted  to be taken at any annual or special  meeting of
stockholders  may be taken  by  stockholders  of the  Company  except  at such a
meeting  of   stockholders.   The  By-Laws  provide  that  special  meetings  of
stockholders  may be called  only by the  Chairman  of the  Board or the  Board.
Stockholders  are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require that the
Board call a special meeting of stockholders.  Moreover,  the business permitted
to be conducted at any special meeting of stockholders is limited to the purpose
or purposes  specified in the written  notice of the meeting.  The provisions of
the  Charter  prohibiting  action by written  consent  without a meeting and the
provisions  of the By-Laws  governing  the calling of and matters  considered at
special meetings may have the effect of

                                       73

<PAGE>
delaying  consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.
These  provisions  also would  prevent  the  holders of a majority of the voting
power of the  outstanding  shares of stock  entitled  to vote  generally  in the
election  of  Directors  from  using  the  written  consent  procedure  to  take
stockholder  action and from taking action by written consent without giving all
the  stockholders  entitled  to vote on a  proposed  action the  opportunity  to
participate in determining such proposed action at a meeting.

       ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS FOR STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS.  The
By-Laws  establish an advance notice  provision  with regard to the  nomination,
other than by or at the direction of the Board,  of  candidates  for election as
Directors, or the bringing before any annual meeting of any stockholder proposal
(the "Notice of Meeting Provision").

       The Notice of Meeting Provision  provides that,  subject to any rights of
holders of any Preferred  Stock,  business other than that proposed by the Board
may be transacted  and  candidates for Director other than those selected by the
Board may be  nominated  at the  annual  meeting  only if the  Secretary  of the
Company has received a written  notice  identifying  such business or candidates
and providing  specified  additional  information  not less than ninety nor more
than one hundred  twenty days before the first Tuesday in June (or, if the Board
has set a different date for the annual  meeting,  not less than ninety nor more
than one  hundred  twenty days before such other date or, if such other date has
not been  publicly  disclosed  or  announced  at least one hundred  five days in
advance,  then not less than  fifteen  days  after  such  public  disclosure  or
announcement).  In  addition,  not  more  than  ten days  after  receipt  by the
sponsoring  stockholder  of the  Secretary's  written  request,  the  sponsoring
stockholder  must provide the Secretary with such additional  information as the
Secretary may reasonably require.

       By requiring advance notice of nominations by stockholders, the Notice of
Meeting Provision will afford the Board a meaningful opportunity to consider the
qualifications  of the proposed  nominees and, to the extent deemed necessary or
desirable by the Board, to inform the stockholders about such qualifications. By
requiring  advance notice of proposed  business,  the Notice of Meeting Proposal
Provision  will  provide  the  Board  with a  meaningful  opportunity  to inform
stockholders, prior to such meeting, of any business proposed to be conducted at
such  meeting,  together  with any  recommendation  or  statement of the Board's
position as to action to be taken with respect to such business, so as to enable
stockholders better to determine whether they desire to attend such a meeting or
to  grant a proxy  to the  Board as to the  disposition  of any  such  business.
Although  the  By-Laws do not give the Board any power to approve or  disapprove
stockholder  nominations  for the election of Directors or proposals for action,
they may have the effect of  precluding  a contest for the election of Directors
or the  consideration of stockholder  proposals if the proper procedures are not
followed,  and of  discouraging  or  deterring a third party from  conducting  a
solicitation  of proxies to elect its own slate of  Directors  or to approve its
proposal  without regard to whether  consideration of such nominees or proposals
might be harmful or beneficial to the Company and its stockholders.

       RESTRICTIONS  ON  AMENDMENT.  The Charter  provides  that the approval of
holders of at least 80% of the voting  power  entitled to vote  generally in the
election of Directors,  voting  together as a single class, is required to adopt
any  charter  provision  inconsistent  with or to  alter,  amend or  repeal  the
provisions  of the  Charter  classifying  the Board;  governing  the  removal of
directors;  establishing the minimum and maximum number of members of the Board;
eliminating the ability of stockholders to act by written  consent;  authorizing
the Board to consider the interests of clients and other  customers,  creditors,
employees and other  constituencies  of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and
the effect upon  communities in which the  Corporation  and its  subsidiaries do
business,  in  evaluating  proposed  corporate  transactions;  establishing  the
Board's  authority  to  issue,  without  a  vote  or  any  other  action  of the
stockholders,  any  or all  authorized  shares  of  stock  of  the  Corporation,
securities  convertible into or exchangeable for any authorized  shares of stock
of the Corporation and warrants, options or rights to purchase, subscribe for or
otherwise acquire shares of stock of the Corporation for any such  consideration
and on such terms as the Board in its  discretion  lawfully may  determine;  and
authorizing that

                                       74

<PAGE>

the  By-Laws  of  the  Corporation  may  establish  procedures   regulating  the
submission by  stockholders of nominations  and proposals for  consideration  at
meetings of stockholders of the Corporation.  In addition,  the Charter provides
that the approval of the Board or the affirmative  vote of the holders of 80% of
the voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors, voting
together as a single  class,  is  required  to alter,  amend or repeal the above
provisions of the Charter or to adopt any provision of the Charter  inconsistent
with such  provisions  or to alter,  amend or repeal  certain  provisions of the
By-Laws  or to  adopt  any  provision  of the  By-Laws  inconsistent  with  such
provisions.

       PREFERRED STOCK. Subject to the Charter and applicable law, the authority
of the Board with respect to each series of Preferred Stock, excluding the Money
Market  Preferred  Stock,  includes  but is not  limited  to  the  authority  to
generally determine the following: the designation of such series, the number of
shares  initially  constituting  such series and whether to increase or decrease
such  number of  shares,  dividend  rights and rates,  terms of  redemption  and
redemption prices,  liquidation preferences,  voting rights,  conversion rights,
whether a sinking fund will be provided for the redemption of the shares of such
series  (and,  if so, the terms and  conditions  thereof) and whether a purchase
fund shall be provided for the shares of such series (and,  if so, the terms and
conditions thereof).

       The Company  believes that the  availability  of the Preferred Stock will
provide  increased  flexibility in structuring  possible  future  financings and
acquisitions and in meeting other corporate needs that might arise.  Having such
authorized  shares available for issuance will allow the Company to issue shares
of  Preferred  Stock  without the  expense and delay of a special  stockholders'
meeting.  The authorized  shares of Preferred Stock, as well as shares of Common
Stock,   will  be  available  for  issuance   without   further  action  by  the
stockholders,  unless such action is required by applicable  law or the rules of
any stock exchange on which the Company's securities may be listed. Although the
Board has no current  intention  to do so, it would have the power  (subject  to
applicable  law) to issue a series of Preferred  Stock that could,  depending on
the terms of such series,  impede the  completion  of a merger,  tender offer or
other takeover attempt. For instance,  subject to applicable law, such series of
Preferred  Stock might impede a business  combination by including  class voting
rights that would enable the holder to block such a transaction.  The Board will
make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to the best
interests of the Company and its  stockholders.  The Board, in so acting,  could
issue Preferred Stock having terms which could discourage an acquisition attempt
or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the stockholders might believe
to be in their best  interest or in which  stockholders  might receive a premium
for their stock over the then market price of such stock. See "--Rights Plan."

       OTHER CONSIDERATIONS. Article XII of the Charter generally provides that,
in determining  whether to take or refrain from taking  corporate  action on any
matter,  including proposing any matter to the stockholders of the Company,  the
Board may,  but shall not be obligated  to, take into  account the  interests of
clients and other customers,  creditors,  employees and other  constituencies of
the Company and its  subsidiaries  and the effect upon  communities in which the
Company and its subsidiaries do business.

       CERTAIN  EFFECTS  OF THE RIGHTS  PLAN.  The Rights  Plan is  designed  to
protect  stockholders  of the  Company  in the  event of  unsolicited  offers to
acquire the Company and other coercive takeover tactics which, in the opinion of
the Board,  could impair its ability to  represent  stockholder  interests.  The
provisions  of the Rights  Agreement may render an  unsolicited  takeover of the
Company more difficult or less likely to occur or might prevent such a takeover,
even though such takeover may offer the Company's  stockholders  the opportunity
to sell their stock at a price above the then prevailing  market rate and may be
favored by a majority of the Company's  stockholders.  See "--Rights  Plan." The
Charter authorizes the Board to adopt a stockholder rights plan.

       DELAWARE  BUSINESS  COMBINATION  STATUTE. The terms of Section 203 of the
DGCL  apply  to  the  Company.  With  certain  exceptions, Section 203 generally
prohibits an "interested stockholder" from engaging in a broad range of

                                       75

<PAGE>

"business combination" transactions, including mergers, consolidations and sales
of 10% or more of a corporation's  assets, with a Delaware corporation for three
years  following the date on which such person became an interested  stockholder
unless (i) the transaction  that results in the person's  becoming an interested
stockholder or the business combination is approved by the board of directors of
the corporation before the person becomes an interested  stockholder,  (ii) upon
consummation  of the transaction  which results in the  stockholder  becoming an
interested  stockholder,  the  interested  stockholder  owns  85% or more of the
voting  stock  of the  corporation  outstanding  at  the  time  the  transaction
commenced, excluding shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers
and shares owned by certain  employee stock plans, or (iii) on or after the date
the person  becomes an  interested  stockholder,  the  business  combination  is
approved  by the  corporation's  board of  directors  and by holders of at least
two-thirds of the corporation's outstanding voting stock, excluding shares owned
by the interested stockholder, at a meeting of stockholders.  Under Section 203,
an  "interested  stockholder"  is  generally  defined  as any  person  (and  the
affiliates and associates of any such person),  other than the  corporation  and
any direct or indirect majority-owned  subsidiary,  that is (a) the owner of 15%
or more of the  outstanding  voting stock of the corporation or (b) an affiliate
or  associate  of the  corporation  and  was  the  owner  of 15% or  more of the
outstanding  voting stock of the  corporation  at any time within the three-year
period  immediately  prior to the date on which it is  sought  to be  determined
whether such person is an interested stockholder.  The restrictions contained in
Section 203 do not apply to a  corporation  that so provides in an  amendment to
its  certificate  of  incorporation  or  by-laws  passed  by a  majority  of its
outstanding voting shares, but such stockholder action generally does not become
effective  for 12 months  following  its adoption and would not apply to persons
who were  already  interested  stockholders  at the time of the  amendment.  The
Charter and By-Laws do not exclude  the Company  from the  restrictions  imposed
under  Section  203,  but the  Charter  provides  that in no case  shall the H&F
Investors or any person who is a Permitted H&F 15% Transferee, regardless of the
total  percentage of the  Company's  Common Stock or other voting stock owned by
the H&F Investors or such person,  be deemed an interested  stockholder  for any
purpose under Section 203 whatsoever.

       Under certain  circumstances,  Section 203 makes it more  difficult for a
person  who would be an  "interested  stockholder"  to effect  various  business
combinations  with a  corporation  for a three-year  period.  The  provisions of
Section 203 may  encourage  companies  interested  in  acquiring  the Company to
negotiate  in  advance  with  the  Board,   because  the  stockholder   approval
requirement  would  be  avoided  if  the  Board  approves  either  the  business
combination  or the  transaction  which results in the  stockholder  becoming an
interested  stockholder.  Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing
changes in the Board. It is further  possible that such provisions could make it
more difficult to accomplish  transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem
to be in their best interests.

                                       76

<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

       Sales  of  substantial  amounts  of  Common  Stock in the  public  market
following  the Offering  could  adversely  affect the market price of the Common
Stock and could impair the Company's future ability to raise capital through the
sale of its equity securities.

       Upon the  closing of the  Offering,  the  Company  will have  outstanding
66,481,284 shares of Common Stock. Of these shares, approximately (i) 31,603,969
shares will be freely  tradeable  by  persons,  other than  "affiliates"  of the
Company,  without  restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities  Act");  (ii)  34,877,315  shares will be  "restricted"  securities,
within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities  Act, and may not be sold in
the absence of  registration  under the  Securities Act unless an exemption from
registration  is available,  including  the exemption  provided by Rule 144; and
(iii)  1,036,455  shares  originally  issued  pursuant to Regulation S under the
Securities Act will be subject to transfer restrictions thereunder.

       In general,  under Rule 144 as currently in effect,  a person (or persons
whose shares are  aggregated),  including any affiliate of the Company,  who has
beneficially  owned  restricted  securities for at least one year (including the
holding  period of any prior owner except an affiliate of the Company)  would be
entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not
exceed  the  greater  of: (i) one  percent  of the  number of Common  Stock then
outstanding  (approximately  664,813 shares immediately after the Offering);  or
(ii) the  average  weekly  trading  volume of the Common  Stock  during the four
calendar  weeks  preceding  the filing of a Form 144 with  respect to such sale.
Sales  under  Rule 144 are also  subject  to  certain  manner of sale and notice
requirements  and to the  availability of current public  information  about the
Company. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate
of the  Company at any time  during the 90 days  preceding  a sale,  and who has
beneficially  owned restricted  securities for at least two years (including the
holding  period of any prior  owner  except an  affiliate  of the  Company),  is
entitled to sell such shares without  complying with the manner of sale,  public
information requirements, volume limitations or notice requirements of Rule 144.
Sale of shares by  affiliates of the Company will continue to be subject to such
volume   limitations,   and  manner  of  sale,  notice  and  public  information
requirements.

       Each of the Company,  certain of the Management Investors, the Directors,
the H&F Investors and certain other  stockholders of the Company,  including the
Selling Stockholders,  who, upon consummation of the Offering, will collectively
be the  beneficial  owners of an aggregate of 27,794,903  shares of Common Stock
and hold vested  options to acquire an aggregate  of 8,704,664  shares of Common
Stock has agreed not to (i) offer,  pledge,  sell,  contract  to sell,  sell any
option or contract to purchase,  purchase any option or contract to sell,  grant
any option,  right or warrant to purchase,  or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap
or  other   arrangement  that  transfers  all  or  a  portion  of  the  economic
consequences  associated  with the ownership of any Common Stock  (regardless of
whether any of the transactions described in clause (i) or (ii) is to be settled
by the  delivery  of  Common  Stock,  or  such  other  securities,  in  cash  or
otherwise),  without the prior written  consent of Bear,  Stearns & Co. Inc. and
Donaldson,  Lufkin & Jenrette Securities  Corporation,  for a period of 120 days
after the date of this  Prospectus  (except that (i) the Company may grant stock
options  or  stock  awards  pursuant  to  the  Company's   existing  benefit  or
compensation  plans,  (ii) the Company may issue shares of Common Stock upon the
exercise  of  options,  warrants  or  Rights  or  the  conversion  of  currently
outstanding  securities,  (iii) the H&F Investors may transfer  shares of Common
Stock to partners or affiliates  thereof in transactions  not involving a public
offering  provided  that each  transferee  agrees in  writing to be bound by the
restrictions  set forth in this paragraph and (iv) the Company may issue,  offer
and sell  shares of  Common  Stock or  securities  convertible,  exercisable  or
exchangeable  therefor  in  transactions  not  involving  a public  offering  as
consideration  for the  acquisition  (pursuant to merger or otherwise) of one or
more entities  provided that each recipient of such securities agrees in writing
to be bound by 

                                       77

<PAGE>

the  restrictions set forth in this paragraph). In addition, during such period,
the  Company has also agreed not to file any registration statement with respect
to,  and  the  Company's  executive  officers  and  Directors, and certain other
stockholders,  including  the  Selling Stockholders, have agreed not to make any
demand  for,  or  exercise  any  right  with respect to, the registration of any
shares  of  Common  Stock  or  any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable  for  Common  Stock,  without  the  prior  written consent of Bear,
Stearns  & Co. Inc. and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation. See
"Underwriting."

       In  addition,  certain of the  Management  Investors  who are not Selling
Stockholders and who, upon  consummation of the Offering,  will  collectively be
the  beneficial  owners of an aggregate of 9,293,807  shares of Common Stock and
hold vested options to acquire an aggregate of 6,042,330 shares of Common Stock,
have agreed with the Company not to (i) offer,  pledge,  sell, contract to sell,
sell any option or  contract  to  purchase,  purchase  any option or contract to
sell, grant any option,  right or warrant to purchase,  or otherwise transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities
convertible  into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (ii) enter
into  any swap or other  arrangement  that  transfers  all or a  portion  of the
economic  consequences  associated  with  the  ownership  of  any  Common  Stock
(regardless of whether any of the  transactions  described in clause (i) or (ii)
is to be settled by the delivery of Common Stock, or such other  securities,  in
cash or  otherwise)  or (iii) make any demand for,  or  exercise  any right with
respect to, the  registration  of any shares of Common  Stock or any  securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable Common Stock,  without the prior
written consent of the Company,  for a period ending on a date no later than 180
days after the date of this Prospectus.  For a period of 120 days after the date
of this Prospectus,  the Company has agreed with the Underwriters to enforce the
Company's rights under the foregoing  agreements to prohibit transfers of Common
Stock and the making of demands for  registration  of Common Stock. In addition,
certain of the  Management  Investors  hold an  aggregate  of 980,835  shares of
Common Stock in a deferral  trust  pursuant to the Deferred  Compensation  Plan,
which shares are not transferable for a period of at least 120 days. 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

       In  connection  with  the  Recapitalization,  Y&R,  the  Recapitalization
Investors and the  Management  Voting Trust entered into a  Registration  Rights
Agreement  in  favor  of the  Recapitalization  Investors  and,  to  the  extent
necessary to permit a Management Investor to pay taxes when such sales would not
otherwise be  permitted,  the  Management  Investors,  under which  registration
rights are available. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company
has granted (i) the Recapitalization  Investors the right to require, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth  therein,  the Company to register  shares of
Common Stock held by them for sale in accordance  with their intended  method of
disposition  thereof and (ii) the Management  Voting Trust the right to require,
subject to the terms and conditions  set forth therein,  the Company to register
such  number  of shares of Common  Stock as is  necessary  to permit  Management
Investors to pay taxes as a result of the exercise by such Management  Investors
of  Rollover  Options or  Closing  Options or the  vesting of  Restricted  Stock
awarded to such Management  Investors (each a "demand  registration"),  provided
that in the case of the  Management  Voting  Trust no such  request  may be made
without  the  consent  of the  Company.  Subject  to  certain  limitations,  the
Recapitalization  Investors may request up to four demand  registrations and the
Management Voting Trust may request up to two demand registrations.  The Company
will not be  required  to effect any demand  registration  if (i) the  aggregate
market value of the shares of Common  Stock  proposed to be  registered  is less
than  $100  million  or  (ii)  such  demand  registration  is  requested  by the
Recapitalization  Investors or the Management  Voting Trust within six months of
the   effective   date  of  a  prior  demand   registration   requested  by  the
Recapitalization  Investors or the Management  Voting Trust,  respectively.  The
Company may  postpone the filing of a demand  registration  for up to 60 days in
certain circumstances.

       In addition,  the Company has granted the Recapitalization  Investors and
the Management Voting Trust (to the extent of such number of

                                       78

<PAGE>

shares of Common  Stock as is necessary  to permit  Management  Investors to pay
taxes as a result of the  exercise  by such  Management  Investors  of  Rollover
Options or Closing  Options or the vesting of  Restricted  Stock awarded to such
Management  Investors) the right, subject to certain exceptions,  to participate
in  registrations  of Common Stock initiated by the Company on its own behalf or
on  behalf  of  any  other  stockholder  (a  "piggy-back   registration").   The
Recapitalization  Investors have exercised these piggy-back  registration rights
in connection with the Offering.

       The  Registration  Rights  Agreement  provides  that  if requested by the
managing  underwriter(s) of any underwritten offering of shares of Common Stock,
the  Recapitalization  Investors  and the Management Voting Trust will agree, on
the  same  terms  applicable  to  officers  and directors of the Company, not to
effect  any  public  sale  or  distribution  of any shares of Common Stock for a
period  of  up  to 180 days following and 15 days prior to the date of the final
prospectus  contained  in  the  registration  statement filed in connection with
such offering. See "Underwriting."

       The Company is required to pay expenses incurred by it and the reasonable
fees and  disbursements  of one  counsel to the selling  stockholders  under the
Registration  Rights  Agreement  in  connection  with the demand and  piggy-back
registrations under the Registration Rights Agreement. The Company has agreed to
pay  expenses  incurred  by the  Selling  Stockholders  in  connection  with the
Offering,   other  than  the  underwriting  discount.  In  connection  with  any
registration under the Registration Rights Agreement,  the Company has agreed to
indemnify five of the  Recapitalization  Investors against certain  liabilities,
including  liabilities  under the  Securities  Act, and to contribute to certain
payments they may be required to make. The  Registration  Rights  Agreement will
terminate on December 12, 2011.

                                       79

<PAGE>

          CERTAIN U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

       The following is a general  discussion of certain U.S. federal income and
estate tax  consequences  of the ownership and  disposition of Common Stock by a
person that,  for U.S.  federal  income tax  purposes,  is not a U.S.  Person (a
"non-U.S. holder"). For purposes of this Section a "U.S. Person" means a citizen
or resident of the United  States,  a  corporation,  partnership or other entity
created or organized in or under the laws of the United  States or any political
subdivision  thereof,  an estate the income of which is subject to United States
federal income taxation  regardless of its source or a trust if (i) a U.S. court
is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust's administration and (ii)
one or more  United  States  persons  have the  authority  to control all of the
trust's  substantial  decisions,  and the term "United  States" means the United
States of America  (including  the States and the  District  of  Columbia).  The
discussion  does not  consider  specific  facts  and  circumstances  that may be
relevant to a particular  non-U.S.  holder's  tax  position.  Accordingly,  each
non-U.S. holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor with respect to the U.S.
tax  consequences  of the ownership and  disposition of Common Stock, as well as
any tax consequences  that may arise under the laws of any state,  municipality,
foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.

DIVIDENDS

       Dividends paid to a non-U.S.  holder of Common Stock  ordinarily  will be
subject to withholding of U.S.  federal income tax at a 30 percent rate, or at a
lower rate under an  applicable  income tax treaty that  provides  for a reduced
rate of withholding.  However,  if the dividends are effectively  connected with
the conduct by the holder of a trade or business within the United States,  then
the  dividends  will be exempt  from the  withholding  tax  described  above and
instead will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis.

GAIN ON DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK

       A non-U.S.  holder  generally will not be subject to U.S.  federal income
tax in respect of gain realized on a disposition of Common Stock,  provided that
(a) the gain is not effectively  connected with a trade or business conducted by
the  non-U.S.  holder in the  United  States  and (b) in the case of a  non-U.S.
holder who is an individual  and who holds the Common Stock as a capital  asset,
such  holder  is  present  in the  United  States  for less than 183 days in the
taxable year of the sale and other conditions are met.

FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES

       Common  Stock owned or treated as being owned by a non-U.S. holder at the
time  of  death  will be included in such holder's gross estate for U.S. federal
estate  tax  purposes  (and  thereby may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax),
unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

U.S. INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING TAX

       U.S. information  reporting  requirements and backup withholding tax will
not apply to dividends paid on Common Stock to a non-U.S. holder address outside
the United  States,  except that with regard to payments made after December 31,
1999,  a  non-U.S.  Holder  will be  entitled  to such an  exemption  only if it
provides a Form W-8 (or satisfies certain documentary evidence  requirements for
establishing that it is a non-United States person) or otherwise  establishes an
exemption.  As a general matter,  information  reporting and backup  withholding
also will not  apply to a  payment  of the  proceeds  of a sale of Common  Stock
effected  outside  the United  States by a foreign  office of a foreign  broker.
However,  information  reporting  requirements (but not backup withholding) will
apply to a payment of the  proceeds of a sale of Common Stock  effected  outside
the  United  States by a foreign  office of a broker if the broker (i) is a U.S.
person,  (ii) derives 50 percent or more of its gross income for certain periods
from the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United  States,  or (iii) is a
"controlled  foreign  corporation" as to the United States, or (iv) with respect
to payments made after December 31, 1999, is a foreign  partnership that, at any
time  during  its  taxable  year is 50  percent  or more (by  income or  capital
interest) owned by U.S.  persons or is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or
business, unless in each case the broker has documentary evidence

                                       80

<PAGE>

in its records that the holder is a non-U.S.  holder and certain  conditions are
met,  or the holder  otherwise  establishes  an  exemption.  Payment by a United
States  office of a broker of the  proceeds  of a sale of Common  Stock  will be
subject to both backup  withholding and information  reporting unless the holder
certifies its non-United  States status under  penalties of perjury or otherwise
establishes an exemption.

                                       81

<PAGE>
                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and  conditions of an  Underwriting  Agreement,  dated
November 24, 1998 (the "Underwriting  Agreement"),  the Underwriters named below
(the  "Underwriters"),  who are  represented by Bear,  Stearns & Co. Inc. ("Bear
Stearns"), Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ"), Goldman,
Sachs & Co.,  ING Baring  Furman Selz LLC and  Salomon  Smith  Barney Inc.  (the
"Representatives"),   have  severally   agreed  to  purchase  from  the  Selling
Stockholders the respective  number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite
their names below. 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  NUMBER OF
NAME OF UNDERWRITER                                                SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------   ------------
<S>                                                             <C>
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ....................................    2,750,000
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation .........    2,750,000
Goldman, Sachs & Co. ........................................    1,500,000
ING Baring Furman Selz LLC ..................................    1,500,000
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. ...................................    1,500,000
                                                                 ---------
 Total ......................................................   10,000,000
                                                                ==========

</TABLE>


       The Underwriting  Agreement  provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters  to  purchase  and accept  delivery  of the shares of Common  Stock
offered hereby are subject to approval by their counsel of certain legal matters
and to certain other conditions.  The Underwriters are obligated to purchase and
accept  delivery of all the shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby  (other than
those shares covered by the  over-allotment  option  described below) if any are
purchased.

       The Underwriters initially propose to offer the shares of Common Stock in
part directly to the public at the initial  public  offering  price set forth on
the cover page of this Prospectus and in part to certain dealers  (including the
Underwriters)  at such price less a concession not in excess of $0.71 per share.
The  Underwriters  may allow,  and such dealers may  re-allow,  to certain other
dealers  a  concession  not in  excess of $0.10  per  share.  After the  initial
offering of the Common Stock,  the public offering price and other selling terms
may  be  changed  by  the  Representatives  at  any  time  without  notice.  The
Underwriters  do not intend to  confirm  sales to any  accounts  over which they
exercise discretionary authority. 

       Certain of the Selling  Stockholders  have granted to the Underwriters an
option,  exercisable  within  30 days  after  the  date of this  Prospectus,  to
purchase,  from  time to  time,  in  whole or in  part,  up to an  aggregate  of
1,500,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price
less underwriting discounts and commissions.  The Underwriters may exercise such
option solely to cover  over-allotments,  if any,  made in  connection  with the
Offering.  To the  extent  that the  Underwriters  exercise  such  option,  each
Underwriter will become obligated,  subject to certain  conditions,  to purchase
its pro rata  portion  of such  additional  shares  based on such  Underwriter's
percentage underwriting commitment in the Offering as indicated in the preceding
table.

       The Company and the Selling  Stockholders  have agreed to  indemnify  the
Underwriters  against  certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under  the
Securities  Act, or to  contribute  to  payments  that the  Underwriters  may be
required to make in respect thereof.

                                       82

<PAGE>

       Each of the Company,  certain of the Management Investors, the Directors,
the H&F Investors and certain other  stockholders of the Company,  including the
Selling Stockholders, who upon consummation of the Offering will collectively be
the beneficial  owners of an aggregate of 27,794,903  shares of Common Stock and
hold vested options to acquire an aggregate of 8,704,664 shares of Common Stock,
has agreed not to (i) offer,  pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
right or warrant to purchase or  otherwise  transfer or dispose of,  directly or
indirectly,  any shares of Common Stock or any  securities  convertible  into or
exercisable  or  exchangeable  for  Common  Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or
other  arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic  consequences
associated with the ownership of any Common Stock  (regardless of whether any of
the  transactions  described  in  clause  (i) or  (ii) is to be  settled  by the
delivery of Common Stock, or such other securities,  in cash or otherwise) for a
period of 120 days after the date of this  Prospectus  without the prior written
consent of Bear Stearns and DLJ (and, in the case of Management  Investors,  the
Company)  (except  that (i) the Company may grant stock  options or stock awards
pursuant to the  Company's  existing  benefit or  compensation  plans,  (ii) the
Company may issue shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options,  warrants
or Rights or the conversion of currently outstanding  securities,  (iii) the H&F
Investors may transfer shares of Common Stock to partners or affiliates  thereof
in transactions  not involving a public  offering  provided that each transferee
agrees in writing to be bound by the  restrictions  set forth in this  paragraph
and (iv) the  Company  may  issue,  offer and sell  shares  of  Common  Stock or
securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable therefor in transactions not
involving a public offering as  consideration  for the acquisition  (pursuant to
merger or  otherwise) of one or more  entities  provided that each  recipient of
such securities  agrees in writing to be bound by the  restrictions set forth in
this paragraph).  In addition,  during such period,  the Company has also agreed
not to  file  any  registration  statement  with  respect  to,  and  each of its
executive officers, directors and certain stockholders of the Company (including
the Selling Stockholders) has agreed not to make any demand for, or exercise any
right with  respect to, the  registration  of any shares of Common  Stock or any
securities  convertible  into or  exercisable or  exchangeable  for Common Stock
without the prior written consent of Bear Stearns and DLJ.

       In  addition,  certain of the  Management  Investors  who are not Selling
Stockholders and who, upon  consummation of the Offering,  will  collectively be
the  beneficial  owners of an aggregate of 9,293,807  shares of Common Stock and
hold vested options to acquire an aggregate of 6,042,330 shares of Common Stock,
have agreed with the Company not to (i) offer,  pledge,  sell, contract to sell,
sell any option or  contract  to  purchase,  purchase  any option or contract to
sell, grant any option,  right or warrant to purchase,  or otherwise transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities
convertible  into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (ii) enter
into  any swap or other  arrangement  that  transfers  all or a  portion  of the
economic  consequences  associated  with  the  ownership  of  any  Common  Stock
(regardless of whether any of the  transactions  described in clause (i) or (ii)
is to be settled by the delivery of Common Stock, or such other  securities,  in
cash or  otherwise)  or (iii) make any demand for,  or  exercise  any right with
respect to, the  registration  of any shares of Common  Stock or any  securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable Common Stock,  without the prior
written consent of the Company,  for a period ending on a date no later than 180
days after the date of this Prospectus.  For a period of 120 days after the date
of this Prospectus,  the Company has agreed with the Underwriters to enforce the
Company's rights under the foregoing  agreements to prohibit transfers of Common
Stock and the making of demands for  registration  of Common Stock. In addition,
certain of the  Management  Investors  hold an  aggregate  of 980,835  shares of
Common Stock in a deferral  trust  pursuant to the Deferred  Compensation  Plan,
which shares are not transferable for a period of at least 120 days. 

       Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by the Company,
the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters that would permit a public offering
of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby in any

                                       83

<PAGE>

jurisdiction  where action for that  purpose is  required.  The shares of Common
Stock offered hereby may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may
this Prospectus or any other offering  material or  advertisements in connection
with the offer and sale of any such  shares of Common  Stock be  distributed  or
published in any jurisdiction,  except under  circumstances  that will result in
compliance  with the  applicable  rules and  regulations  of such  jurisdiction.
Persons  into  whose  possession  this  Prospectus  comes are  advised to inform
themselves  about and to observe any  restrictions  relating to the Offering and
the  distribution  of this  Prospectus.  This  Prospectus does not constitute an
offer to sell or a  solicitation  of an offer to buy any shares of Common  Stock
offered hereby in any  jurisdiction  in which such an offer or a solicitation is
unlawful.

       In order to facilitate the Offering, certain persons participating in the
Offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect
the price of the Common Stock during and after the Offering.  Specifically,  the
Underwriters  may over-allot or otherwise  create a short position in the Common
Stock for their own  account by selling  more  shares of Common  Stock than have
been sold to them by the Company.  The  Underwriters may elect to cover any such
short  position by  purchasing  shares of Common  Stock in the open market or by
exercising the over-allotment options granted to the Underwriters.  In addition,
such persons may  stabilize or maintain the price of the Common Stock by bidding
for or  purchasing  shares of Common  Stock in the open  market  and may  impose
penalty bids, under which selling  concessions  allowed to syndicate  members or
other  broker-dealers  participating  in the  Offering  are  reclaimed if shares
previously  distributed  in the  Offering are  repurchased  in  connection  with
stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be
to  stabilize  or maintain the market price of the Common Stock at a level above
that which might  otherwise  prevail in the open  market.  The  imposition  of a
penalty bid may also affect the price of the Common  Stock to the extent that it
discourages  resales thereof.  No  representation is made as to the magnitude or
effect of any such stabilization or other  transactions.  Such transactions,  if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

       Bear  Stearns  from time to time  performs  investment  banking and other
financial services for the Company and its affiliates for which Bear Stearns may
receive  advisory  or  transaction  fees,  as  applicable,   plus  out-of-pocket
expenses,  of the nature  and in  amounts  customary  in the  industry  for such
services.  Alan  D.  Schwartz,  an  Executive  Vice  President  and  Head of the
Investment Banking Department of Bear Stearns, is a member of the Board. BearTel
Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of The Bear Stearns  Companies Inc., the parent
company of Bear Stearns, is a Selling Stockholder in the Offering.  See "Selling
Stockholders."

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

       The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered  hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Cleary,  Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton, New York, New York.
Certain legal  matters in  connection  with the Offering will be passed upon for
the  Underwriters  by Skadden,  Arps,  Slate,  Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New
York.

                                    EXPERTS

       The  consolidated  financial  statements as of December 31, 1996 and 1997
and for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1997  included
in  this  Prospectus  have  been  so  included  in  reliance  on the  report  of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants,  given on authority of said
firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

                                       84

<PAGE>

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

       We  have  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission   (the
"Commission")   a  Registration   Statement  on  Form  S-1  (together  with  all
amendments,  exhibits, schedules and supplements, the "Registration Statement").
This Prospectus is a part of the Registration Statement and does not contain all
of  the  information  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement.  For  further
information  with respect to the Company and the Common Stock,  you should refer
to the Registration Statement. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the
contents of any contract or other  document  referred to in this  Prospectus are
not necessarily complete. Where such contract or other document is an exhibit to
the Registration Statement,  each such statement is qualified in all respects by
the provisions of such exhibit, to which reference is hereby made.

       We are  required to file annual,  quarterly  and current  reports,  proxy
statements  and  other  information  with the  Commission.  You may  review  the
Registration  Statement, as well as reports and other information we have filed,
without  charge at the  Committee's  public  reference room at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.  Copies  may also be  obtained  from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission,  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549 at prescribed rates or at the Commission's web site at http://www.sec.gov.
These  materials  may also be  inspected  at the  offices  of the New York Stock
Exchange,  20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005. For further information on
the operation of the public reference rooms, please call  1-800-SEC-0330.You may
also review these materials at the regional offices of the Commission at 7 World
Trade Center,  Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048 and at Citicorp Center,  500
West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois, 60661-2511.

                                       85

<PAGE>

                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           PAGE
                                                                                           -----
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Report of Independent Accountants ........................................................  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 .............................  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31, 1997 ........  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 1997 ........  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit) for the three years ended
  December 31,  1997 .....................................................................  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................  F-7

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and September 30, 1998 (unaudited) ... F-29

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months and nine months
  ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 ...................................................... F-30

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30,
 1997  and 1998 .......................................................................... F-31

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Deficit) for the year ended December 31,
 1997 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 (unaudited) ....................... F-32

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements ..................................... F-33

</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Young & Rubicam Inc.

     In our  opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  and the
related consolidated  statements of operations,  of cash flows and of changes in
equity  (deficit)  present  fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial
position of Young & Rubicam Inc. and its  subsidiaries  at December 31, 1996 and
1997,  and the results of their  operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity  with generally
accepted   accounting   principles.   These   financial   statements   are   the
responsibility of the Company's management;  our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  financial  statements  based on our audits.  We conducted  our
audits of these  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,   assessing  the
accounting  principles  used and significant  estimates made by management,  and
evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

Price Waterhouse LLP
New York, New York
February 19, 1998

                                      F-2

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           ---------------------------
                                                                                                1996          1997
                                                                                           ------------- -------------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE
                                                                                                      DATA)

<S>                                                                                        <C>           <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
 Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................................  $  110,180    $  160,263
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $9,849 and $14,125 at
  December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively ...............................................     847,653       790,342
 Costs billable to clients ...............................................................      78,723        50,479
 Other receivables .......................................................................      50,302        35,218
 Deferred income taxes ...................................................................      78,732        32,832
 Prepaid expenses and other assets .......................................................      17,102        16,891
 Due from employees ......................................................................       2,340         1,098
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
  Total Current Assets ...................................................................   1,185,032     1,087,123
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
NONCURRENT ASSETS
 Property and equipment, net .............................................................     129,088       125,014
 Deferred income taxes ...................................................................      79,411       124,192
 Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of $64,062 and $80,166 at December 31, 1996 and
  1997, respectively .....................................................................     131,511       116,637
 Equity in net assets of and advances to unconsolidated companies ........................      25,219        26,393
 Due from employees ......................................................................         705           300
 Other assets ............................................................................      47,846        48,360
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
  Total Noncurrent Assets ................................................................     413,780       440,896
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
  Total Assets ...........................................................................  $1,598,812    $1,528,019
                                                                                            ==========    ==========
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 Loans payable ...........................................................................  $   36,282    $   10,765
 Accounts payable ........................................................................     805,710       811,162
 Installment notes payable--related parties ..............................................      24,874         3,231
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities ..................................................     247,816       273,011
 Accrued payroll and bonuses .............................................................     252,487        65,458
 Income taxes payable ....................................................................      14,372        29,665
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
  Total Current Liabilities ..............................................................   1,381,541     1,193,292
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
 Loans payable ...........................................................................     206,082       330,552
 Installment notes payable--related parties ..............................................          --         6,503
 Deferred compensation--related parties ..................................................      17,887        31,077
 Other liabilities .......................................................................     104,502       112,851
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
  Total Noncurrent Liabilities ...........................................................     328,471       480,983
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 18)
Minority Interest ........................................................................       5,569         6,987
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE EQUITY SECURITIES
 Common  stock,  par value  $.01 per  share;  authorized--250,000,000  shares at
  December  31,  1996 and 1997;  issued and  outstanding--47,382,330  shares and
  50,658,180 shares at
  December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997, respectively ..................................     363,264       508,471
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
 Money Market Preferred  Stock--Cumulative variable dividend;  liquidating value
  of  $115.00  per  share;  one-tenth  of one  vote  per  share;  50,000  shares
  authorized December 31, 1996 and
  1997; 87 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1997 ...................          --            --
 Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 250,000,000 shares at December 31,
  1996 and 1997; issued and outstanding--11,086,950 shares at December 31, 1996 and 1997 .         111           111
 Capital surplus .........................................................................     106,825        23,613
 Accumulated deficit .....................................................................    (498,928)     (522,866)
 Cumulative translation adjustment .......................................................      (2,322)      (16,577)
 Pension liability adjustment ............................................................        (719)         (706)
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
                                                                                              (395,033)     (516,425)
 Common stock in treasury, at cost; 0 shares at December 31, 1996 and 1,115,160 shares at
  December 31, 1997 ......................................................................          --        (8,550)
 Unearned compensation--Restricted Stock .................................................     (85,000)     (136,739)
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
   Total Stockholders' Deficit ...........................................................    (480,033)     (661,714)
                                                                                            ----------    ----------
     Total Liabilities, Mandatorily Redeemable Equity Securities and Stockholders' Deficit. $1,598,812    $1,528,019
                                                                                            ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                                                   1995            1996            1997
                                                              -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE
                                                                                  DATA)

<S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
Revenues ..................................................    $1,085,494      $1,222,139     $1,382,740
Compensation expense, including employee benefits .........       672,026         730,261        836,150
General and administrative expenses .......................       356,523         391,617        463,936
Recapitalization-related charges ..........................            --         315,397             --
Other operating charges ...................................        31,465          17,166         11,925
                                                               ----------      ----------     ----------
Operating expenses ........................................     1,060,014       1,454,441      1,312,011
                                                               ----------      ----------     ----------
Income (loss) from operations .............................        25,480        (232,302)        70,729
Interest income ...........................................         9,866          10,269          8,454
Interest expense ..........................................       (27,441)        (28,584)       (42,879)
                                                               ----------      ----------     ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes .........................         7,905        (250,617)        36,304
Income tax provision (benefit) ............................         9,130         (20,611)        58,290
                                                               ----------      ----------     ----------
                                                                   (1,225)       (230,006)       (21,986)
Equity in net income (loss) of unconsolidated companies.            5,197          (9,837)           342
Minority interest in net (income) loss of consolidated
 subsidiaries .............................................        (3,152)          1,532         (2,294)
                                                               ----------      ----------     ----------
Net income (loss) .........................................    $      820      $ (238,311)    $  (23,938)
                                                               ==========      ==========     ==========
Basic and diluted loss per common share (Note 3) ..........                                   $    (0.51)
                                                                                              ==========
Weighted average shares outstanding (Note 3) ..............                                   46,949,355
                                                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4

<PAGE>
                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                     1995            1996             1997
                                                                                 ------------   --------------   -------------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>            <C>              <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ...........................................................    $     820       $ (238,311)     $  (23,938)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating
   activities:
   Recapitalization-related charges ..........................................           --          315,397              --
   Depreciation and amortization .............................................       47,492           53,030          56,721
   Other operating charges ...................................................       24,360           11,096          11,925
   Deferred income tax expense ...............................................      (14,866)         (59,671)           (384)
   Equity in net (income) loss of unconsolidated companies ...................       (5,197)           9,837            (342)
   Dividends from unconsolidated companies ...................................        2,101            2,691           2,728
   Minority interest in net income (loss) of consolidated subsidiaries .......        3,152           (1,532)          2,294
   Change in  assets  and  liabilities,  excluding  effects  from  acquisitions,
    dispositions, recapitalization and foreign exchange:
    Accounts receivable ......................................................      (44,156)        (209,518)         42,144
    Costs billable to clients ................................................      (19,637)           7,784          25,622
    Other receivables ........................................................        5,462           (2,883)         13,930
    Prepaid expenses and other assets ........................................       (1,922)           5,342            (876)
    Due from employees .......................................................         (453)           3,434           1,145
    Accounts payable .........................................................       58,635          256,460          18,547
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities ...................................        7,368           (7,565)         25,621
    Accrued payroll and bonuses ..............................................          (90)           3,192           2,179
    Income taxes payable .....................................................        2,383            4,263          19,352
    Deferred compensation ....................................................       10,921            4,950          13,052
    Other liabilities ........................................................        2,188           11,225           9,457
    Other ....................................................................        1,248            8,843           5,334
                                                                                  ---------       ----------      ----------
    Net cash provided by operating activities ................................       79,809          178,064         224,511
                                                                                  ---------       ----------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Additions to property and equipment .........................................      (42,096)         (51,792)        (51,899)
 Acquisitions, net of cash acquired ..........................................       (5,298)         (23,887)        (11,281)
 Investment in net assets of and advances to unconsolidated companies ........         (189)            (775)         (5,640)
 Proceeds from notes receivable ..............................................        1,762              360           1,678
                                                                                  ---------       ----------      ----------
 Net cash used in investing activities .......................................      (45,821)         (76,094)        (67,142)
                                                                                  ---------       ----------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from loans payable, long-term ......................................           --          319,282         226,770
 Repayment of loans payable, long-term .......................................      (29,743)        (252,496)       (105,870)
 Proceeds from loans payable, short-term, net ................................       11,052           27,849          20,103
 Deferred financing costs ....................................................           --           (9,157)             --
 Recapitalization cash contributions .........................................           --          242,007              --
 Recapitalization payments ...................................................           --         (323,920)       (247,789)
 Payments of non-recapitalization deferred compensation ......................      (15,243)         (13,886)           (961)
 Proceeds (loans) due from employees, net ....................................        1,145            2,262            (157)
 Common stock/LPUs issued ....................................................        9,732            4,163          10,390
 Common stock/LPUs repurchased ...............................................      (21,647)          (8,971)         (1,500)
 Dividends paid on preferred and common stock ................................         (491)            (696)             --
 (Dividends paid to) capital contributions from minority shareholders ........       (1,770)           1,652             347
 Distributions to limited partners ...........................................       (3,060)            (703)             --
                                                                                  ---------       ----------      ----------
 Net cash used in financing activities .......................................      (50,025)         (12,614)        (98,667)
                                                                                  ---------       ----------      ----------
 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents ................        1,148             (822)         (8,619)
                                                                                  ---------       ----------      ----------
 Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ........................      (14,889)          88,534          50,083
 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ..............................       36,535           21,646         110,180
                                                                                  ---------       ----------      ----------
 Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ....................................    $  21,646       $  110,180      $  160,263
                                                                                  =========       ==========      ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Interest paid ...............................................................    $  30,161       $   28,612      $   39,986
                                                                                  =========       ==========      ==========
 Income taxes paid ...........................................................    $  20,350       $   20,732      $   25,020
                                                                                  =========       ==========      ==========
NONCASH INVESTING ACTIVITY:
 Common stock issued in acquisitions .........................................    $      --       $       --      $    1,126
                                                                                  =========       ==========      ==========

</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5

<PAGE>
                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             LIMITED
                                                    NON-VOTING    VOTING    PARTNERS'
                                        PREFERRED     COMMON      COMMON   CONTRIBUTED
                                          STOCK        STOCK      STOCK       EQUITY
                                       ----------- ------------ --------- -------------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 .........   $  63      $   4,000    $    --    $     946
                                         -----      ---------    -------    ---------
 Net income ..........................      --             --         --           --
 Dividends paid ......................      --             --         --           --
 Common stock/Limited
  Partnership Units issued ...........      28             --         --        1,359
 Limited Partnership Units
  repurchased/capital
  distributions ......................      --             --         --       (4,000)
 Common Stock repurchased ............     (25)            --         --           --
 Capitalization of tax benefits of
  options exercised ..................      --             --         --           --
 Equityholder loans ..................      --             --         --        4,231
                                         -----      ---------    -------    ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 .........   $  66      $   4,000    $    --    $   2,536
                                         -----      ---------    -------    ---------
 Net loss ............................      --             --         --           --
 Dividends paid ......................      --             --         --           --
 Common stock/Limited
  Partnership Units issued ...........       3             --         --        4,067
 Limited Partnership Units
  repurchased/capital
  distributions ......................      --             --         --       (2,370)
 Common stock repurchased ............      (2)            --         --           --
 Recapitalization redemptions ........     (67)        (3,900)        --       (1,534)
 Recapitalization issuances ..........      --             --        427           --
 Recapitalization exchanges ..........      --           (100)       158       (2,914)
 Mandatorily Redeemable
  Equity Securities ..................      --             --       (474)          --
 Equityholder loans ..................      --             --         --          215
                                         -------    ---------    -------    ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 .........   $  --      $      --    $   111    $      --
                                         -------    ---------    -------    ---------
 Net loss ............................      --             --         --           --
 Common stock issued .................      --             --         --           --
 Common stock repurchased ............      --             --         --           --
 Unearned
  compensation--Restricted
  Stock ..............................      --             --         --           --
 Common stock options
  exercised ..........................      --             --         44           --
 Accretion of Mandatorily
  Redeemable Equity
  Securities .........................      --             --        (44)          --
                                         -------    ---------    -------    ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 .........   $  --      $      --    $   111    $      --
                                         =======    =========    =======    =========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      RETAINED AND
                                                      UNDISTRIBUTED
                                                        EARNINGS       COMMON
                                          CAPITAL     (ACCUMULATED    STOCK IN     RESTRICTED
                                          SURPLUS       DEFICIT)      TREASURY       STOCK
                                       ------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 .........  $    53,006    $   29,616     $  3,298    $       --
                                        -----------    ----------     --------    ----------
 Net income ..........................           --           820           --            --
 Dividends paid ......................           --          (491)          --            --
 Common stock/Limited
  Partnership Units issued ...........       12,237           183          (72)           --
 Limited Partnership Units
  repurchased/capital
  distributions ......................           --        (6,733)          --            --
 Common Stock repurchased ............      (10,051)       (5,759)          91            --
 Capitalization of tax benefits of
  options exercised ..................           29            --           --            --
 Equityholder loans ..................        1,882            --           --            --
                                        -----------    ----------     --------    ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 .........  $    57,103    $   17,636     $  3,317    $       --
                                        -----------    ----------     --------    ----------
 Net loss ............................           --      (238,311)          --            --
 Dividends paid ......................           --          (696)          --            --
 Common stock/Limited
  Partnership Units issued ...........       13,269            --          (61)           --
 Limited Partnership Units
  repurchased/capital
  distributions ......................           --        (3,329)          --            --
 Common stock repurchased ............      (14,699)       (8,863)         123            --
 Recapitalization redemptions ........      (36,435)     (265,365)      (3,379)           --
 Recapitalization issuances ..........      326,590            --           --       (85,000)
 Recapitalization exchanges ..........      122,732            --           --            --
 Mandatorily Redeemable
  Equity Securities ..................     (362,790)           --           --            --
 Equityholder loans ..................        1,055            --           --            --
                                        -----------    ----------     --------    ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 .........  $   106,825    $ (498,928)    $     --    $  (85,000)
                                        -----------    ----------     --------    ----------
 Net loss ............................           --       (23,938)          --            --
 Common stock issued .................        1,501            --           --            --
 Common stock repurchased ............           --            --       (8,550)           --
 Unearned
  compensation--Restricted
  Stock ..............................       51,739            --           --       (51,739)
 Common stock options
  exercised ..........................        8,711            --           --            --
 Accretion of Mandatorily
  Redeemable Equity
  Securities .........................     (145,163)           --           --            --
                                        -----------    ----------     --------    ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 .........  $    23,613    $ (522,866)    $ (8,550)   $ (136,739)
                                        ===========    ==========     ========    ==========
</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6

<PAGE>
                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1--OPERATIONS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

     NATURE OF  OPERATIONS:  Young and Rubicam Inc. (the  "Company") is a global
marketing and communications enterprise with integrated services in advertising,
perception   management  and  public  relations,   identity  and  design,  sales
promotion, direct marketing and healthcare communications.  The Company operates
in the U.S., Canada,  Europe,  Latin America and Asia/Pacific as well as through
certain affiliations in other parts of the world.

     BASIS OF  PRESENTATION:  On  December  12,  1996,  the  Company  effected a
recapitalization  (the  "Recapitalization").  As the equity holders prior to the
Recapitalization  retained  control of the  Company,  the  financial  statements
reflect the  consolidated  financial  position,  results of operations  and cash
flows of the Company on a continuous basis (see Note 4).

NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:  The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of the Company,  a Delaware  corporation,  and all  subsidiaries in
which it holds a controlling interest, including a Delaware Limited Partnership,
Young & Rubicam L.P. (the "LP").  Investments in affiliates in which the Company
owns  more  than 20% but less than or equal to 50% of the  voting  interest  are
accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany transactions
are eliminated.

     CASH EQUIVALENTS:  The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with
an initial  maturity of three  months or less at the time of purchase to be cash
equivalents.

     REVENUE  RECOGNITION:  Revenue  from  advertising  and related  services is
comprised of commissions and fees derived from billings to clients for media and
production activities.  Public relations, sales promotion and other services are
generally  billed  on the  basis  of  negotiated  fees.  Commission  revenue  is
recognized primarily when media placements appear on television,  on radio or in
print, and when labor and production costs are billed. Fee revenue is recognized
when services are rendered.

     BENEFIT PLANS:  The Company  maintains a  noncontributory  defined  benefit
pension plan for all full-time U.S.  employees.  The Company also contributes to
government mandated plans and maintains various noncontributory retirement plans
at certain foreign  subsidiaries in accordance with local laws and customs.  The
Company also  maintains  deferred  compensation  plans and has made  appropriate
provisions for future payments due under these plans.

     DEPRECIATION AND  AMORTIZATION:  Depreciation and amortization are computed
using the straight-line  method over the estimated useful life of the respective
asset.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated
useful  life or the  remaining  term of the lease.  Goodwill is  amortized  on a
straight-line basis generally over twenty to forty years.

     INCOME  TAXES:  In  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes",  deferred tax assets
and  liabilities  are  determined  based on  differences  between the  financial
reporting  and the tax basis of  assets  and  liabilities  and are  measured  by
applying  enacted tax rates and laws to taxable years in which such  differences
are expected to reverse.  The  Company's  practice is to provide  currently  for
taxes that will be payable upon  remittance of foreign  earnings of subsidiaries
and  affiliates  to the  extent  that such  earnings  are not  considered  to be
indefinitely reinvested.

     STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION:   SFAS  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation",  ("SFAS 123")  encourages  entities to account for employee stock
options or similar equity  instruments  using a fair value approach for all such
plans.  However,  it also allows an entity to  continue to measure  compensation
costs for those  plans  using the method  prescribed  by  Accounting  Principles
Bulletin ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." The
Company has

                                      F-7

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

elected to  continue  to  account  for such plans  under the  provisions  of APB
Opinion No. 25 and has  included,  in Note 17, the  required  SFAS 123 pro forma
disclosures  of net income  (loss) and earnings  (loss) per share as if the fair
value-based method of accounting had been applied.

     FOREIGN  CURRENCY  TRANSLATION:  Assets and liabilities of certain non-U.S.
subsidiaries  are translated at current exchange rates, and related revenues and
expenses are  translated at average  exchange rates in effect during the period.
Resulting  translation  adjustments are recorded as a component of stockholders'
deficit in the accompanying  Consolidated  Balance Sheets.  Financial results of
non-U.S.  subsidiaries  in  countries  with highly  inflationary  economies  are
translated using a combination of current and historical  exchange rates and any
translation  adjustments  are  included  in net  income  (loss)  along  with all
transaction gains and losses for the period.

     DERIVATIVE  FINANCIAL   INSTRUMENTS  AND  FOREIGN  CURRENCY   TRANSACTIONS:
Derivative  financial  instruments  are used by the Company  principally  in the
management of its interest rate and foreign currency exposures. The Company does
not hold or issue derivative financial  investments for trading purposes.  Gains
and losses on hedges of  existing  assets and  liabilities  are  included in the
carrying  amounts of those assets and liabilities and are ultimately  recognized
in income as part of those carrying amounts.  Gains and losses related to hedges
of  firm  commitments  are  also  deferred  and  included  in the  basis  of the
transaction when it is completed.  Amounts to be paid or received under interest
rate swap agreements are accrued as interest and are recognized over the life of
the swap agreements as an adjustment to interest expense.

     LONG-LIVED  ASSETS:  In accordance  with SFAS No. 121,  "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of",
("SFAS 121") management  reviews  long-lived  assets and the related  intangible
assets for impairment  whenever events or changes in circumstances  indicate the
carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.  Recoverability  of these
assets is determined by comparing the forecasted  undiscounted net cash flows of
the  operation  to which the assets  relate,  to the carrying  amount  including
associated  intangible assets of such operation.  If the operation is determined
to be unable to recover  the  carrying  amount of its  assets,  then  intangible
assets are written down first,  followed by the other  long-lived  assets of the
operation,  to fair value.  Fair value is determined  based on  discounted  cash
flows or appraised values, depending upon the nature of the assets.

     CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK: The Company's clients are engaged in various
businesses  located  primarily  in North  America,  Europe,  Latin  America  and
Asia/Pacific.  The Company performs  ongoing credit  evaluations of its clients.
Reserves  for credit  losses are  maintained  at levels  considered  adequate by
management. The Company invests its excess cash in deposits with major banks and
in money market securities. These securities typically mature within 90 days and
bear minimal risk.  Additionally,  due to the Company's strategy, the Company is
dependent upon a relatively small number of clients who contribute a significant
percentage of revenues. The Company's largest client accounted for approximately
9%, 9%, and 10% of consolidated  revenues for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997, respectively.

     USE OF ESTIMATES:  The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     RECENT  ACCOUNTING  PRONOUNCEMENTS:  In June 1997, SFAS No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income",  ("SFAS 130") was issued. SFAS 130 establishes standards
for  the  reporting  of comprehensive income and its components. It requires all
items  that  are required to be recognized as components of comprehensive income
be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the

                                      F-8

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

same prominence as other income statement information. SFAS 130 is effective for
financial   statements   for  periods   beginning   after   December  15,  1997.
Reclassification  of financial  statements  for earlier  periods  presented  for
comparative purposes is required upon adoption.

     In June 1997,  SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures  About Segments of an Enterprise
and  Related  Information",  ("SFAS  131")  was  issued.  SFAS  131  establishes
standards for the way that public business  enterprises report information about
operating  segments  in annual  financial  statements  and  requires  that those
enterprises  report  selected  information  about  operating  segments in annual
financial  statements and in interim  financial  reports issued to shareholders.
SFAS 131 is effective  for  financial  statements  for periods  beginning  after
December 15, 1997.

     In February 1998, SFAS No. 132, "Employers'  Disclosures about Pensions and
Other  Postretirement  Benefits",  ("SFAS  132") was  issued.  SFAS 132  revises
disclosures about pensions and other  postretirement  benefit plans. SFAS 132 is
effective for financial  statements  for periods  beginning  after  December 15,
1997.  Restatement of disclosures for earlier  periods  provided for comparative
purposes is required upon adoption.

     The Company  anticipates  that the adoption of SFAS 130,  SFAS 131 and SFAS
132 will not have a significant effect on its 1998 financial statements.

NOTE 3--NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:

     The  Company computes earnings (loss) per share in accordance with SFAS No.
128, "Earnings Per Share".

     Basic  net  loss  per  share  was  computed  by  dividing  net  loss by the
weighted-average  number of common  shares  outstanding  during the  period.  In
computing  basic  net  loss  per  share,  the  Company's  11,086,950  shares  of
restricted stock were excluded from the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding  as such shares vest upon the  six-month  anniversary  of an initial
public offering or the six-month  anniversary thereof, a condition which was not
satisfied at December  31,  1997.  Diluted net loss per share for the period was
computed  in the same  manner  as basic net loss per  share  since  the  Company
experienced a net loss for the period and therefore  including  potential common
shares would be antidilutive.

     There are  31,013,205  common stock options that could  potentially  dilute
basic  earnings  (loss)  per share in the  future  that were  excluded  from the
computation  of  diluted  net  loss  per  share  because  the  effect  would  be
antidilutive.  In addition,  there exists 11,086,950 shares of Restricted Stock,
which would also be  potentially  dilutive upon the  occurrence of the Company's
contemplated initial public offering which is further described in Note 21.

     Earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 cannot be
computed   because  the   Company's   capital   structure   prior  to  the  1996
Recapitalization  consisted of both common shares and Limited  Partnership Units
in Predecessor entities (see Note 4).

NOTE 4--RECAPITALIZATION:

     On December 12,  1996,  a  recapitalization  (the  "Recapitalization")  was
effected  of Young & Rubicam  Inc.,  a New York  corporation  (the  "Predecessor
Company")  whereby (a) the Predecessor  Company,  Young & Rubicam  Holdings Inc.
("Holdings"),  or subsidiaries of the Predecessor Company (i) acquired 2,058,678
of the 2,458,102  outstanding shares of Predecessor  Company common stock for an
amount equal to $115 per share less the  principal  and accrued  interest of any
outstanding  loans  relating to such shares  (which loans were thereby  repaid),
(ii) acquired 760,232 of the 1,869,682  outstanding Limited Partnership Units of
the LP ("LPUs") together with any related  subordinated  promissory notes of the
Predecessor  Company for an amount equal to $115 per LPU less the  principal and
accrued interest of any outstanding loans relating to such LPUs (which loans

                                      F-9

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

were thereby repaid); (iii) canceled 332,636 of the 690,249 common stock options
and  596,448  of the  1,600,414  LPU  options  (collectively,  the  "Nonrollover
Options")  and all  outstanding  Growth  Participation  Units  ("GPUs") for cash
consideration of $115 per unit less the aggregate option exercise price and (iv)
exchanged for, or canceled in consideration of, the remaining outstanding common
stock,  LPUs and options on common stock and LPUs held by certain members of the
management  of  the  Predecessor   Company  (the  "Management   Investors")  for
15,815,985  shares of Holdings  common  stock and  16,823,565  options on common
stock of Holdings ("Rollover Options");  (b) Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners
III, L.P. ("HFCP") and certain other investors  contributed $242 million in cash
to Holdings in exchange  for  31,566,345  shares of Holdings  common  stock at a
price of $7.67 per share  ($115 per share prior to the stock  dividend  which is
further  described  in Note 20) and  2,598,105  options to  purchase  additional
shares of Holdings  common stock at $7.67 per share ($115 per share prior to the
stock  dividend which is further  described in Note 20)(the "HFCP  Options"--see
Note 17), and (c) Senior Secured Credit  Facilities of $700 million (the "Credit
Facilities") were arranged (see Note 14).

     Common stock, LPUs,  Nonrollover  Options on common stock and LPUs and GPUs
held by non  U.S.-based  equity  holders  were  acquired  or  canceled  prior to
December 31, 1996. Payment for previously tendered  Nonrollover options and GPUs
of $161.7  million  (included as a component  of accrued  payroll and bonuses at
December 31, 1996) held by U.S. based equity holders occurred on March 18, 1997.

     Following the closing of the Recapitalization, Holdings was merged with and
into the Predecessor  Company.  As a result of the merger, the 1,391 outstanding
shares of Predecessor Company preferred stock were each converted into the right
to receive par value $50 in cash. On December 31, 1996, the Predecessor  Company
then merged into Young & Rubicam Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

     Under the Stockholders' Agreement, the Management Investors are required to
deposit all Company common stock currently held or acquired in the future into a
voting trust (the "Management Voting Trust") under which all rights to vote such
shares are assigned to certain  members of the  Company's  senior  management as
voting trustees. In the event that HFCP holds greater than 49% of Company common
stock,  HFCP is required to transfer those shares in excess of 49% to a separate
voting trust (the "HFCP Voting Trust") with the Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company as voting  trustee,  provided  that the Company is not in default  under
certain terms of the Credit Facilities.

     As the equity holders of the Predecessor  Company  retained  control of the
Company, the transaction has been reported as a recapitalization.  The financial
statements reflect the financial position,  results of operations and cash flows
of the Company and the Predecessor  Company on a continuous basis. The excess of
the  Predecessor  common stock and LPUs repurchase  transaction  amount over the
stated  amount of the  Predecessor  common stock and LPUs  repurchased  has been
reported as a distribution  to equity  holders and charged to limited  partners'
contributed equity, capital surplus and accumulated deficit.

     As a result of the Recapitalization, the Company recorded charges of $315.4
million,  primarily  related  to  compensation.  A  summary  of the  significant
Recapitalization and related charges include the following:

       (1) The cancellation of 1,244,647 GPUs outstanding for cash consideration
    of $115 per unit.  Compensation  expense  of $83.1  million  represents  the
    difference between the cash consideration paid to GPU holders and the amount
    of previously accrued compensation under the original terms of the GPU plan.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

       (2)  The   cancellation   of  929,084   Nonrollover   Options   for  cash
    consideration.  The  cash  consideration  and  the  associated  compensation
    expense of $66.6 million  represents the difference  between the transaction
    price  of  $115  and the  $40.2  million  aggregate  exercise  price  of the
    Nonrollover Options.

       (3)  Cancellation  of the  remaining  outstanding  options  and  award of
    Rollover Options to acquire  16,823,565 shares of Company common stock at an
    exercise  price of $1.92 ($28.75 per share prior to the stock split which is
    further  described in Note 20) per share,  with certain  limited  exceptions
    outside  of the U.S.  As a result of the  change in the terms of the  former
    stock option plan,  which  resulted in a new  measurement  date, the Company
    recognized compensation expense of $96.7 million representing the difference
    between the  transaction  price per Rollover Option of $7.67 ($115 per share
    prior to the stock  split  which is  further  described  in Note 20) and the
    aggregate exercise price of the Rollover Options.

       (4) Professional  fees and other charges  amounted to  approximately  $69
 million.

NOTE 5--EQUITY IN NET ASSETS OF UNCONSOLIDATED COMPANIES:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995                      1996                      1997
                                                      ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------
                                                                                               EQUITY IN                EQUITY IN
                                          OWNERSHIP     EQUITY IN    EQUITY IN    EQUITY IN   NET INCOME    EQUITY IN   NET INCOME
               AFFILIATE                   INTEREST    NET ASSETS   NET INCOME   NET ASSETS     (LOSS)     NET ASSETS     (LOSS)
- --------------------------------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Dentsu, Y&R Partnerships ..............     50%          $16,957      $  534       $12,954     $ (9,181)     $17,510    $   2,587
J.M.C. Creatividad Orientada
 (Venezuela) ..........................     49%            4,509       1,315         2,471       (2,038)         953       (1,515)
Prolam (Chile) ........................     30%            3,106         968         2,656          262        2,851          825
Eco S.A. (Guatemala) ..................     40%            1,864         372         2,134           26        2,206           96
Cresswell, Munsell, Fultz & Zirbel ....     33%            1,245         524         1,635          624        1,922          508
National Public Relations (Canada).....     22%              414         333           607          204          647           98
ViceVersa (Uruguay) ...................     35%              652         401           883          224           --           --
Other ................................. 50% or less        8,618         750         1,879           42          304       (2,257)
                                                         -------      ------       -------     --------      -------    ---------
                                                         $37,365      $5,197       $25,219     $ (9,837)     $26,393    $     342
                                                         =======      ======       =======     ========      =======    =========
</TABLE>

     The summarized financial information below represents an aggregation of the
Company's unconsolidated companies.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995          1996          1997
                                                     -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>
EARNINGS DATA
 Revenues ........................................    $234,891      $ 238,810     $207,668
 Income from operations ..........................      29,398         22,132       13,768
 Net income (loss) ...............................      14,984        (16,097)       4,347
 Company's equity in net earnings (loss) .........    $  5,197      $  (9,837)    $    342
                                                      ========      =========     ========
BALANCE SHEET DATA
 Current assets ..................................    $361,451      $ 348,325     $321,372
 Noncurrent assets ...............................      54,954         33,996       40,147
 Current liabilities .............................     335,490        323,406      287,101
 Noncurrent liabilities ..........................      18,902         11,683       13,215
 Equity ..........................................      62,013         47,232       61,203
 Company's equity in net assets ..................    $ 37,365      $  25,219     $ 26,393
                                                      ========      =========     ========

</TABLE>

                                      F-11

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

NOTE 6--ACQUISITIONS, DISPOSITIONS AND OTHER OPERATING CHARGES:

     In 1995,  the  Predecessor  Company  increased its  ownership  interests in
advertising  agencies in Holland  (from 49% to 70%) and Spain (from 49% to 77%),
as well as a public  relations  firm in Belgium  (from 40% to 85%). In addition,
the  Predecessor  Company  acquired the remaining 40% interest in an advertising
agency  in the  Czech  Republic,  the  remaining  25%  interest  in an agency in
Hungary,  the  remaining 20% interest in a direct  marketing  operation in South
Africa and the remaining 10% interest in an  advertising  agency,  also in South
Africa. The purchase price of these investments was $5.4 million. Other regional
investment  activity  took  place  in Latin  America  in  1995,  with  increased
ownership  interests in advertising  agencies in Guatemala (from 25% to 40%) and
Uruguay (from 20% to 35%).

     In  1995,  the  D,Y&R  Partnerships  also  acquired  a 40%  interest  in an
advertising agency in India (Y&R's effective ownership is 20%). The cost of this
investment to Y&R was $2.2 million.

     A wholly owned  public  relations  subsidiary  in Canada was merged in 1995
with another  Canadian public  relations firm. The Company has a 22% interest in
the merged operation.

     In 1995, the Predecessor  Company approved a productivity  improvement plan
which  resulted in the  elimination  of 500 positions  throughout  its worldwide
operations.  The Predecessor  Company recorded a charge in 1995 of $24.4 million
to cover the expected  severance,  benefits and social law costs which were paid
during 1996 relating to this staff reduction.

     Also in 1995,  losses of $7.1 million were  recorded  primarily to cancel a
long-term  agreement  with a service  provider  as well as to dispose of certain
non-strategic  European  agencies.  The  aforementioned  charges are included in
other  operating   charges  in  the  accompanying   Consolidated   Statement  of
Operations.

     In 1996, the Predecessor  Company acquired  substantially all of the assets
of one  advertising  agency and one media buying agency in the United States and
acquired  the  remaining  28%  equity  interest  in  an  advertising  agency  in
Switzerland.  In addition,  the  Predecessor  Company  increased  its  ownership
interests in three advertising  agencies in Europe. Other regional activity took
place in Korea  where the  Company  acquired a 25% equity  interest  in a public
relations agency. The purchase price of these investments was $26.8 million.

     In  1996,  a  $17.2  million  charge  was  recorded  for  asset  impairment
writedowns  principally  related  to  certain  operations  in  Europe  and Latin
America.

     In 1997,  the Company  acquired  the  remaining  60% equity  interest in an
advertising  agency in France and a 51% equity interest in an advertising agency
in Brazil.  In addition,  the Company  increased its ownership  interests in one
advertising  agency in Latin America and one agency in Europe.  The Company also
acquired  substantially  all of the  assets of one public  relations  agency and
acquired a 70%  equity  interest  in a German  public  relations  agency and the
remaining  49%  equity  interest  in a Japanese  public  relations  agency.  The
purchase price of these investments was $14.7 million.

     Effective  January 1, 1997, the Company acquired an additional 37.5% equity
interest in the former Australian and New Zealand joint ventures with Dentsu. In
consideration  for this additional equity interest,  the Company  contributed to
Dentsu,  12.5% of its equity interest in its  advertising  and direct  marketing
agencies in Australia and New Zealand.

     In 1997,  an  $11.9  million  charge  was  recorded  for  asset  impairment
writedowns  principally related to certain operations in the U.S., Africa, Latin
America and Europe.

                                      F-12

<PAGE>
                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

NOTE 7--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at cost and are  comprised  of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -----------------------
                                                                 USEFUL LIVES          1996         1997
                                                            ---------------------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>                     <C>          <C>
Land and buildings ......................................   20-40 years              $ 31,901     $ 29,716
Furniture, fixtures and equipment .......................   3-10 years                220,728      235,836
Leasehold improvements ..................................   Shorter of 10 years        78,414       77,804
                                                            or life of lease
Automobiles .............................................   3-5 years                   6,315        6,609
                                                                                     --------     --------
                                                                                      337,358      349,965
                                                                                     --------     --------
Less--Accumulated depreciation and amortization .........                             208,270      224,951
                                                                                     --------     --------
                                                                                     $129,088     $125,014
                                                                                     ========     ========
</TABLE>

     During 1995, 1996 and 1997, depreciation expense amounted to $38.2 million,
$42.0 million and $47.6 million, respectively.

NOTE 8--CERTAIN LIABILITIES:

     Accrued  expenses and other  liabilities  include  $71.3  million and $41.0
million of bank overdrafts as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

     Accrued payroll and bonuses are comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -----------------------
                                                     1996         1997
                                                 -----------   ---------
                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>           <C>
     Accrued costs--Recapitalization .........    $161,700      $    --
     Accrued payroll and bonuses .............      90,787       65,458
                                                  --------      -------
                                                  $252,487      $65,458
                                                  ========      =======
</TABLE>

NOTE 9--INCOME TAXES:

     The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                     -------------------------------------------
                          1995            1996           1997
                     -------------   --------------   ----------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                  <C>             <C>              <C>
Domestic .........     $ (22,957)      $ (242,578)     $12,304
Foreign ..........        30,862           (8,039)      24,000
                       ---------       ----------      -------
Total ............     $   7,905       $ (250,617)     $36,304
                       =========       ==========      =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-13

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

   The following summarizes the provision (benefit) for income taxes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                  -----------------------------------------
                                                      1995          1996           1997
                                                  -----------   ------------   ------------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>           <C>            <C>
CURRENT:
 Federal ......................................    $   1,295     $  16,993      $  18,195
 State and local ..............................        2,138         3,921          4,220
 Foreign ......................................       20,563        18,146         36,259
                                                   ---------     ---------      ---------
                                                      23,996        39,060         58,674
                                                   ---------     ---------      ---------
DEFERRED:
 Federal ......................................       (7,548)      (51,363)         7,547
 State and local ..............................       (2,811)      (22,111)         2,472
 Foreign ......................................       (4,507)       13,803        (10,403)
                                                   ---------     ---------      ---------
                                                     (14,866)      (59,671)          (384)
                                                   ---------     ---------      ---------
 Provision (benefit) for income taxes .........    $   9,130     $ (20,611)     $  58,290
                                                   =========     =========      =========

</TABLE>

     The  reconciliation  of the United States  statutory  rate to the effective
rate is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                                                                1995           1996          1997
                                                                             ----------   -------------   ----------
<S>                                                                          <C>          <C>             <C>
PERCENT OF INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES
 United States statutory rate ............................................       35.0%         (35.0)%        35.0%
 Federal tax savings attributable to limited partnership structure .......      (27.6)            --            --
 State and local income taxes, net of federal tax effect .................      ( 7.1)         ( 4.5)         17.1
 Foreign income taxed greater than the United States statutory
   rate ..................................................................       64.2           15.2         107.2
 Change in valuation allowance and related components ....................       11.5            5.9         (13.1)
 Amortization of goodwill ................................................       14.3            2.1           8.5
 Travel, entertainment and other non-deductible expenses .................       19.7            8.4           6.2
 Other, net ..............................................................        5.5          ( 0.3)        ( 0.3)
                                                                                -----          -----         -----
 Consolidated effective rate .............................................      115.5%         ( 8.2)%       160.6%
                                                                                =====          =====         =====
</TABLE>

     The Company's share of the undistributed  earnings of foreign  subsidiaries
not included in its consolidated Federal income tax return that could be subject
to  additional  income taxes if remitted,  was  approximately  $49.5  million at
December 31, 1997.  No provision has been recorded for the U.S. or foreign taxes
that could result from the remittance of such  undistributed  earnings since the
earnings are permanently  reinvested  outside the U.S. and it is not practicable
to estimate the amount of such taxes.  Withholding  taxes of approximately  $6.4
million would be payable upon remittance of all previously  unremitted  earnings
at December 31, 1997.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

   The components of the Company's net deferred income tax assets are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                      --------------------------
                                                          1996           1997
                                                      ------------   -----------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>
       Bad debt reserve ...........................    $   1,785      $   3,118
       Accrued expenses and other .................        5,195             --
       Net operating loss carryforwards ...........        7,377         32,797
       Deferred compensation ......................       76,170          1,172
                                                       ---------      ---------
                                                          90,527         37,087
       Valuation allowance ........................      (11,795)        (4,255)
                                                       ---------      ---------
       Current portion ............................       78,732         32,832
                                                       ---------      ---------
       Deferred compensation ......................       42,646         40,650
       Depreciable and amortizable assets .........       26,671         30,561
       Long-term leases ...........................        7,351          7,436
       Postretirement benefits ....................        3,570          3,654
       Other non-current items ....................          810         11,989
       Net operating loss carryforwards ...........       10,259         42,338
       Tax credit carryforwards ...................           --          3,658
                                                       ---------      ---------
                                                          91,307        140,286
       Valuation allowance ........................      (11,896)       (16,094)
                                                       ---------      ---------
       Non-current portion ........................       79,411        124,192
                                                       ---------      ---------
       Net deferred income tax assets .............    $ 158,143      $ 157,024
                                                       =========      =========

</TABLE>

     The  Company's  net  deferred   income  tax  assets  arise  from  temporary
differences  which  represent  the  cumulative  deductible  or  taxable  amounts
recorded in the financial  statements in different  years than recognized in the
tax returns.  The majority of the  temporary  differences  result from  expenses
accrued  for  financial  reporting  purposes  which are not  deductible  for tax
purposes until actually paid and net operating losses.

     The net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards represent the benefit recorded
for U.S.,  state and local,  and foreign NOLs. At December 31, 1997, the Company
had  approximately  $140.4  million of NOL  carryforwards  for U.S. tax purposes
which  expire  in  the  year  2012  and  approximately   $69.2  million  of  NOL
carryforwards  for foreign tax purposes with  carryforward  periods ranging from
one year to an indefinite  time. The Company had  approximately  $3.2 million of
alternative  minimum tax credits  which are not subject to  expiration  and $0.4
million of foreign tax credits which expire in the year 2001.

     The Company is required to provide a valuation  allowance  against deferred
income  tax  assets  when it is more  likely  than not  that  some or all of the
deferred tax assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance of $13.5 million
was  recorded at December 31,  1994.  The  valuation  allowance  increased  $0.9
million to $14.4 million at December 31, 1995,  increased  $9.3 million to $23.7
million at December  31, 1996 and  decreased  $3.3  million to $20.4  million at
December  31,  1997.  The  valuation   allowances   represent  a  provision  for
uncertainty as to the realization of certain deferred tax assets,  including net
operating  loss  carryforwards  in  certain   jurisdictions.   The  Company  has
concluded,  that based upon expected future results,  it is more likely than not
that the net deferred tax asset balance will be realized.

                                      F-15

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

NOTE 10--WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS:

     Financial information by geographic area is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            UNITED STATES       EUROPE        OTHER          TOTAL
                                           ---------------   -----------   -----------   -------------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>
1995
 Revenues ..............................     $  492,265       $411,283      $181,946      $1,085,494
 (Loss) income from operations .........         (7,695)        14,899        18,276          25,480
 Identifiable assets ...................        511,779        499,335       215,467       1,226,581
1996
 Revenues ..............................     $  571,155       $444,644      $206,340      $1,222,139
 (Loss) income from operations .........       (239,201)        (3,627)       10,526        (232,302)
 Identifiable assets ...................        819,828        533,318       245,666       1,598,812
1997
 Revenues ..............................     $  661,367       $472,225      $249,148      $1,382,740
 (Loss) income from operations .........         42,816         29,527        (1,614)         70,729
 Identifiable assets ...................        687,462        582,424       258,133       1,528,019

</TABLE>

     Foreign  currency  transactions  and  remeasurement  losses  resulting from
operations  in  highly  inflationary  economies  are  included  in  general  and
administrative expenses. These amounts were comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 --------------------------------
                                                    1995       1996        1997
                                                 ---------   --------   ---------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>         <C>        <C>
Foreign currency transaction losses ..........    $1,101      $  887     $1,344
Remeasurement losses resulting from operations
 in highly inflationary economies ............     1,156       1,653      2,603
                                                  ------      ------     ------
                                                  $2,257      $2,540     $3,947
                                                  ======      ======     ======
</TABLE>

NOTE 11--EMPLOYEE BENEFITS:

     The Company has a defined benefit pension plan ("the Plan") that covers all
full-time U.S.  employees upon commencement of employment.  Contributions to the
Plan are based  upon  current  costs and prior  service  costs.  Both  costs are
actuarially  computed and the latter are  amortized  over the average  remaining
service  period.  Effective July 1, 1996, the  Predecessor  Company  amended the
Plan.  Benefits credited to each employee's  account under the Plan are based on
3.2% of the employee's annual compensation up to $150,000. The Plan also credits
each  employee's  account  with  interest  equal to the  average  one year  U.S.
Treasury Bill interest rate  multiplied by the account  balance at the beginning
of the year.  Subject to certain  limitations,  most vested retirement  benefits
available under the Plan are insured by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
("PBGC").  The  Company is in  compliance  with the  minimum  funding  standards
required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA").

     In  connection   with  the   Recapitalization   transaction,   the  Company
contributed  an  additional  $12.5  million to the Plan on  December  23,  1996,
pursuant to an agreement  with the PBGC.  Total  contributions  made in 1996 and
1997 were $18.9 million and $6.6 million, respectively.

     The  Company  also agreed to make  future  contributions  to the Plan in an
amount  required to cause the credit  balance at the end of each Plan year to be
at least equal to the required  credit  balance of $12.5 million plus  interest.
The Company is not required to make any payment that would

                                      F-16

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

not be deductible  under Internal Revenue Code section 404. The Company's credit
balance  maintenance  requirement  terminates  when the  Company's  debt obtains
specified  rating  levels (or, if there are no such ratings  from certain  major
ratings  agencies,  when the Company meets a fixed charge  coverage ratio test),
but in no event earlier than December 31, 2001. In addition, such credit balance
maintenance  requirements  terminate if the Plan's unfunded benefit  liabilities
are zero at the end of two consecutive Plan years.

     The Company also  contributes  to government  mandated  plans and maintains
various noncontributory  retirement plans at certain foreign subsidiaries,  some
of which are considered to be defined benefit plans for accounting purposes.

     A summary of the  components  of net periodic  pension cost for the defined
benefit plans is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1995                                 1996
                                           ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
                                               U.S.      NON-U.S.      TOTAL        U.S.      NON-U.S.      TOTAL
                                           ------------ ---------- ------------ ------------ ---------- ------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Service costs for benefits earned
 during the period .......................  $    2,774    $  717    $    3,491   $    2,834    $  674    $    3,508
Interest costs on projected benefit
 obligation ..............................       8,074       946         9,020        8,488       893         9,381
Actual return on plan assets .............     (15,960)       --       (15,960)     (11,070)       --       (11,070)
Net amortization and deferral ............       9,390       182         9,572        5,668       188         5,856
                                            ----------    ------    ----------   ----------    ------    ----------
Net periodic pension cost of the plans.     $    4,278    $1,845    $    6,123   $    5,920    $1,755    $    7,675
                                            ==========    ======    ==========   ==========    ======    ==========



<CAPTION>
                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           ------------------------------------
                                                           1997
                                           ------------------------------------
                                               U.S.      NON-U.S.      TOTAL
                                           ------------ ---------- ------------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>          <C>        <C>
Service costs for benefits earned
 during the period .......................  $    2,671    $  550    $    3,221
Interest costs on projected benefit
 obligation ..............................       8,804       789         9,593
Actual return on plan assets .............     (15,558)       --       (15,558)
Net amortization and deferral ............       6,862       150         7,012
                                            ----------    ------    ----------
Net periodic pension cost of the plans.     $    2,779    $1,489    $    4,268
                                            ==========    ======    ==========
</TABLE>

     The funded status of the defined benefit plans is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1996                                 1997
                                               ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
                                                   U.S.      NON-U.S.      TOTAL        U.S.      NON-U.S.      TOTAL
                                               ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- ------------ -----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Actuarial present value of accumulated
 benefit obligation including vested benefits
 of $119,093 and $134,491 at December 31,
 1996 and 1997, respectively .................  $111,921    $  10,350    $ 122,271   $126,975    $   9,557    $ 136,532
                                                --------    ---------    ---------   --------    ---------    ---------
Projected benefit obligation .................   114,710       12,198      126,908    130,036       10,753      140,789
Plan assets at fair value, primarily fixed
 income and equity securities ................   114,264           --      114,264    129,421           --      129,421
                                                --------    ---------    ---------   --------    ---------    ---------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan
 assets ......................................      (446)     (12,198)     (12,644)      (615)     (10,753)     (11,368)
Unrecognized net transition (asset)
 obligation ..................................      (225)         644          419       (164)         471          307
Unrecognized prior service benefit ...........    (2,953)          --       (2,953)    (2,542)          --       (2,542)
Unrecognized net loss ........................    12,811        1,813       14,624     16,352        1,260       17,612
Additional liability .........................        --         (719)        (719)        --         (706)        (706)
                                                --------    ---------    ---------   --------    ---------    ---------
(Accrued) prepaid pension costs for defined
 benefit plans ...............................  $  9,187    $ (10,460)   $  (1,273)  $ 13,031    $  (9,728)   $   3,303
                                                ========    =========    =========   ========    =========    =========
</TABLE>

     Assumptions used were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1995                     1996                     1997
                                             ------------------------ ------------------------ -------------------------
                                                U.S.      NON-U.S.       U.S.      NON-U.S.       U.S.       NON-U.S.
                                             --------- -------------- --------- -------------- ---------- --------------
<S>                                          <C>       <C>            <C>       <C>            <C>        <C>
Discount and settlement rate ...............     7.5%   6.5%-8.5%         8.0%   7.0%-8.0%         7.25%   6.5%-7.0%
Rate of increase in compensation levels.....     7.0%   3.5%-5.5%         5.5%   3.5%-5.0%          5.0%   3.5%-5.0%
Expected long-term rate of return on
 assets ....................................     9.0%      N/A            9.0%      N/A             9.0%      N/A
</TABLE>

                                      F-17

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     In 1996 and 1997, the Company recorded  liabilities of $0.7 million for the
portion of its unfunded  pension  liabilities  that had not been  recognized  as
expense and an adjustment to equity of $0.7 million.

     Contributions  to  other  foreign  defined  contribution  plans  were  $5.9
million, $6.2 million and $7.5 million in 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

     The Company also has an employee  savings plan that qualifies as a deferred
salary  arrangement under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the
plan, participating U.S. employees may defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings
up to the  Internal  Revenue  Service  annual  contribution  limit.  The Company
currently matches 100% of each employee's  contribution up to a maximum of 5% of
the employee's earnings up to $150,000.  Amounts expensed by the Company for its
contributions  to the plan were $6.4  million,  $7.0 million and $7.8 million in
1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Prior to the Recapitalization,  the Company's
contribution was made through the issuance of the Company's common stock. All of
the shares of common  stock held in the Plan were  purchased by Holdings as part
of  the   Recapitalization.   Subsequent  to  the   Recapitalization,   matching
contributions are satisfied in cash.

NOTE 12--DEFERRED COMPENSATION:

     The Predecessor  Company maintained a non-qualified  deferred  compensation
plan for its key executives, the Growth Participation Plan. Participation in the
plan was at the discretion of management.  Awards of growth  participation units
("GPUs") granted under the plan generally vested at the rate of 20% per year. As
a result of the  Recapitalization,  all GPUs (whether fully or partially vested)
were canceled for cash consideration of $115 per unit (see Note 4).

     The Company  maintains other deferred cash incentive plans which are either
tied to operating performance or contractual deferred  compensation  agreements.
The costs of these  compensation plans are expensed  currently.  At December 31,
1996  and  1997,  included  in  other  non-current   liabilities  were  deferred
compensation liabilities of $17.9 million and $31.1 million, respectively.

NOTE 13--INSTALLMENT PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS:

     Prior to 1997,  the  Company  issued  installment  notes  payable to former
equityholders  of the  Predecessor  Company which arose out of the repurchase of
Common Stock and LPUs upon  termination  of employment.  Installment  notes were
paid in five  annual  installments,  the  first of  which  was  payable  90 days
following  termination of employment.  In connection with the  Recapitalization,
all foreign  installment notes outstanding at December 12, 1996 were assumed and
repaid. The remaining current installment notes of $24.9 million at December 31,
1996 were repaid in the first quarter of 1997.

     Effective in 1997 and pursuant to the Stockholders'  Agreement, the Company
may,  at its  election,  pay for  shares  purchased  from  Management  Investors
pursuant to a call or put at the  applicable  call price or the  applicable  put
price in up to four equal installments. The first such installment is payable in
cash upon the  applicable  payment  date  (generally  the June 30 or December 31
closest  in  time  following   termination  of  employment)  and  the  remaining
installments  are evidenced by a  non-negotiable  obligation from the Company to
the  Management  Investor.   At  December  31,  1997,  current  and  non-current
installment notes of $3.2 million and $6.5 million,  respectively,  were payable
to former Management Investors.

     Interest accrues and is payable annually with each installment payment at a
rate equal to the applicable federal rate in effect as published by the Internal
Revenue Service,  compounded  semi-annually.  For 1997, the interest rate ranged
from 5.68% to 6.14%.

                                      F-18

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

NOTE 14--LOANS PAYABLE:

     Short Term: The Company's  short term loans payable are primarily  advances
under bank lines of credit and  generally  bear  interest at  prevailing  market
rates.  The  Company's  current loans payable of $36.3 million and $10.8 million
include the short-term  portion of long-term  loans payable of $14.7 million and
$1.2 million at December 31, 1996 and 1997 respectively.

     Long-term loans payable are comprised of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                    -------------------------
                                                        1996          1997
                                                    -----------   -----------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>
       Senior Secured Credit Facilities .........    $219,282      $330,552
       Capital lease obligations ................         611           404
       Other borrowings .........................         859           818
                                                     --------      --------
                                                      220,752       331,774
       Less--Current portion ....................      14,670         1,222
                                                     --------      --------
                                                     $206,082      $330,552
                                                     ========      ========

</TABLE>

     In connection  with the  Recapitalization,  in December  1996,  the Company
entered  into  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities  (the  "Credit   Facilities")
amounting  to $700  million  with a group of banks  arranged by Bank of America,
with The Bank of New York,  Citibank N.A.,  Credit Lyonnais and Wachovia Bank as
managing agents.  The Credit Facilities  consist of a six and one-half year $400
million term loan and a six and  one-half  year $300  million  revolving  credit
facility.  The term loan is available in two drawings of $200 million each:  the
first drawdown  occurred in December 1996, while the second drawdown occurred on
March 18,  1997.  The  Company's  obligations  under the Credit  Facilities  are
secured by a  security  interest  in  certain  domestic  assets,  including  its
headquarters  building in New York,  all of the capital  stock of the direct and
indirect domestic  subsidiaries of the Company and 66.7% of the capital stock of
the Company's  first-tier non-U.S.  subsidiaries.  The Company pays a commitment
fee  ranging  from  0.20% to 0.50% on the  unused  portion  of the total  Credit
Facilities.  The Credit  Facilities  include  several credit  sensitive  pricing
options (LIBOR, Base Rate Loans, Fronted Loans and Swing Line Loans),  letter of
credit issuances and a $175 million multi-currency  subfacility.  The applicable
interest rate was 6.915% and 6.875% at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

     The Credit  Facilities  contain various  covenants which contain  interest,
fixed charge, and debt coverage ratios, the maintenance of minimum net worth and
limitations  on  the  amount  of  debt,  liens,   asset  sales,   dividends  and
acquisitions.  Deferred financing costs of $9.2 million were capitalized and are
being amortized over the six and one-half year term of the Credit Facilities.

     The Company is required to enter into interest rate  protection  agreements
with  respect to $100  million of the initial  drawdown  and $100 million of the
second drawdown.

     In December 1996, the Company entered into a two year $50 million  notional
principal  amount interest rate  floored-swap,  and pays, on a quarterly  basis,
fixed  interest  equal  to  6.00%  and  receives   interest  based  on  floating
three-month  LIBOR.  If LIBOR is less  than  5.00%,  the  Company  receives  the
difference  between 5.00% and the  three-month  LIBOR.  This  agreement  expires
December 29, 1998.

     In January 1997, the Company  entered into a one year $50 million  notional
principal  amount  interest  rate cap.  The  interest  rate cap  resulted in the
Company receiving quarterly,  the difference between the amount that three-month
LIBOR exceeded the cap rate of 6.25%. This agreement expired January 27, 1998.

                                      F-19

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     In February 1997, the Company entered into a four year $50 million notional
principal  amount  interest rate swap. The interest rate swap will result in the
Company  paying,  on a  quarterly  basis,  fixed  interest  equal to  6.11%  and
receiving  interest based on floating three month LIBOR. This four year interest
rate swap agreement expires February 20, 2001.

     In March 1997,  the Company  entered  into a two year $50 million  notional
principal  amount interest rate  floored-swap,  and pays, on a quarterly  basis,
fixed  interest  equal  to  6.36%  and  receives   interest  based  on  floating
three-month  LIBOR.  If LIBOR is less  than  5.00%,  the  Company  receives  the
difference between 5.00% and the three-month LIBOR. This agreement expires March
24, 1999.

     In April 1997,  the Company  entered  into a one year $50 million  notional
principal  amount  interest  rate cap. The interest  rate cap will result in the
Company receiving quarterly,  the difference between the amount that three-month
LIBOR exceeds the cap rate of 6.50%. This agreement expires May 1, 1998.

     In June 1997,  the Company  entered  into a four year $25 million  notional
principal  amount  interest rate swap. The interest rate swap will result in the
Company  paying,  on a  quarterly  basis,  fixed  interest  equal to 6.365%  and
receiving interest based on floating  three-month LIBOR. This four year interest
rate swap agreement expires June 18, 2001.

     In February  1996, the  Predecessor  Company  entered into a 10-year,  $100
million, 7.01% Senior Note transaction with a group of insurance companies.  The
proceeds were used to reduce the Revolving  Credit  Agreement  borrowings.  This
note was repaid by proceeds from the Credit Facilities.  A prepayment penalty of
$1.8  million  was paid in 1996  and is  included  as a  component  of  interest
expense.

     In June 1996, the  Predecessor  Company  entered into a $150 million,  five
year Revolving  Credit  Agreement.  The Company paid a facility fee ranging from
0.125% to 0.30% on the full amount of the  committed  facility.  This  agreement
included several pricing options (LIBOR, Bid Loans and Swing Line Loans), letter
of credit issuances and multi-currency  borrowing options. This Revolving Credit
Agreement was repaid by proceeds from the Credit Facilities.

     In June 1994, the Predecessor  Company  entered into a $225 million,  three
year Revolving  Credit  Agreement.  The Company paid a facility fee ranging from
0.20% to 0.375% on the full amount of the  committed  facility.  This  revolving
credit agreement  included  several pricing options (LIBOR,  Bid Loans and Swing
Line Loans), letter of credit issuances and multicurrency borrowing options. The
Revolving  Credit  Agreement  was  replaced  by the five year  Revolving  Credit
Agreement entered into in June 1996.

     In October 1991, the Predecessor Company arranged a seven year $40 million,
8.75% Senior Note transaction with the Prudential  Insurance Company.  This note
was repaid by proceeds from the Credit Facilities.  A prepayment penalty of $1.1
million was paid in 1996 and is included as a component of interest expense.

     In January 1991,  the  Predecessor  Company  entered into a five year,  $20
million notional  principal  amount interest rate swap. The Predecessor  Company
paid, on a semi-annual  basis,  fixed interest rate equal to 8.485% and received
interest based on floating  six-month LIBOR.  This agreement expired January 22,
1996.

     At December 31, 1997,  the Company had $690 million in  availability  under
its  commercial  lines of credit  ($449  million  in the U.S.  and $241  million
outside the U.S.).  Unused  commercial lines of credit at December 31, 1997 were
$349 million.  The Company paid commitment fees of approximately $0.9 million on
the unused  portion of the U.S.  credit  lines and  varying  fees on the foreign
credit lines. At December 31, 1996, the Company had $802 million in availability
under its

                                      F-20

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

commercial  lines of credit ($540  million in the U.S. and $262 million  outside
the U.S.).  Unused  commercial  lines of credit at  December  31, 1996 were $560
million.  The Company paid commitment fees of approximately  $0.1 million on the
unused  portion of the U.S.  credit lines and varying fees on the foreign credit
lines.

     Repayment requirements on long-term loans existing at December 31, 1997 are
as follows:

                              TOTAL
                          (IN THOUSANDS)
                         ---------------
  1998 ...............      $   1,222
  1999 ...............         50,250
  2000 ...............         68,750
  2001 ...............         71,250
  2002 ...............         84,583
  Thereafter .........         55,719
                            ---------
                            $ 331,774
                            =========


NOTE 15--EQUITY:

     The following schedule  summarizes the changes in the number of outstanding
shares of preferred stock, common stock, LPUs and treasury stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NON-VOTING          LIMITED
                               PREFERRED     VOTING COMMON         COMMON          PARTNERSHIP       COMMON STOCK
                                 STOCK           STOCK              STOCK             UNITS           IN TREASURY
                              -----------   ---------------   ----------------   ---------------   ----------------
<S>                           <C>           <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>
BALANCE 12/31/94 ..........       1,252                --         16,000,000         2,465,729         13,190,263
                                  -----                --         ----------         ---------         ----------
 Issued ...................         563                --                 --            43,000           (289,970)
 Repurchased ..............        (491)               --                 --          (476,719)           365,779
                                  -----                --         ----------         ---------         ----------
BALANCE 12/31/95 ..........       1,324                --         16,000,000         2,032,010         13,266,072
                                  -----                --         ----------         ---------         ----------
 Issued ...................          67                --                 --            83,993           (215,907)
 Repurchased ..............          --                --                 --          (246,321)           491,733
 Recapitalization .........      (1,391)       58,469,280        (16,000,000)       (1,869,682)       (13,541,898)
                                 ------        ----------        -----------        ----------        -----------
BALANCE 12/31/96 ..........          --        58,469,280                 --                --                 --
                                 ------        ----------        -----------        ----------        -----------
 Issued ...................          --         4,391,010                 --                --                 --
 Repurchased ..............          --        (1,115,160)                --                --          1,115,160
                                 ------        ----------        -----------        ----------        -----------
BALANCE 12/31/97 ..........          --        61,745,130                 --                --          1,115,160
                                 ======        ==========        ===========        ==========        ===========
</TABLE>

     The preferred stock of the Predecessor  Company was owned by members of the
Predecessor Company's Board of Directors.  The Predecessor Company had the right
to reacquire  the  preferred  stock when the holder ceased to be a member of the
Board of Directors.

     On December  12,  1996,  all  outstanding  Predecessor  Company  equity was
purchased  for cash or  exchanged  for  Company  common  stock  pursuant  to the
Recapitalization.  In addition, all outstanding Predecessor Company options were
canceled  for  cash  consideration  or the  award  of  Company  options  and all
outstanding GPUs were canceled for cash consideration (see Note 4). In addition,
all treasury shares were retired.

     In connection  with the  consummation of the  Recapitalization  in December
1996, the Company created a class of preferred stock  designated as Money Market
Preferred  Stock (the "Money  Market  Preferred").  The Money  Market  Preferred
carries a variable rate dividend and is redeemable at the

                                      F-21

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

Company's  election for $115.00 per share following the fifth anniversary of the
issuance  thereof.  At December 31, 1996 and 1997, 50,000 shares of Money Market
Preferred were  authorized.  87 shares of Money Market Preferred were issued and
outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1997.

     In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company also issued 11,086,950
shares of common  stock  ("Restricted  Shares")  to a trust  ("Restricted  Stock
Trust").  All Restricted Shares held in the Restricted Stock Trust are deposited
in the Management Voting Trust. Any employee awarded Restricted Shares under the
plan will become vested in the Restricted  Shares on the earlier of (i) a change
of control  event (as  defined);  (ii) the  consummation  of an  initial  public
offering or the six month  anniversary  following an initial public offering if,
in connection with the offering,  the holders are unable to sell such Restricted
Shares;  and  (iii)  upon any  other  event as  determined  by the  Compensation
Committee  of the  Board of  Directors  with  the  written  consent  of the HFCP
Investors,  if prior to an initial public  offering,  and the Management  Voting
Trust. The Company has recorded unearned  compensation of $85 million and $136.7
million,  representing  the fair value of the Restricted  Shares at December 31,
1996 and  1997,  respectively.  Compensation  expense  will be  recognized  when
vesting becomes probable and will be equal to the fair value of the common stock
at the time that the Restricted  Shares become vested.  At December 31, 1996 and
1997, a total of 11,086,950  shares were  outstanding and held in the Restricted
Stock Trust.

NOTE 16--MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE EQUITY SECURITIES:

     Concurrent   with  the   Recapitalization,   the  Company  entered  into  a
Stockholders'  agreement  which  includes  both  put  rights  and  calls  on the
Company's  common  stock.  The Company has the right to purchase  shares and the
stockholder  has the right to cause  the  Company  to  purchase  such  shares at
certain  times and  subject to certain  conditions.  The put  provision  becomes
enforceable  upon  termination  of employment  for  Management  Investors if the
Company  has not  previously  exercised  its call  right  and upon the  six-year
anniversary  of  the  Recapitalization  for  HFCP.  The  carrying  value  of the
mandatorily  redeemable  equity  securities held by the Management  Investors is
equivalent to the redemption  value of $7.67 and $12.33 at December 31, 1996 and
1997,  respectively.  The carrying value of the  Mandatorily  Redeemable  Equity
Securities for common shares held by HFCP is being accreted to redemption  value
over the six year period from the date of the Recapitalization. Accordingly, the
carrying  value of Mandatorily  Redeemable  Equity  Securities  held by HFCP was
$7.67 and $8.47 at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

     The accretion  from carrying  value to redemption  value for the respective
periods is  reflected  as a charge to capital  surplus.  Both the calls and puts
terminate upon the earlier to occur of an initial  public  offering or such time
as the Common Stock is listed for trading on a national securities exchange.

NOTE 17--OPTIONS:

     Under the  Company's  1992  Stock  Option  Plan,  options  to  purchase  an
aggregate  of  8,000,000  shares of common  stock,  at a price not less than the
prior year-end book value,  as defined,  could be granted to key employees.  The
Predecessor  Company  also had an LPU Option  Plan with  substantially  the same
terms as the common stock option plan. In accordance  with the  Recapitalization
(as discussed below), all prior option plans were terminated.

     In connection with the Recapitalization,  the shareholders approved a stock
option plan (the "Stock  Option  Plan") which  allowed the Board of Directors to
grant to employees of the Company options to purchase up to 33,173,565 shares of
Company  common stock.  The Stock Option Plan governs both the Rollover  Options
and certain other executive options (the "Executive Options").

     At the closing of the Recapitalization (see Note 4), the Board of Directors
granted the Rollover Options which were immediately vested and exercisable. Each
Rollover Option has an exercise price

                                      F-22

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

of $1.92 per share, with certain limited  exceptions  outside of the U.S. Of the
Rollover  Options,  50% have a term of five years and the  remaining  50% have a
term of seven years.  In connection  with the issuance of the Rollover  Options,
the Company recognized compensation expense of $96.7 million (see Note 4).

     At the closing of the  Recapitalization,  the Board of Directors granted to
employees  5,200,590 options to purchase shares of Company common stock at $7.67
per share (the "Closing Options").  The Closing Options vest as follows:  40% on
the grant date,  30% on the third  anniversary  of the grant date and 30% on the
fifth anniversary of the grant date.

     Pursuant to the Stock Option Plan,  the Board of Directors had the right to
grant additional options (the "Additional  Options") to purchase up to 2,974,410
shares of Company common stock plus any shares that became available through the
cancellation  of  unexercised  Executive  Options.  Through  December  31, 1997,
Additional Options to purchase 1,891,200 shares of Company common stock had been
granted,  each at  $7.67  per  share.  As a  result,  during  1997  the  Company
recognized a  compensation  charge of $1.3 million  representing  the difference
between the estimated fair market value of Company common stock and the exercise
price  of  $7.67 on date of grant  in  accordance  with the  applicable  vesting
provisions of the Additional Options.

     Additionally,  at the closing of the  Recapitalization,  the Company issued
options to HFCP (see Note 4) to  purchase  2,598,105  shares of  Company  common
stock at $7.67 per share which were  exercisable  immediately  and expire on the
seventh anniversary of the closing.  The HFCP Options are not governed under the
Stock Option Plan.

     In  December  1997,  the  Company  adopted  the Young & Rubicam  Inc.  1997
Incentive  Compensation Plan (the "Incentive  Compensation  Plan" or "ICP"). The
ICP  superseded  the Stock Option Plan and amended and  restated the  Restricted
Stock Plan (the Stock Option Plan and the  Restricted  Stock Plan (prior to such
amendment  and  restatement)  (the  "Preexisting  Plans"),  although  all awards
granted  prior to the  adoption of the ICP, and any grants of  Restricted  Stock
made  after  such  adoption  but on or prior  to March  31,  1998,  will  remain
outstanding  in accordance  with their terms and will be subject to the terms of
the Preexisting Plans.

     The ICP provides for grants of stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights
("SARS"),  Restricted Stock,  deferred stock,  other  stock-related  awards, and
performance  or annual  incentive  awards that may be settled in cash,  stock or
other property ("Awards").  Under the ICP, the total number of shares of Company
common stock reserved and available for delivery to  participants  in connection
with Awards is  19,125,000,  plus the number of shares of Company  common  stock
subject to awards under the Preexisting  Plans that become available  (generally
due to  cancellation  or  forfeiture)  after  the  effective  date  of the  ICP;
provided,  however that the total number of shares of Company  common stock with
respect to which incentive stock options ("ISO") may be granted shall not exceed
15,000,000.  Any  shares of Company  common  stock  delivered  under the ICP may
consist of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares.

     The Board of Directors is authorized to grant stock options, including both
incentive  stock options,  non-qualified  stock options,  and SARS entitling the
participant  to receive the excess of the fair market value of a share of common
stock on the date of  exercise  over the grant  price of the SAR.  The  exercise
price per share  subject to an option and the grant price of a SAR is determined
by the Board of Directors,  but must not be less than the fair market value of a
share of common  stock on the date of grant.  The maximum term of each option or
SAR, the times at which each option or SAR will be  exercisable,  and provisions
requiring forfeiture of unexercised options or SARS at or following  termination
of employment generally is fixed by the Board of Directors,  except no option or
SAR may have a term exceeding ten years.

     The  Board  of   Directors   may,  at  its   discretion,   accelerate   the
exercisability,  the lapsing of  restrictions,  or the expiration of deferral or
vesting  periods  of any  award,  and such  accelerated  exercisability,  lapse,
expiration and vesting shall occur automatically in the case of a "change in

                                      F-23

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

control" of the  Company  except to the extent  otherwise  provided in the award
agreement.  In addition, the Board of Directors may provide that the performance
goals relating to any  performance-based  awards will be deemed to have been met
upon the occurrence of any change in control.

     In December 1997, the Company  granted  options to employees to purchase an
aggregate of 9,577,950  shares of Company common stock at $12.33 per share,  the
fair market value of such common stock as of the date of grant. Each such option
will expire if not exercised ten years after the date of grant and will be fully
exercisable  on the  fifth  anniversary  of the date of  grant if the  recipient
remains an employee of the Company or an  affiliate  as of such date;  provided,
however, that in the event that the Company completes an initial public offering
of its common stock prior to December 31, 1999, the exercisability of 33 1/3% of
the shares  subject to any such option will  accelerate to December 31, 2000, if
the recipient  remains an employee of the Company or an affiliate as of December
31, 2000,  and an  additional  33 1/3% of the shares  subject to any such option
will  accelerate to December 31, 2001,  if the recipient  remains an employee of
the Company or an affiliate as of December 31, 2001.  Of the  9,577,950  options
granted in December 1997,  options to purchase  1,152,150 shares of common stock
will not become  exercisable  until nine years and nine  months from the date of
grant,  unless certain 1998 operating targets are met, in which case the vesting
schedule described above will apply.

     The  Company  has  adopted  SFAS  No.  123,   "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation",  ("SFAS 123"). In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123, the
Company  applies APB Opinion No. 25, and related  interpretations  in accounting
for its plans.  If the  Company had elected to  recognize  compensation  expense
based  upon the  fair  value  at the  grant  date for  awards  under  its  plans
consistent with the  methodology  prescribed by SFAS 123, the Company's SFAS 123
net loss would be  increased  by $1.3 million and $9.4 million for 1995 and 1996
and the net loss  and net  loss per  common  share  would be  increased  by $6.3
million and $.13, respectively, for 1997.

     These  SFAS 123 pro  forma  amounts  may not be  representative  of  future
disclosures  since the  estimated  fair value of stock  options is  amortized to
expense over the vesting period, and additional options may be granted in future
years. The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model with the following  assumptions for the
period ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively:

ADDITIONAL OPTIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1995               1996               1997
                                 ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
<S>                              <C>                <C>                <C>
Expected term ................    2-10 years         5-10 years           10 years
Risk-free rate ...............    5.41%-7.22%        5.92%-6.61%        5.59%-7.12%
Dividend yield ...............             0%                 0%                 0%
Expected volatility ..........             0%                 0%                 0%

</TABLE>

     The  weighted-average  fair value and weighted  average  exercise  price of
options  granted  prior to the  Recapitalization  for which the  exercise  price
equals the fair value of Company  common  stock on the grant date was $11.23 and
$44.65 in 1995, respectively,  and $13.28 and $47.14, in 1996, respectively. The
weighted-average  fair  value and  weighted-average  exercise  price of  options
granted on and subsequent to the  Recapitalization  for which the exercise price
equals the fair value of  Company  common  stock on the grant date was $3.69 and
$7.67 in 1996, respectively, and $5.28 and $12.33 in 1997, respectively.

     The  weighted-average  fair value and  weighted-average  exercise  price of
options  granted  for which the  exercise  price was less than the fair value of
Company common stock on the grant date

                                      F-24

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

was  $6.30  and  $1.97  in  1996,  respectively  and  $6.76  and  $7.67 in 1997,
respectively.  There were no option issuances prior to the  Recapitalization for
which the  exercise  price was less than the  estimated  fair  value of  Company
common stock on the date of grant.

     The  Black-Scholes   option  valuation  model  was  developed  for  use  in
estimating  the  weighted-average  fair  value of traded  options  which have no
vesting restrictions and are fully transferable.  Because the Company's employee
stock options have characteristics  significantly different from those of traded
options,  and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially
affect the fair value estimate,  in management's opinion, the existing models do
not  necessarily  provide a  reliable  single  measure  of the fair value of its
employee stock options.

     Transactions involving options are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 WEIGHTED-
                                                OPTIONS           AVERAGE
                                              OUTSTANDING      EXERCISE PRICE
                                            ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                         <C>               <C>
JANUARY 1, 1995 .........................       1,633,110     $40.51
 Granted ................................       1,197,722      44.72
 Exercised ..............................        (144,400)     34.26
 Cancellations ..........................        (260,324)     40.17
                                                ---------     -------
DECEMBER 31, 1995 .......................       2,426,108      42.99
                                                ---------     -------
 Granted ................................         284,773      47.14
 Exercised ..............................        (252,278)     41.94
 Cancellations ..........................        (167,940)     42.83
 Recapitalization cancellations .........      (2,290,663)     43.64
 Recapitalization grants ................      24,622,260       3.76
                                               ----------     -------
DECEMBER 31, 1996 .......................      24,622,260       3.76
                                               ----------     -------
 Granted ................................      11,469,150      11.56
 Exercised ..............................      (4,250,790)      2.19
 Cancellations ..........................        (827,415)      4.50
                                               ----------     -------
DECEMBER 31, 1997 .......................      31,013,205       6.84
                                               ==========     =======
</TABLE>

     The following information is as of December 31, 1997:

<TABLE>

<S>                                                     <C>               <C>              <C>
Number outstanding ..................................      12,312,690        9,122,565        9,577,950
                                                           ----------        ---------        ---------
Weighted-average contractual life, in years .........               6               10               10
Weighted-average exercise price .....................    $       1.92      $      7.67      $     12.33
                                                         ------------      -----------      -----------
Number exercisable ..................................      12,312,690        4,930,305                0
                                                         ------------      -----------      -----------
Weighted-average exercise price .....................    $       1.92      $      7.67      $     12.33
                                                         ------------      -----------      -----------
</TABLE>

     The following information is as of December 31, 1995 and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995                       1996
                                                         ------------------   ------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                  <C>              <C>
Range of Exercise Prices .............................     $ 35.85-$44.65      $      1.92      $     7.67
                                                           --------------      -----------      ----------
Number outstanding ...................................          2,426,108       16,823,565       7,798,695
                                                           --------------      -----------      ----------
Weighted-average contractual life, in years ..........                  5                6              10
Weighted-average exercise price ......................     $        42.96      $      1.92      $     7.67
                                                           --------------      -----------      ----------
Number exercisable ...................................            544,004       16,823,565       4,678,335
                                                           --------------      -----------      ----------
Weighted-average exercise price ......................     $        40.92      $      1.92      $     7.67
                                                           --------------      -----------      ----------
</TABLE>

                                      F-25

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

NOTE 18--LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:

     The Company has performed,  and continues to perform,  services for clients
in a wide range of businesses,  including tobacco products  manufacturers.  As a
result, the Company may from time to time be joined as a defendant in litigation
brought  against  its  clients  and  others  by  third  parties,  including  its
competitors,  governmental and regulatory  bodies,  or consumers,  alleging that
advertising  claims  made  through  the Company  with  respect to such  clients'
products are false,  deceptive  or  misleading;  that such clients  products are
defective,  injurious or pose some manner of threat to the public generally;  or
that marketing or  communications  materials  created for such clients  infringe
upon the  proprietary  rights of third  parties.  The  Company's  practice is to
attempt to minimize such potential liabilities through insurance coverage and/or
indemnification provisions in its agreements with clients and others.

     Recently,  the Company was named as a defendant  in an action  brought by a
county government  against tobacco products  manufacturers  (including a current
and a former  client of the  Company)  and others  alleging  that,  because  the
Company performed  advertising and other professional services for such clients,
the Company is liable for damages for health and other claims. While this action
is in its early  stages and the  allegations  against the Company  have not been
made with specificity,  the Company believes it has meritorious  defenses to the
claims and intends to contest them vigorously.

     The  Company is named as party in  litigation  matters  which  arise in the
ordinary course of its business,  including claims by former employees for money
damages and other relief based upon the  circumstances  or consequences of their
separation  from  employment.  The  Company  believes  that  it has  meritorious
defenses to these claims, and is contesting such claims vigorously. In addition,
the  Company is  covered  by  insurance  with  respect  to some of such  claims.
Accordingly, the Company does not expect such matters to have a material adverse
effect on its  consolidated  financial  position,  results of operations or cash
flows.

     Net rental expense was $62.4 million,  $62.9 million,  and $74.4 million in
1995,  1996 and 1997,  respectively.  Future  minimum  rental  commitments as of
December 31, 1997 are as follows:

                           (IN THOUSANDS)
  1998 ................       $ 62,863
  1999 ................         54,525
  2000 ................         42,924
  2001 ................         40,162
  2002 ................         39,119
  Thereafter ..........        108,437

     Certain  leases  contain  renewal  options  calling for increased  rentals.
Others contain certain  escalation clauses relating to taxes and other operating
expenses.

     At December  31,  1996,  the Company had  outstanding  guarantees  of $18.6
million in support of credit lines of unconsolidated  companies. At December 31,
1997,  the  Company had  outstanding  guarantees  of $7.6  million in support of
credit lines of unconsolidated companies.

     The  Company  and its  corporate  affiliates  conduct  business  in various
developing  countries in Asia, Africa,  Latin America and Eastern Europe,  where
the systems and bodies of commercial law and trade practices arising  thereunder
are in a continuing  state of evolution.  Commercial  laws in such countries are
often  vague,   arbitrary,   contradictory,   inconsistently   administered  and
retroactively applied. Under such circumstances, it is difficult for the Company
to determine  with certainty at all times the exact  requirements  of such local
laws. Nevertheless,  the Company believes that any difficulty in compliance with
local  laws in such  developing  countries  will not have a  materially  adverse
impact on the  consolidated  financial  position,  results of operations or cash
flows of the Company.

                                      F-26

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

NOTE 19--FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES:

     At  December  31,  1996 and  1997,  the  carrying  value  of the  Company's
financial instruments approximated fair value in all material respects.

     The Company entered into interest rate exchange agreements with off-balance
sheet risk in order to reduce its  exposure to changes in interest  rates on its
variable rate long-term debt. These interest rate exchange  agreements  included
interest  rate swaps,  interest  rate floors and interest rate caps. At December
31, 1996 and 1997, the notional  amount of these  agreements was $50 million and
$275  million,  respectively  (see  Note  14).  The fair  value,  which has been
estimated based upon quotations from independent third party banks, approximated
the notional amount at December 31, 1996 and 1997.

     The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge certain
assets and liabilities  which are recorded in a currency  different from that in
which they settle. The purpose of these contracts is almost exclusively to hedge
intercompany  transactions.  The Company's forward foreign exchange contracts do
not  create  exchange  rate risk  because  gains and  losses on these  contracts
generally  offset  losses  and  gains  on  the  foreign   currency   denominated
intercompany transactions.  The gains and losses on these positions are deferred
and included in the basis of the transaction upon settlement. The terms of these
contracts are  generally a one month  maturity.  The tables below  summarize the
Company's  forward foreign exchange  contracts  outstanding at December 31, 1996
and 1997. The "buy" amounts  represent the U.S. dollar equivalent of commitments
to purchase the respective  currency,  and the "sell" amounts represent the U.S.
dollar equivalent of commitments to sell the respective currency.


                                       COMPANY     COMPANY
                                         BUYS       SELLS
                                      ---------   --------
                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
  1996
  Canadian Dollar .................    $    --     $8,399
  Italian Lira ....................      4,524         --
  Swiss Franc .....................      5,934         --
  Japanese Yen ....................      6,199         --
                                       -------     ------
                                       $16,657     $8,399
                                       =======     ======


                                       COMPANY    COMPANY
                                         BUYS      SELLS
                                      ---------   -------
                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
  1997
  German Deutschemark .............   $    --     $13,318
  Italian Lira ....................        --       3,901
  Swedish Krona ...................        --       1,268
  Swiss Franc .....................     6,849          --
  Japanese Yen ....................     5,975          --
                                      -------     -------
                                      $12,824     $18,487
                                      =======     =======

     Management  believes  the risk of  incurring  losses due to credit risk and
foreign  exchange would not have a material  adverse impact on the  consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

                                      F-27

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

NOTE 20--SUBSEQUENT EVENT--COMMON STOCK DIVIDEND

     On April 6, 1998,  the Board of Directors  declared a stock  dividend of 14
shares of common stock payable for each share of common stock outstanding on the
effective date of the Company's  planned  initial public offering (see Note 21).
Common stock and accumulated  deficit reflected in the historical balance sheets
at  December  31, 1996 and 1997 have been  restated to reflect the common  stock
dividend.  The number of common  shares the Company is  authorized  to issue was
also  increased  from 10 million  to 250  million  and the number of  authorized
preferred shares,  none of which have been issued,  was increased from 50,000 to
10 million.

     All references in the consolidated  financial  statements to shares,  share
prices,   per  share  data,   including  stock  option  and  stock  option  plan
information, for periods after the 1996 Recapitalization are reflected on a post
dividend basis. All references in the historical  financial statements to common
shares and Limited  Partnership Units in Predecessor  entities  including option
and option plan information are reflected on a pre-dividend basis.

NOTE  21--PUBLIC OFFERING AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THE
          INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS REPORT (UNAUDITED)

     PUBLIC  OFFERING:  On May 15, 1998,  the Company  closed its initial public
offering of common stock (the  "Offering").  An aggregate of  19,090,000  shares
(including 2,490,000 shares subject to the underwriters'  overallotment  option)
of the  Company's  common  stock was offered to the public,  of which  6,912,730
shares  were sold by the  Company  and  12,177,270  shares  were sold by certain
selling  stockholders.  Net proceeds to the Company were $158.6  million,  after
deducting  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and  expenses  paid by the
Company in connection with the Offering.  The Company did not receive any of the
net  proceeds  from the sale of common  stock by the selling  stockholders.  The
Company used the net proceeds  from the Offering  together  with $155 million of
borrowings  under  a new  credit  facility  (see  below)  to  repay  all  of the
outstanding  borrowings  under its then  existing  $700 million  senior  secured
credit facility.

     NEW  DEBT  FACILITY:  On May 15,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into a $400
million,  five-year unsecured  multicurrency revolving credit facility (the "New
Credit  Facility")  which replaced its then existing $700 million senior secured
credit  facility.  The  New  Credit  Facility  contains  certain  financial  and
operating restrictions and covenant  requirements,  including a maximum leverage
ratio and a minimum interest  coverage  requirement.  The Company is required to
pay a facility  fee tied to the leverage  ratio  ranging from 0.125% to 0.2% per
annum.  Under the terms of the New Credit  Facility,  interest  charged on loans
ranges  from base  rate to  Eurodollar  and  Eurocurrency  rate plus  applicable
margins tied to the leverage ratio ranging from 0.275% to 0.3%. On May 15, 1998,
the Company used the net proceeds  from the Offering  together with $155 million
of borrowings under the New Credit Facility to repay all outstanding  borrowings
under  its  then  existing  $700  million  senior   secured   credit   facility.
Approximately  $7.3 million of unamortized  deferred  financing costs related to
the replaced  credit  facility were charged to expense and were  reflected as an
extraordinary  charge,  net of an applicable tax benefit of  approximately  $2.8
million,  in the Company's  consolidated  statements of operations  for the nine
months ended September 30, 1998.

     RESTRICTED STOCK:  Upon the consummation of the Offering,  9,231,105 shares
of common stock ("Restricted Stock") held in a restricted stock trust vested and
resulted in  non-recurring,  non-cash,  pre-tax  compensation  charges of $234.4
million  which were  reflected  as "other  operating  charges" in the  Company's
consolidated  statements of operations  for the nine months ended  September 30,
1998. The Company  redeemed the remaining  1,855,845  shares of Restricted Stock
held in the restricted stock trust upon the consummation of the Offering.

                                      F-28

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                  1997             1998
                                                                                             --------------   --------------
                                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                          <C>              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
 Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................................     $  160,263       $   71,181
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $14,125 and $15,509 at
  December 31, 1997 and ,September 30, 1998 respectively .................................        790,342          780,230
 Costs billable to clients, net ..........................................................         50,479           80,479
 Other receivables .......................................................................         35,218           38,568
 Deferred income taxes ...................................................................         32,832           26,434
 Prepaid expenses and other assets .......................................................         17,989           30,657
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
  Total Current Assets ...................................................................      1,087,123        1,027,549
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
NONCURRENT ASSETS
 Property and equipment, net .............................................................        125,014          123,092
 Deferred income taxes ...................................................................        124,192          164,754
 Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of $80,166 and $85,269 at December 31, 1997 and
  September 30, 1998, respectively .......................................................        116,637          111,065
 Equity in net assets of and advances to unconsolidated companies ........................         26,393           30,741
 Other assets ............................................................................         48,660           38,012
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
  Total Noncurrent Assets ................................................................        440,896          467,664
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
  Total Assets ...........................................................................     $1,528,019       $1,495,213
                                                                                               ==========       ==========
CURRENT LIABILITIES
 Loans payable ...........................................................................     $   10,765       $   37,822
 Accounts payable ........................................................................        811,162          834,592
 Installment notes payable ...............................................................          3,231              451
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities ..................................................        273,011          238,022
 Accrued payroll and bonuses .............................................................         65,458           61,601
 Income taxes payable ....................................................................         29,665            2,948
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
  Total Current Liabilities ..............................................................      1,193,292        1,175,436
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
 Loans payable ...........................................................................        330,552           70,469
 Installment notes payable ...............................................................          6,503              400
 Deferred compensation ...................................................................         31,077           32,542
 Other liabilities .......................................................................        112,851          109,299
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
  Total Noncurrent Liabilities ...........................................................        480,983          212,710
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
 Commitments and Contingencies
 Minority Interest .......................................................................          6,987            5,757
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE EQUITY SECURITIES
 Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized - 250,000,000 shares; issued
  and  outstanding  50,658,180  shares and - 0 shares at  December  31, 1997 and
  September 30,
  1998, respectively .....................................................................        508,471               --
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY/(DEFICIT) Preferred stock:
  Money Market Preferred Stock - Cumulative variable dividend; liquidating value of
   $115.00 per share; one-tenth of one vote per share; authorized 50,000 shares; 87 shares
   issued and outstanding ................................................................              -               --
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
 Cumulative Participating Junior Preferred Stock - $ dividend; liquidating value of
   $1.00 per share; 100 votes per share; authorized 2,500,000 shares; no shares issued 
   and outstanding........................................................................             --               --
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
 Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized - 250,000,000 shares; issued
  and  outstanding - 11,086,950 and  66,215,842  shares at December 31, 1997 and
  September 30, 1998, respectively (excluding 1,115,160 and 4,393,848 common shares
  in treasury) ...........................................................................            111              706
 Capital surplus .........................................................................         23,613          940,954
 Accumulated deficit .....................................................................       (522,866)        (785,552)
 Cumulative translation adjustment .......................................................        (16,577)         (13,650)
 Pension liability adjustment ............................................................           (706)            (706)
 Common stock in treasury, at cost .......................................................         (8,550)         (40,442)
 Unearned compensation - restricted stock ................................................       (136,739)               -
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
  Total Stockholders' Equity/(Deficit) ...................................................       (661,714)         101,310
                                                                                               ----------       ----------
  Total Liabilities, Mandatorily Redeemable Equity Securities and Stockholders'
   Equity/(Deficit) ......................................................................     $1,528,019       $1,495,213
                                                                                               ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-29

<PAGE>
                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED                NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   SEPTEMBER 30,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          -------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                               1997             1998             1997             1998
                                                          --------------   --------------   --------------   -------------
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
 Revenues .............................................    $   333,387      $   375,419      $   977,067      $ 1,095,720
 Compensation expense, including employee benefits.            206,676          227,184          600,767          659,449
 General and administrative expenses ..................        131,013          106,057          331,353          324,783
 Other operating charges ..............................             --               --               --          234,449
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
 Operating expenses ...................................        337,689          333,241          932,120        1,218,681
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
 Income (loss) from operations ........................         (4,302)          42,178           44,947         (122,961)
 Interest expense, net ................................        (10,950)          (2,843)         (28,580)         (13,015)
 Other income .........................................             --               --               --            2,200
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
 Income (loss) before income taxes ....................        (15,252)          39,335           16,367         (133,776)
 Income tax expense (benefit) .........................         (7,796)          15,914            7,855          (22,291)
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
                                                                (7,456)          23,421            8,512         (111,485)
 Equity in net income of unconsolidated companies......          1,621            1,567            4,091            3,194
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
 Minority interest in net (income) loss of consolidated
  subsidiaries ........................................            135             (682)            (698)            (604)
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
 Income (loss) before extraordinary charge ............         (5,700)          24,306           11,905         (108,895)
 Extraordinary charge for early retirement of debt,
  net of tax benefit of $2,834.........................             --               --               --           (4,433)
                                                           -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
 Net income (loss) ....................................    $    (5,700)     $    24,306      $    11,905      $  (113,328)
                                                           ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
Earnings (loss) per share:
 Basic:
 Income (loss) before extraordinary charge ............    $     (0.12)     $      0.36      $      0.25      $     (1.84)
                                                           ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
 Extraordinary charge .................................    $        --      $        --      $        --      $     (0.08)
                                                           ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
 Net income (loss) ....................................    $     (0.12)     $      0.36      $      0.25      $     (1.92)
                                                           ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
 Diluted:
 Income (loss) before extraordinary charge ............    $     (0.12)     $      0.29      $      0.20      $     (1.84)
                                                           ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
 Extraordinary charge .................................    $        --      $        --      $        --      $     (0.08)
                                                           ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
 Net income (loss) ....................................    $     (0.12)     $      0.29      $      0.20      $     (1.92)
                                                           ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
Weighted average shares used to compute:
 Basic ................................................     46,566,357       66,608,726       47,109,739       58,939,274
                                                           ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
 Diluted ..............................................     46,566,357       82,764,754       60,313,689       58,939,274
                                                           ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
                UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                 -----------------------------
                                                                                     1997            1998
                                                                                 ------------   --------------
<S>                                                                              <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net (loss) income .........................................................    $   11,905      $ (113,328)
 Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used by operating
   activities:
   Depreciation and amortization .............................................        41,474          43,061
   Other operating charges ...................................................            --         234,449
   Extraordinary charge, net .................................................            --           4,433
   Deferred income tax benefit ...............................................            --         (34,589)
   Equity in net income of unconsolidated companies ..........................        (4,091)         (3,194)
   Dividends from unconsolidated companies ...................................         2,220           1,427
   Minority interest in net income of consolidated subsidiaries ..............           698             604
 Change  in  assets  and  liabilities,   excluding  effects  from  acquisitions,
   dispositions, recapitalization and foreign exchange:
   Accounts receivable, net ..................................................       135,539          15,450
   Costs billable to clients, net ............................................       (31,447)        (27,933)
   Other receivables .........................................................        (2,167)         (3,247)
   Prepaid expenses and other assets .........................................        (7,651)        (12,218)
   Accounts payable ..........................................................       (50,958)         (7,934)
   Accrued expenses and other liabilities ....................................       (30,284)        (49,244)
   Accrued payroll and bonuses ...............................................       (12,900)         (5,901)
   Income taxes payable ......................................................        (8,887)        (23,996)
   Deferred compensation .....................................................         4,295           3,209
   Other .....................................................................         6,750           1,024
                                                                                  ----------      ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities ....................................        54,496          22,073
                                                                                  ----------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Additions to property and equipment .......................................       (38,930)        (34,784)
   Acquisitions, net of cash acquired ........................................        (5,337)           (499)
   Investment in net assets of and advances to unconsolidated companies ......        (3,297)         (4,316)
   Proceeds from notes receivable ............................................           647             339
                                                                                  ----------      ----------
Net cash used in investing activities ........................................       (46,917)        (39,260)
                                                                                  ----------      ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from loans payable, long-term ....................................       236,361         224,795
   Repayment of loans payable, long-term .....................................       (53,679)       (484,816)
   Proceeds from loans payable, short-term, net ..............................        14,855          65,468
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock in initial public offering, net ....            --         158,637
   Deferred financing costs ..................................................            --            (667)
   Recapitalization payments .................................................      (247,259)             --
   Payments of non-recapitalization deferred compensation ....................          (508)         (3,985)
   Common stock repurchased ..................................................        (1,500)        (31,892)
   Common stock issued and other .............................................            99           7,431
   Payment of installment notes, net .........................................            --          (8,883)
   Dividends paid to minority shareholders ...................................        (1,418)         (1,532)
                                                                                  ----------      ----------
Net cash used in financing activities ........................................       (53,049)        (75,444)
                                                                                  ----------      ----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents .................        (7,002)          3,549
                                                                                  ----------      ----------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents ....................................       (52,472)        (89,082)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ...............................       110,180         160,263
                                                                                  ----------      ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .....................................    $   57,708      $   71,181
                                                                                  ==========      ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Interest paid .............................................................    $   28,563      $   24,660
                                                                                  ==========      ==========
   Income taxes paid .........................................................    $   15,624      $   30,760
                                                                                  ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-31

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY/(DEFICIT)
                                (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                VOTING                                        COMMON
                                                COMMON        CAPITAL       ACCUMULATED      STOCK IN       RESTRICTED
                                                 STOCK        SURPLUS         DEFICIT        TREASURY         STOCK
                                              ----------   -------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 1997 ................     $111        $  106,825      $ (498,928)     $      --      $  (85,000)
 Net loss .................................       --                --         (23,938)            --              --
 Common stock issued ......................       --             1,501              --             --              --
 Common stock repurchased .................       --                --              --         (8,550)             --
 Unearned compensation-Restricted Stock           --            51,739              --             --         (51,739)
 Common stock options exercised/
   repurchased ............................       44             8,711              --             --              --
 Accretion of mandatorily redeemable
   equity securities ......................      (44)         (145,163)             --             --              --
                                                -----       ----------      ----------      ---------      ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 ..............     $111        $   23,613      $ (522,866)     $  (8,550)     $ (136,739)
 Net loss .................................       --                --        (113,328)            --              --
 Issuance of Restricted Stock .............       --            94,039              --             --         136,739
 Common stock issued and other ............       19             7,412              --             --              --
 Common stock repurchased .................       --                --              --        (31,892)             --
 Issuance of common stock in initial public
   offering, net of expenses ..............       69           158,568              --             --              --
 Accretion of mandatorily redeemable
   equity securities ......................       (3)         (137,942)       (149,358)            --              --
 Conversion of mandatorily redeemable
   equity securities ......................      510           795,264              --             --              --
                                                ------      ----------      ----------      ---------      ----------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED).      $706        $  940,954      $ (785,552)     $ (40,442)     $       --
                                                ======      ==========      ==========      =========      ==========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-32

<PAGE>
                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES



             NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



NOTE 1--BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The accompanying  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements of Young &
Rubicam Inc. (the  "Company")  have been  prepared  pursuant to the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). Certain information and footnote
disclosures  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in accordance
with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  have been condensed or omitted
pursuant to such rules and regulations.  These consolidated financial statements
should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements
and notes thereto  included in the  Company's  Registration  Statements.  In the
opinion  of  management,  the  accompanying  financial  statements  reflect  all
adjustments,  which  are of a  normal  recurring  nature,  necessary  for a fair
presentation of the results for the periods presented.

     The  results  of  operations  for the  interim  periods  presented  are not
necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year.

NOTE 2--USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

NOTE 3--EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

     The Company computes earnings (loss) per share in accordance with Statement
of Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." Basic
earnings  (loss) per share is  calculated  by dividing net income  (loss) by the
weighted average shares of common stock outstanding during each period.  Diluted
earnings per share reflects the dilutive effect of stock options and other stock
awards granted to employees under stock-based compensation plans. Shares used in
computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              ---------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                  1997           1998           1997            1998
                                              ------------   ------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Basic - weighted average shares ...........   46,566,357     66,608,726     47,109,739      58,939,274
Effect of dilutive securities .............           --     16,156,028     13,203,950              --
                                              ----------     ----------     ----------      ----------
Diluted - weighted average shares .........   46,566,357     82,764,754     60,313,689      58,939,274
                                              ==========     ==========     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

     As of September  30, 1998,  there were  approximately  30.9 million  common
stock options  outstanding that could  potentially  dilute basic earnings (loss)
per share in the future that were excluded from the  computation of diluted loss
per share for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 because the effect would
be antidilutive.

NOTE 4--RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities,"  which  is
required  to be adopted in years  beginning  after June 15,  1999.  The  Company
anticipates that the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will not have a significant effect
on the financial condition of the Company.

                                      F-33

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
      NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

NOTE 5--COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

     The Company has adopted  SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income,"
which requires  presentation of information on  comprehensive  income (loss) and
its  components  in the  financial  statements.  For the Company,  comprehensive
income  (loss)  includes  net  income  (loss),   foreign  currency   translation
adjustments  and minimum  pension  liability  adjustments.  Total  comprehensive
income (loss) and its  components for interim  periods ended  September 30, 1997
and 1998 were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     -------------------------   -----------------------------
                                                         1997          1998          1997            1998
                                                     ------------   ----------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Net income (loss) ................................     $ (5,700)     $24,306      $  11,905       $ (113,328)
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of
 tax .............................................       (2,394)       5,036        (11,047)           2,927
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax .........           --           --             --               --
                                                       --------      -------      ---------       ----------
Total comprehensive income (loss) ................     $ (8,094)     $29,342      $     858       $ (110,401)
                                                       ========      =======      =========       ==========
</TABLE>

NOTE 6--COMMON STOCK DIVIDEND

     On April 6, 1998,  the Board of Directors  declared a stock  dividend of 14
shares of common stock payable for each share of common stock outstanding, which
dividend  became  effective and was paid on May 11, 1998,  the effective date of
the  Registration  Statement filed on Form S-1 for the Company's  initial public
offering of common stock (the "Offering").  The Company's  historical  financial
statements have been presented to give  retroactive  effect to such common stock
dividend.  In  addition,  the  number of shares of common  stock the  Company is
authorized to issue was increased from  10,000,000 to 250,000,000 and the number
of authorized  preferred shares was increased from 50,000 to 10,000,000.  Of the
authorized preferred shares,  50,000 shares have been designated as Money Market
Preferred  Stock  and  2,500,000  shares  have  been  designated  as  Cumulative
Participating Junior Preferred Stock.

NOTE 7--PUBLIC OFFERING

     On May  15,  1998,  the  Company  closed  the  Offering.  An  aggregate  of
19,090,000  shares  (including  2,490,000  shares  subject to the  underwriters'
overallotment  option) of the Company's  common stock was offered to the public,
of which  6,912,730  shares were sold by the Company and 12,177,270  shares were
sold by certain  selling  stockholders.  Net proceeds to the Company were $158.6
million,  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts and commissions and expenses
paid by the Company in connection with the Offering. The Company did not receive
any  of the  net  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  common  stock  by  the  selling
stockholders.  The Company used the net proceeds from the Offering together with
$155 million of borrowings under a new credit facility (see Note 8) to repay all
of the  outstanding  borrowings  under its then  existing  $700  million  senior
secured credit facility.

     Upon the  consummation  of the Offering,  9,231,105  shares of common stock
("Restricted  Stock")  held in a  restricted  stock trust vested and resulted in
non-recurring,  non-cash,  pre-tax  compensation charges of $234.4 million which
have been reflected as "other operating  charges" in the Company's  consolidated
statement of  operations  for the nine months  ended  September  30,  1998.  The
Company redeemed the remaining  1,855,845 shares of Restricted Stock held in the
restricted stock trust upon the consummation of the Offering.

NOTE 8--NEW DEBT FACILITY

     On May  15,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into a $400  million,  five-year
unsecured  multicurrency  revolving credit facility (the "New Credit  Facility")
which replaced its then existing $700 million  senior  secured credit  facility.
The New Credit Facility contains certain financial and operating

                                      F-34

<PAGE>

                 YOUNG & RUBICAM INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
      NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

restrictions and covenant requirements, including a maximum leverage ratio and a
minimum interest coverage requirement. The Company is required to pay a facility
fee tied to the leverage ratio ranging from 0.125% to 0.2% per annum.  Under the
terms of the New Credit  Facility,  interest  charged on loans  ranges from base
rate to Eurodollar and  Eurocurrency  rate plus  applicable  margins tied to the
leverage  ratio ranging from 0.275% to 0.3%.  On May 15, 1998,  the Company used
the net proceeds  from the  Offering  together  with $155 million of  borrowings
under the New Credit Facility to repay all outstanding borrowings under its then
existing $700 million senior secured credit facility. Approximately $7.3 million
of unamortized  deferred financing costs related to the replaced credit facility
were charged to expense and have been reflected as an extraordinary  charge, net
of an applicable  tax benefit of  approximately  $2.8 million,  in the Company's
consolidated  statement of  operations  for the nine months ended  September 30,
1998.

                                      F-35

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
================================================================================================

        NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON IS
AUTHORIZED   TO  GIVE  ANY   INFORMATION   OR  TO
REPRESENT   ANYTHING   NOT   CONTAINED   IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS. YOU MUST NOT RELY ON ANY UNAUTHORIZED
INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATIONS.  THIS PROSPECTUS                YOUNG & RUBICAM INC.  
IS AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION ON AN OFFER                                      
TO BUY ONLY THE SHARES OFFERED  HEREBY,  BUT ONLY                                      
UNDER CIRCUMSTANCES AND IN JURISDICTIONS WHERE IT                                      
IS LAWFUL TO DO SO. THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN                                      
THIS PROSPECTUS IS CURRENT ONLY AS OF ITS DATE.                    10,000,000 SHARES   
                                                                     COMMON STOCK      
     -------------------------------                             
            TABLE OF CONTENTS
     -------------------------------

                                            PAGE
                                            ----
Certain Introductory Matters .............   2
Prospectus Summary .......................   3
Risk Factors .............................   9
The Company ..............................  16
Use of Proceeds ..........................  17                        -------------             
Price Range of Common Stock and                                         PROSPECTUS              
   Dividend Policy .......................  17                        -------------             
Capitalization ...........................  18                                                  
Selected Consolidated Financial                                                                 
   Data ..................................  19                                                  
Management's Discussion and                                                                     
   Analysis of Financial Condition and                                                          
   Results of Operations .................  22                                                  
Business .................................  31                   BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.       
Management ...............................  42                                                  
Certain Transactions .....................  58                 DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE     
Principal Stockholders ...................  59                                                  
Selling Stockholders .....................  60                         ------------             
Description of Capital Stock .............  64                                                  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale ..........  77                     GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.         
Certain U.S. Tax Consequences to                                                                
   Non-United States Holders .............  80                  ING BARING FURMAN SELZ LLC      
Underwriting .............................  82                                                  
Legal Matters ............................  84                     SALOMON SMITH BARNEY         
Experts ..................................  84                                                  
Available Information ....................  85                                                  
Index to Consolidated Financial                                                                 
   Statements ............................ F-1                      NOVEMBER 24, 1998           
                                                                                                
================================================================================================
</TABLE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission